Chapter 70

Four twenty-seven. Tristan closed the brass face of the watch.

It was easy, that was the worst part. Tristan had always hated the way some philosophers wept at the difficulty of taking a life. Killing was easy, if you did it right, and often cheap. Death was nothing special: thousands died every day in the most mundane of ways without there being a plot afoot. Gods, a man could die eating soup if they were careless about it. Existence was a candle in the wind and the act of killing was nothing special, often no more complicated or demanding than hammering a nail.

Even those who wrote such words thinking of the moral implications, the scars on the soul… Had there ever been a time where mankind did not make a trade of soldiering? If you lined up men on a field and told them to thrust a spear or to pull a trigger, that they would get paid for it, most would do it. The sacred existence of one’s fellows did not weigh as much as the poets thought, when on the other side of the scales was the need to pay the rent.

No, it wasn’t hard to kill. It was easy, so fucking easy sometimes, and that was what made it dangerous because once you’d hammered in that first nail you started looking around and wonder what else in your life could be held up by judicious application of a hammer blow. And there wasalways something, wasn’t there? A nail. A score to settle, a loose end to tie up.

The Nineteenth Brigade was a little of both.

Tristan had spent days putting together their death, back before he tripped headfirst into his stint as a hostage. Multiple identical deaths, that was the trick he’d figured out. Tozi’s contract told her the most likely reason for her death over the following three hours and in a sense the perception was absolute: indirect means did not fool it, nor could it be gotten around by killing her in her sleep when she was not conscious to perceive.

Trying would wake her, as Tristan’s first attempt had proved.

What wasn’t absolute was that the contract could only warn her about one threat at a time and the details she got about her death were somewhat limited. That was the gap Tristan had realized he could slip through: multiple instances of the same poison. In the water, in the meal, in her gloves. Tozi Poloko’s contract was absolute but it was not precise. It’d warn her of arsenic, but it wouldn’t be able to warn her about all the different arsenics.

Not that Tristan would be caught dead using arsenic, anyway. The infamous inheritance powder could pass for a bad case of cholera, but the entire Nineteenth Brigade developing a sudden mortal bout of that disease right after sharing a supper would perhaps strain credulity a bit when the bodies were found. Hetun venom was a sure and quick killer, but also very expensive, so if he was to kill with an extract he preferred hemlock. Slower than venom but quieter, and easy to obtain on every shore of the Trebian Sea.

The supplies he slipped into the wreck besides the safehouse to check on reflected as much. It had been too risky to bring the entire poison box he bought from Hage, so he had stolen a waxed leather bag and stashed it under a broken plank away from the hole in the roof.

It had been days, however, so despite having been careful he learned while taking stock that there had been some decay.

First, the clay pots. Of the two feng chen pao pots he had obtained from Black House stocks only one was still fit for use, the other’s wick having come loose, and given the delicate composition of the interior he did not dare to try and put it back in. He set the dud aside, then checked on the accompanying matches and found the packet untouched. That part would still work.

There were two small bags, one of cloth and the other leather. The latter he dismissed, but checked on the powder within the former – which was untouched, fortunately, not even humid. He checked the seal on the four vials next: two of a brown and viscous distillate, the third of thick concoction of hemlock slow to dry. The fourth, an oily translucent thing worth its weight in gold, had not developed impurities and thus the six doses were still fine for use.

He slipped on his gloves and reached for the head-sized jug next, opening the cork and wincing at what he saw inside. The emulsion had creamed. He had to sacrifice one of his three lighting sticks – slender lengths of wood treated to catch fire easily – to blend it back together by energetic stirring, and even then the result was not as even as it should be. Still, it should be fit for purpose.

After that were left only the knick-knacks: fine string on a spool, a small paintbrush, a wooden bowl, a pot of adhesive salve and a small iron container full of a particular medicinal balm. All were still in usable state.

He had the necessary tools for the desired outcome.

Tristan began by opening the vial of hemlock concoction, coating his knife in it before sliding it back in the sheath to keep. Now came the last and trickiest part of the preparation.

First he poured the hemlock vial in the small wooden bowl, then he emptied the small leather bag on the floor and in doing so upended about three dozen sharp iron caltrops. Furrowing his brow in concentration, Tristan began methodically dipping their points in the hemlock before putting them back away. His gloves were not so thick a fumble might not get through and prick him with poison, those particular caltrops having been made with piercing boots in mind.

When he was done he put away the bag of poisoned caltrops into the greater sack, emptied the last of the concoction in the corner of the room and set the bowl down face against the floor. Taking the gloves off, he checked Vanesa’s watch.

Four thirty-nine. Seconds slipping through his fingers like grains of sand.

Tristan took to the roof of the ruin and crossed to the safehouse’s, boots silent on the tiles. It had taken him several evenings to make his way into the Nineteenth’s hideaway, and make was the correct word. He could not use the chimney to get inside again when they were sure to be near its mouth, but when he first walked the house he had noticed that they used only one of the two rooms on the second level as a bedroom. Despite there being four of them, the second bore only a chamber pot.

Why? Because part of the roof had caved in and let the rain through, even though it was not visible from the outside because the tiles still held. So all Tristan needed to do to have a way inside the house was to pry enough of those tiles loose he would be able to remove them and slip in when the time came. The only part of any difficulty in that process had been making sure that the tiles he pried loose stayed in place, else the Nineteenth would know there was a path in and prepare accordingly.

The thief knelt on the roof and quietly removed a single tile, looking into the room below and finding it empty. A promising start.

As was the absolute racket he could hear being made on the first floor. His lips thinned, for that made things almost suspicious easy – the sound of a hammer on brass was loud enough even a drunken bear could have snuck into that house. He still forced himself to be patient, waiting until he was certain nobody was on the second floor, then he finished removing the tiles. After that came the first defensive measure.

Gloves still on, he spread the caltrops along the edge of the roof. Where someone trying to climb it might grip, blindly because of the angles involved.

Ten heartbeats later he was inside the chamber pot room, having landed with cat’s grace. He pricked his ear for any alarm, but there was none. He could hear Captain Tozi and Izel shouting about something, interrupted occasionally by someone hammering into brass.

The door was open so Tristan slipped into the hall. The door to the other room was open as well, and his brow rose at what he saw. Whatever they were doing with the machinery below, it had seen them move all their affairs here – packs, rations and even the two water barrels. Near everything they might put on or imbibe just… served up to him, just like that. It was almost hatefully easy to plant their deaths.

First the ending, two of the three vials remaining emptied while the last was tucked away safely inside his uniform. The small iron container of balm joined it. Then he set the powder bag over the door, held up with the string that was kept in place by the adhesive paste. The clay pot went on the floor by the door, the lightstick besides it and the matches he kept on him. He took the jug and paintbrush, approaching the stairs careful not to make the wooden floor creak.

The oil was spread liberally, until the jug was empty, and he made sure it covered the entire area with the paintbrush before putting both jug and brush away in the hall. Everything was ready now, he thought, and though he itched to check his watch instead he stayed near the top of stairs with his hand on his loaded pistol. Crouched, cold-eyed, to eavesdrop on the brigade below.

Now all that he needed was a lever to make them move as he wished, and he suspected he was about to have it handed to him by the very obstacle he had crafted this method around.

“- we will need to burn the entire stock,” Izel Coyac was saying, tone stern. “The remnant was fed with the deaths of half the priesthood of the street gods in this city, never mind the one-shrine deities. If we skimp on the fuel I cannot guarantee-“

“Tozi, just let him burn the damn culm,” Kiran Agrawal groused. “We’re going to be swimming in Library gold soon anyway, now’s not the time to get cheap.”

If the compass works,” Cressida noted.

She sounded further away from the others, perhaps near the shutters.

“It will work,” Izel said. “The remnant god was capable of finding multiple individuals across the city even through the local aether conditions. A shard of it and Abrascal’s hair will make at least as effective a wayfinder as the roseless compass I dissected back on Tolomontera.”

Tristan breathed out. Disappointment, however faint? He truly was getting soft. Izel Coyac had taken a risk on his behalf, once, but that was no promise to forever stick his neck out. That he’d been right about the risks of leaving the Nineteenth unattended, that Song had been wrong, left a sickly feeling of satisfaction in his stomach.

He’d heard enough. Fool, Tristan told himself, hand reaching for Vanesa’s watch. Fool. And he was losing focus: they were not moving, how could this be remedied?  He looked back, finding a silent Fortuna staring back from the end of the hallway, and gritted his teeth. Tristan had no need of reminders.

He had chosen his road.

“Stop.”

Tristan froze when he heard Tozi Poloko’s stern voice. Despite the shiver of fear, it was not him she was addressing.

“What is it, captain?” Kiran asked.

“Someone’s in here,” Tozi said. “My death just changed to hemlock.”

Ah. Quicker than expected, but that would do. It was too late to change his mind now. The deeds were done. They would settle their debts tonight, one and all, and have no one to blame but themselves. How had Ilaria put it again?

Watch the dice roll and tumble

To yield of glee and grumbles

And if every god we do condemn

Why never the hand that threw them?

Maryam would have to begin the ritual early, that much was increasingly clear.

Last night it had begun at six thirty-six of the evening and mirroring this would empower her the most, but the signifier could feel the patience of her hosts was being stretched to a breaking point. Honesty compelled her to admit that she could understand why. She was, after all, making an Izvoric shrine of the Lord Rector’s restricted archives and the process could not be called anything but messy. It must be particularly galling to someone used to the clean, almost simple ways of the Orthodoxy.

From Maryam’s readings into those practices, the common thread that held despite all the schisms and squabbles of the Orthodoxy was the ‘pale threshold’. A line of pale stone or some other material painted white marking the transition between the rest of the world and the temple grounds, an implicit invocation of the power of the Glare.

A handful of unified practices like that were, in her opinion, why the Orthodoxy had endured the fall of the Second Empire and continued to thrive in its successor states. You could walk into any temple from Old Liergan to the Desolation and be able to expect some level of uniformity in the services and comforts provided by the priests within.

The Izvoric had never been so unified, much less the Triglau as a whole.  While the three peoples making up the Triglau kept to largely the same gods regarding shared overarching domains like fertility, death and seasons everything beyond that was up for grabs. It was said every city-state in the highlands had its own war god, and the Izvoric lowlands had not been that different.

Volcesta’s own land god, the Hornhead, did not have a single temple outside the city and received more worship from the season festivals than his temple. Not that temples back home were the same sprawling affairs as here in Aurager. To the Triglau as a whole, but the Izvoric most of all, the hallowed was found out in the wilds. In places where men and gods could glimpse at the truth of each other, where the worlds seen and unseen bent to touch.

Yet there were some ways to mark sacred grounds, if only to warn travelers off entering sacred groves and be devoured by the guardians within. It would not be enough to turn the private archives of House Palliades into a true Izvoric consecrated land, but it would… lean the world the right way, so to speak. Or so Maryam hoped.

“Is that one all right, Maryam?”

Roxane peered up with those big brown eyes, looking worried, and Maryam fought the urge to ruffle her hair. While the robes the girl of nine wore were still too large, someone had since their last encounter found the decency to rustle up a few pins to stick the folded sleeves into place. The signifier knelt, looking down at the chalk outline claiming to be a snake. It was, she conceded, broadly the right shape.

“Is that a tongue?” she asked.

Roxane nodded happily.

“It’s forked, see!”

“I do,” Maryam lied. “Well done. I need to touch up a few things here, but why don’t you add a few bees by the lectern over there?”

Roxane happily toddled off, the signifier waiting until she was out of sight to wipe the ‘snake’ and draw another one with her own piece of chalk. Roxane could do the bees well enough, but the snakes had her getting ‘inventive’ and that was best avoided. Maryam was going to double-check all the work anyway but it would be less trouble to keep her on bee duty for the rest.

They were nearly done anyhow, the blue-eyed woman thought. Painting the pattern in her mind’s eye, she saw only one more spot needed to close the circle of snakes going around the edge of the central enclosure of the private archives. None of the six pentagonal adjoining chambers would be of use to her tonight, all the efforts concentrated around the squat tower in the heart of the archives, the very same that sat right over the only lift in or out.

A circle of snakes for the underworld, within it a circle of bees for the land of the living and in the middle of it all the Threefold Crowns – Spring, Summer and Autumn. The empty space at the heart of the three was left without name or prayer, for Mother Winter made her own seat and to invite her in was to grant her greater claim yet. Maryam finished up the last snake and rose, dusting off her hands.

Waiting for her mere feet away, hands folded behind his back and his livery as pristine as was physically possible, Majordomo Timon flashed her a polite smile. He had soft cheeks and the look of a man who had never known violence, the majordomo, but he was so well groomed it lent him a sort of severity. Accordign to Roxane since Prefect Nestor’s death his already considerable influence in the palace had risen to new heights.

Nestor’s replacement was not anywhere as seasoned or popular, while Timon had been around the palace so long he was considered as much a part of it as the walls.

“Warrant Officer Khaimov,” he said, sketching a shallow bow.

“Majordomo Timon,” she politely replied. “What might I do for you?”

She kept her nervousness off her face. So far there had been no sign the Lord Rector was aware she was lying through her teeth about this ritual being necessary to ‘purge’ the ‘aether ripples’ caused by the assassin’s entry into the palace, but there was always a risk. Song had tacitly allowed her to go on with this by keeping her mouth shut, but her captain would not lie to shield her from consequences that Maryam had insisted on chasing.

“I come only to inform you that guards will have to be left at the bottom of the lift,” he told her. “Lord Rector Palliades’ attendance to the concert in the great hall is a known matter, we cannot risk the possibility that another assassin will try to slip through.”

Maryam bit down on grimace. Guards meant people might overhear what she was doing up here, but somehow she doubted the majordomo would care for that objection. Her gaze turned to the wooden tower, teeth worrying at her lip. The room at the bottom of the lift was essentially a double of the central enclosure they currently stood in without any of the adjoining chambers attached, decorated as a salon of sorts – though as far as Maryam could tell no one ever used it.

The problem was that sound might carry down to there, and her… punishing the thief might be somewhat loud and afterwards difficult to explain. Purification rituals did not usually sound like brawls to even laymen’s ears. Fortunately, she had a counteroffer in mind.

“Would it be possible for them to seal and guard the outer door instead?” she asked. “It is the only way out, as far as I know.”

The majordomo did not smile.

“It is an additional risk,” he said. “Do you believe their presence would hamper your ritual?”

He had sharp eyes, this white-haired old man. One did not last as long in his post as he had without having a fine nose for lies.

“A more seasoned signifier would not have that problem,” Maryam self-deprecatingly said. “But I fear even a small distraction could… cascade into consequence, so to speak.”

The grimace adorning that second sentence was not feigned in the least. Risk of being caught out aside, Maryam was genuinely concerned what would happen if one of those guards got it into their heads to get involved. Would they become part of the prize fought over, or another contender in the death match? She had no idea and that worried her. The majordomo hummed.

“I am no scholar in matters Akelarre,” Majordomo Timon said, “but the markings you had drawn do not resemble what little I have seen of Signs.”

“They are not,” Maryam confirmed. “They rely on the lore of the Triglau, the people of my birth.”

A curl of distaste to the man’s lips, gone so quick she thought she might have imagined it. She knew better.

“I would not want to put either you or our soldiers at risk,” he conceded. “I can allow keeping the guards outside, though I will double the numbers to twenty lictors and have both sides of the hall barricaded.”

Her brow rose. A surplus of precaution, to her eye, but then it’d hardly been a month since an assassin nearly killed Evander Palliades in his own hallway. Evidently the majordomo was disinclined to allow for even the slim chance of a repeat. 

“How long do you expect this ritual to take?”

“If there are no complications, perhaps an hour,” Maryam said.

She paused.

“Should it take more than three, something will have gone catastrophically wrong.”

And she would likely be dead. Hooks would not tire as she did, being half a creature of the aether. Maryam would either win quickly or she would be devoured bite by bite. But win I will. I chose the fight, built the altar, fetched the lamb. The night is mine to lose.

“Then you have your three hours,” Majordomo Timon said. “Pray use them wisely, officer. It is the Lord Rector’s intention to hire a signifier to inspect your work afterwards.”

Maryam woodenly smiled. Well, best hope they would soon be done with the contract and off this island. Any Akelarre journeyman would be able to tell she was full of shit by a casual look at her report.

“Duly noted,” she said, maintain a veneer of confidence. “Was there anything else, majordomo?”

“That will be all, Officer Khaimov,” the old man said. “As you were.”

He bowed again and left. Maryam watched his retreating back, biting at the inside of her cheek. He was not in the wrong here, she forced herself to admit. The Izvorica was abusing trust she had been extended by the throne of Asphodel for her own advantage, and blackcloak or not were she not a cabalist under Song Ren she expected her actions would be watched much more closely.

Even Timon’s distaste for her relying on Craft instead of Signs for her ritual was not without foundation. The manipulation of Gloam – or even Signs, for that matter – was not the sole province of the Watch, and there were such practitioners in every nation across Vesper. The reason that crowns still hired Akelarre guildsmen despite their high rates was that Navigators were reliable.

That their Signs almost never went catastrophically wrong, that they had turned a thousand witch-arts into a genuine discipline. Hedge witches could do things that signifiers could not, sometimes. Even those with little training. But they often drove themselves mad doing it, or everyone around them.

Maryam’s ritual was not one that could easily cost anyone but her, but it was possible. Much of this was, if not exactly made from scratch, then improvised from a base pattern. So she swallowed her anger as he watched him disappear into the tower, for the truth of the matter was that she was the villain of this tale. For what she had done, and for what she was about to do. Her stomach clenched. It was necessary, Maryam reminded herself. She knew the weight of her scales.

“Done!”

She was jolted out of her thoughts by a beaming Roxane, who had somehow managed to get chalk powder all the way up to her shoulder.  Maryam pressed a smile onto her face.

“Thank you,” she said, patting the girl’s back. “The last part I need to do myself.”

Roxane pouted.

“I could stay and help,” she offered, then pitched her voice low. “Are you going to defeat an evil spirit? That’s what this is all about, isn’t it?”

Maryam snorted.

“I am,” she said.

Roxane sagely nodded, as if her deeply held suspicions had only been confirmed.

“I could tell,” the girl said. “What did it do, anyway?”

Maryam started.

“Do?”

“To become evil,” Roxane elaborated. “Did it kill someone? I bet it killed someone.”

Part of Maryam wondered if she should be worried about how enthusiastic the girl sounded at the prospect. The rest was… her belly clenched again.

“It was always evil,” Maryam explained.

The girl frowned.

“That can’t be right,” she said. “Oduromai says it’s our choices that make us, virtuous and wicked. You can’t be bad from the start, it wouldn’t be fair.”

“I do not follow your god Oduromai,” Maryam told her.

“Oh,” the girl muttered. “One of your gods says people are born evil, then?”

Maryam swallowed, mouth suddenly gone dry.

“We can talk later,” Maryam said, lightly pushing Roxane forward. “I need to begin now, so you have to go.”

The little archivist did not argue further. In a matter of minutes the private archives were empty of the last lingerers, not that there had been many up here in the first place: a pair of lictors and a senior archivist too important to draw with chalk, having promptly handed over the task to Roxane.

Maryam stood alone in silence, clenching her fist. The wood of her prosthetic scratched unpleasantly at the skin. What time was it now? Not long past six, it should be. Part of her was tempted to wait until the mirrored time, but she was wary of sparing the minutes. The majordomo had made it clear the palace’s tolerance for her incursions was thinning.

 Forward, she chided herself. No time to hesitate.

She dimmed all the lanterns but three then checked the room downstairs was empty by peeking down the lift shaft. It was, at least to the extent that she could see nothing moving in the dark down there. Maryam made one last round, checking on the circles, but it was all fine enough to work. She returned to the roof of the tower, chalk in hand, and traced the last of it.

The faces of the Threefold Crowns, looking outwards. The triangle nestled within them, left empty. Maryam slowly drew the knife at her belt.

One of your gods says people are born evil, then?

She gritted her teeth. A childish question, there was no reason it should shake her so. What did Roxane know of the world beyond the safe confines of this cage? Nothing. Even in the hardest moments of her life she would have a roof over her head, food in her belly, the protection of living within the walls of a king’s house.

“It wouldn’t be fair, huh,” Maryam quietly said.

What had fair ever ruled the roost? Fair was what you told the world it was, when you had the power to make it stick.

Better the cannibal than the meal.

Maryam Khaimov raised her hand, knife glinting, and laid the sharpness against her palm. She breathed out and- the air shivered, her nav suddenly as a kite in the wind. She pulled it closed, cradled it, and Hooks didn’t even fight her. It passed after a moment, but Maryam eyed her surroundings warily. It had not been from here, but there had been a… current in the aether, like a sudden waterspout. 

She might well be the only person in the entire palace who felt it. The rest of the palace grounds were kept placid in the aether by the same Antediluvian works as down in the shipyard, while only this very room – the cork on the Hated One’s prison – was packed so thick with faith to Oduromai the aether was nearly solid to the taste. Tremors could still be felt in that stone, though, unlike everywhere else.

Maryam waited a long moment, but nothing more happened. The local aether was infamously unstable, she reminded herself. Likely it was only an unusually large swell. Well, it wasn’t her problem whatever happened downstairs.

Steel cut into flesh and blood flowed: it began.

Drinks and mingling had begun at a quarter past five when guests began to arrive, which meant Angharad had been sipping at the same cup of wine for the better part of an hour now.

She had smiled and traded courtesies through the first half hour, wondering when the lictors would be coming in and where the infernal forge would be right now. Uncle Osian had passed her the note just before he left, one she was careful to burn. The help she had woken Imani Langa in the middle of the night to arrange had come through, spiriting away the forge towards the Lordsport where the ship her uncle had arranged for would stow it away. Osian had been vague on how he had been able to get into Lord Menander’s vault from the sewers, besides mentioning it had been hard but quiet work.

That and compliments for the precision of the map Maryam had drawn them.

After that first distracted stretch, however, the concert began and Angharad’s curiosity for the timing of the lictors became a fervent prayer: the singing was a torment.

Subjectively so, of course, but there was only so long she could stomach listening to an oily-bearded mountain man belting out wobbling tune before developing a desire to gnaw her own ears off. Some of the songs, at least, alternated between the verse being sung by the singer and by a chorus. Sadly, most did not. Where were the gourds, the string instruments, the dancing? Everyone was just… standing there, having this concert inflicted upon them.

Was this like the hollow cults that whipped themselves to become ‘holier’? Surely the whipping would be preferable, for it would be done with soon instead of stretched out by some sadist hand. Most baffling of all was that most in the room seemed not only impressed but outright enthusiastic about this ghastly display. Angharad traded a horrified look with Lord Gule, who was standing mere feet to her left. The man might be a grasping cultist in the service of a death spirit but at least remained an island of good sense regarding this matter.

The bearded man on the dais howled one last line in Cycladic, then let blessed silence reign in the room for a moment before the crowd exploded into a storm of applause. A polite cough into a hand brought Angharad back to another situation she was hoping a round of arrests might get her out of.

“A fine rendition of a traditional western song,” Cleon Eirenos said. “Did you enjoy it?”

“Traditional? I had never heard of it before,” Angharad precisely replied. “Western Asphodel, you say?”

“The west is the bedrock of music on the isle,” Lord Cleon told her, picking at the sleeve of his wine-red doublet. “Most of our finest songsmiths were westermen.”

Angharad politely smiled, which had him looking soulfully at her – not unlike a kicked dog. Cleon’s manners had made it clear that he considered any potential suit between them ended, but his courtesies and conversation betrayed he still held an interest. Not that he struck as the sort of man to try for a mistress, Angharad thought, but rather his fondness for her was leading him to renew an acquaintance they would both have been better off cleanly cutting.

It was somewhat flattering that even in her most practical dress, the very same red and yellow piece she had commissioned on Tolomontera – and which bore a duelists’ strap, though she had not been allowed a blade inside the palace – he would eye her so, but also rather awkward. And somewhat inappropriate. Even had she but the slightest if interests in men, which she did not, and were she truly a courtier instead of a Watch officer, which she also was not, a dalliance between them would be socially ruinous.

He should know better. But then his father had died when he was young, so perhaps it ought to be forgiven. Ancestors knew it was her own father who’d given Angharad all the finest advice she received in matters of romance. Still, she owed Cleon Eirenos enough that she would at least force on a smile until she could make excuses.

“Ah, I should have expected to find you both together.”

Angharad recognized the voice even before turning, familiar enough from their few encounters. Lord Phaedros Arkol was finely dressed tonight, wearing silken doublet and hose in the silver-and-yellow of House Arkol’s heraldry. His elegant jerkin bore the weight of a large silver chain ending in a pendant whose ornamentals matched that of his spectacles. He was a slender man by build, Lord Arkol, but the attired filled him in.

“My lord Arkol,” Angharad greeted, curtseying. “A pleasure.”

“Lord Phaedros,” Cleon wearily said. “No Cordyles tonight?”

“He’s out at sea,” Lord Arkol laughed. “He bought a galleon straight out of the Sacromonte shipyards, you see, and he insists on sailing her around the island.”

Sacromonte’s shipyards had once been the greatest of the Trebian Sea, before a great fire and the depredations of war diminished them enough that the rest of Trebian caught up to and even surpassed them. Nowadays it was said they mostly built galleasses while Tianxia had risen to replace them as the leading shipwright of genuine seafaring ships. Still, in these parts there was yet a certain prestige to being able to claim your ship was of Sacromontan make.

“May he find some pirates to cut his teeth on,” Cleon amiably said, raising his cup.

“Or bar that, slow Raseni,” Lord Arkol toasted back.

Out of politeness Angharad toasted with them, though she did not drink. She rather thought the constant wars between the Duchy of Rasen and the Asphodel Rectorate were a noose around both their necks, but it was not her place to judge such feuds. Both sides seemed eager enough to pursue the enmity, no doubt egged on by Sacromonte. The City was ever fearful of any island-nation that might rise to become a rival.

Angharad allowed her eyes to stray, passing through the crowd – a mere forty or so guests – and lingering on the three exits to the hall. All flanked by a pair of lictors, even the servant’s gate that had liveried attendants streaming in and out with drinks and small morsels. Including a delicious spread made of fish roe, served on cut bread and paired with little goblets of cloudy anise liquor. The drink enhanced the taste, supposedly, it was unfortunate she’d had to refrain.

Anyhow, she did not find what she was looking for: any indication that the arrests would be beginning soon. That was… unexpected. When Angharad had been ushered through Fort Archelean, after an hour of waiting in a padded carriage, it had been so that Majordomo Timon could take her aside and politely inform her that given the evidence offered by the Thirteenth arrests would be made at the performance tonight. Her aid was neither asked nor desired, he explained, but given her brigade’s involvement in the matter it had been judged mannerly to tell her.

Which was all well and good, but now the time was almost ten past six and a simple look to the side was enough to confirm that Lord Gule was going distinctly un-arrested.

“- surprised to find you here, Lady Angharad,” Lord Arkol mused. “Menander must have taken to you, despite your… misadventures out in the country.”

Angharad turned back, putting on a blankly polite face. He had, at least, been polite enough not to mention Theofania Varochas by name. Some courtiers had not been so courteous, which at least had the silver lining of Angharad learning Lady Theofania still lives – she was in the capital, and as of this morning rather displeased she had not been invited to the concert.

Sleeping God willing, Cleon might yet take back his commission of murder.

“I cannot answer as to his thoughts,” Angharad simply said. “Though it seems I find you wherever I dwell, Lord Arkol. Did you stay at the Eirenos manor long after my departure?”

“Only until the end of the evening,” Cleon cut in, looking pained. “But let us set that talk aside.”

He looked around, visibly grasping for a subject to seize on, and Lord Arkol took pity on him.

“Our Lord Rector seems in a dark mood tonight,” the older lord provided. “He has hardly spoken a word.”

“I had noticed,” Angharad agreed in a murmur.

Evander Palliades, a grim-faced lictor dogging his shadow, had sat in a corner of the room all evening sipping at his drinks. What few noble guests dared approach him had received answers hardly longer than a word before his stare enticed them to retreat, that bravery guttering out after the failed third attempt to draw him into a conversation.

Was it refusing to meet Song that had put him in such a dark mood? Angharad suspected it might be, though that made her think less of him. Not for the refusal, but for the way he was behaving – a lord should not take out their displeasure on the underserving.

“He could be sick,” Cleon suggested, fervently grasping the subject change.

“Or hungover,” Lord Arkol chuckled. “Let us hope for that that rather than disease, else the city will quiver for it.”

Angharad raised an eyebrow, Cleon rolled his eyes.

“He is not the sort of man to dri-”

The young lord’s words were cut through by the main doors of the hall swinging open, a squad of a dozen lictors marching in with hands on their swords. Ready for fighting, Angharad observed, in full war raiment with swords and muskets, with added pistols for the officers. Two at the back were carrying bundles of leather, which was odd but not what had the crowd gasping. That was the way that half the lictors drew their swords upon entering.

“Your Excellency, what is the meaning of this?”

Angharad did not recognize the woman who’d spoken, save for the heraldry sown on her sleeve – a brown falcon on red, House Polateris – but she did know several more of the outraged faces. Sour-faced Lady Kirtis, a startled Menander Drakos and most of all Minister Apollonia Floros. Whatever the latter’s thoughts had been, they were wiped off her face in a moment. Now the green-eyed minister only watched the lictors with a calm mien, her back ramrod straight.

“Apologies, but you will all have to be guests of the palace for the night,” the lictor captain announced. “A conspiracy against the throne was unearthed and Lord Triton Cordyles has risen in rebellion, mounting an attack on the Lordsport.”

Gasps bloomed again. Clever, Angharad thought. They would separate all the guests so it was not immediately obvious they were arresting Lord Gule in particular. That ought to buy them some time before there was answer from Malan, enough they would have gathered sufficient proof to hold the upper hand.

Apollonia Floros ignored the wave of nerves and outrage, despite many looking to her for guidance. Green eyes moved to her once-pupil Evander Palliades, then her gaze strayed to Lord Gule. What had she expected to find there, Angharad wondered? Did the smile she found there surprise her? It surprised Angharad. Did the ambassador not suspect his treason had been found out?

Yet he seemed in a genuinely fine mood.

“Kindly move away from each other,” the captain continued. “You will be escorted individually to guest rooms and-”

Angharad almost missed the movement when the leading lictor’s lieutenant slipped behind him. A word of warning was halfway to her lips when the lieutenant unloaded her pistol into the back of the captain’s skull, spattering blood and brains all over the floor.

After a beat the screaming started.

Angharad’s jaw clenched, for besides her Lord Arkol and Lord Cleon stood unmoving – and unmoved. As if they had been expecting this. The Lord Rector was on his feet in a moment, his lictor on the move to shield him, but the lieutenant waved her hand and a heartbeat later two muskets had fired. Evander Palliades’ escort lay dead on the floor, ragged holes in the torso.

Part of Angharad remained calm enough to note that out of the dozen lictors three seemed entirely taken aback by what was happening, one of their comrades taking them aside for a quiet talk. Of three pairs of lictors guarding doors, two had been murdered by their comrades – one such attempt turning into a bloody brawl yielding two corpses.

The rest of her slowly grew cold as Angharad realized that the conspiracy had known about the planned arrests. That they had prepared their own counterstroke accordingly. A pair of lictors moved to secure a blood-splattered Lord Rector as Angharad watched in horror, a smiling Lord Gule moving forward and silencing the panic with a simple raised hand.

Her breath caught in her throat: Gule of Bezan had walked to the front holding his cane, but not leaning on it. He had been healed, the same way he once promised to secure for her.

“There is no need for alarm, my friends,” the ambassador said. “No harm will come to you. Indeed, many in this room are already wed to the cause of Asphodel’s renewal.”

He leaned on his cane.

“Even as we speak, troops are seizing the palace,” he said. “We have secured the Lord Rector and our ally Lord Triton is blockading the Lorsdport. It is only a matter of time until the city is in our hands.”

Your hands, Gule of Bezan?”

Apollonia Floros stepped forward, elegant dress trailing. Angharad had been somewhat impressed, when a single raised hand by the ambassador had been enough to command silence of the panicking herd around her. Floros demanded the same without effort, she thought, not for presence or might but simply because near everyone in the room respected her. Angharad could see it on their faces, the way half the nobles in the room had steadied simply at being reminded of her presence. As if thinking – oh, Apollonia Floros is here, this won’t get out of hand.

Reputation was a sort of power. That had been true in Scholomance, as it was true most everywhere.

“Only in support of your claim, Lady Floros,” the ambassador said, sketching a bow.

“Twice I declined your offers to support me into dishonor, Gule,” the minister said. “Now I see you decided to force my hand.”

She cast a look around.

“As he has all of yours,” Apollonia Floros said. “You have a choice, now: fight to free the Lord Rector as he is seized, or by silence endorse his fate.”

She flicked her arm at the crowd.

“Well?”

Not a soul moved. She had presence, Angharad thought. Presence enough for a queen. No wonder so many supported her.

“Then we are all of one cause,” Lady Floros evenly said.

“So we are,” Ambassador Gule said.

He glanced at the traitor lieutenant, inclining his head, then cast a look around the crowd. He smiled at Angharad and Cleon, gestured for them to approach. Jaw tight, she obeyed. What else could she do? The lictors that had been carrying bundles came forward and unwrapped them, revealing blades.

“Come, come, arm yourselves,” Lord Gule told them.

They were not the only ones bid forward, another two from the crowd being passed blades. More members of the cult, Angharad thought.

“Good, there is no time to waste,” Lady Floros said. “We must now sweep the palace free of loyalists and seize the Lord Rector.”

Gule frowned at her.

“We have seized him,” he slowly said.

“You have not,” Apollonia Floros replied, pointing at the man held down by the lictors “because that is not Evander Palliades. It is his body double.”

She inclined her head in a greeting.

“Good evening, Karpos,” she said. “You’ve improved. I was fooled until the lictors came in.”

The man that was not the Lord Rector offered a bloody smile.

“My thanks, Minister,” he rasped. “I have been practicing.”

A ripple of unease went through the crowd at the realization that the rebels did not have this as deeply in hand as it seemed. It emboldened some.

“What of the Watch, then?”

That voice. Angharad turned, watching as Menander Drakos stepped out of the crowd.

“The Watch will remain neutral, Lord Drakos,” the ambassador told him. “As they always do. Orders were given not to touch Black House or any of their properties in the city.”

“But they are not supporting you?” Lord Menander pressed.

Angharad took a slow step back, leaning on her cane. Cleon took a curious glance at her but said nothing.

“As I said, the Watch supports no one,” Lord Gule frowned.

“Then why does she still have a sword?” Lord Menander said.

And he was pointing at her. Ah. Unfortunate.

“Pardon?” Lord Gule blinked.

“She’s a blackcloak, you fools,” Menander Drakos hissed. “The Thirteenth Brigade.”

The weight of the crowd’s full attention settled on her, more than a few incredulous looks among them. Gule, though, Gule looked betrayed. She felt a twinge of guilt, but not a deep one.

“Is it true?” he asked.

She looked at a room around her, a spread of faces fearful and wroth. There would be no help from anyone here. Angharad straightened and unsheathed the blade they had lent her.

“Warrant Officer Angharad Tredegar, Thirteenth Scholomance Brigade,” she introduced herself.

“A spy,” Gule spat.

She did not flinch, or answer him. Instead her attention turned to the crowd around them.

“Several of you are members of a cult in breach of the Iscariot Accords,” Angharad evenly replied. “You may consider yourself under arrest. Kindly do not resist.”

Some harsh laughter. A pistol was cocked, though she could not see whose. Best to find that out before the mess began. Angharad glimpsed ahead and-

(The pommel of the blade hit the back of her head. She only glimpsed a reflection on the wall before dropping into the black: a man in a wine-red doublet. Cleon.)

Angharad came out of the glimpse already turning, which made a difference.

It took two hits for Cleon Eirenos to drop her unconscious after he became visible again.

Song walked down the street like a woman who did not want to be late to her execution: briskly but reluctantly, propriety fighting the urge to pull away from the dead end.

She had put on the black for this because anything else would have been a lie. Her decision tonight would define her career in the Watch, whatever the end, and so she put on her fighting fit. Coat buttoned up, cloak pulled tight. Jian and pistol at her hip, musket slung over her back. Between the weapons and the cloak, none of the few souls out on the streets of the ward dared look at her twice. A rook on a walk with her talons out was not someone for the toughs of Tratheke to trouble.

The dim and distant roar of the great spinning blades at the heart of the Reeking Rows lapped at her ears, the ancient machine sending the stink into the sky instead of letting it spread around the northeastern ward slicing at the air. The noise was louder than usual tonight, for it to be heard out here – the Amber Crescent wasn’t in the Reeking Rows, strictly speaking. The brothel was well shy of the parts the ward that required one to cover their mouth and nose lest they choke.

And she was stalling, she admitted to herself as she adjusted her collar. Move, Ren.

Song turned the corner, stride crisp and clean, and her jaw tightened. Ahead lay the mark of the brothel to which she had summoned, the hanging sign bearing the yellow crescent. The three-story building was still tightly shuttered, but unlike last time there were lights lit behind barely a third of the windows. The front door was closed. A look around revealed again that the street was empty, nary a soul in sight, and so with no one to witness her Song allowed herself a moment of anguish. What she was about to do, what it meant…

Then the moment passed and her grip firmed around the chisel.

Face calm, she opened the door and strode into the dimly lit hall – only to immediately stop. As the last time there was a hired hand lingering there, a heavyset woman with graying hair and a scarred lip holding a cudgel, but facing her was someone the owner of this place would not be able to afford no matter how much he saved up. Despite the heavy brown cloak and having left the distinctive helmet behind, Song had seen the armor of the lictors enough to recognize the glimpse of it she got when the cloaked man pushed off the wall.

“Ren,” he grunted, then jabbed his thumb towards the insides of the brothel. “Follow.”

Song spared a look for the thug, but the woman only looked way and pretended not to have noticed. Unlike last time there was no sign of the Amber Crescent’s owner at the front desk and the lictor led her directly towards one of the rooms on the first floor. The man, who ignored her attempt to catch his eye, wrenched it open. Inside waited not Evander but another lictor, a woman in a similar cloak.

“Apologies,” she said, “but we will have to search you and your weapons will remain here afterwards.”

Song met her gaze flatly.

“You may search me,” she allowed. “My weapons are going nowhere.”

“Then you do not get to meet him,” the first lictor said.

Song flicked a glance at one, then the other. Saw the way the jaw was set, the nerves the woman was barely keeping under wraps. They were taking a risk. What risk she could not know for sure, but she could guess.

“So be it,” Song replied, and turned to walk away.

She didn’t get to take a full step before a hissed wait! had her turning back to face the lictors with an unimpressed look.

“A search will be enough,” the male lictor ‘conceded’ with ill grace.

As she’d thought, they were going beyond instructions. Song approved, truly, and they were right to go so far. She was drawing Evander Palliades into a trap laid by his enemies. That was also half the reason she could not allow herself to be disarmed.

Ai was not to be trusted, not even when Song was doing her bidding.

The door closed and the other lictor patted her down, going through pockets. The woman tried to make idle conversation – a transparent fishing attempt – but eventually grimaced and ceased when Song’s unblinking stare was the only answer received. When she was done, the lictor opened the door and leaned in to whisper to the other. Song read the lips. Her weapons and some coin, that’s all. The man grimaced in displeasure but uncrossed his arm and turned to face Song.

“Upstairs, same room as last time,” he instructed. “I’ll give the signal, he will be there momentarily.”

Ah, cautious of the lictors. They had kept their Lord Rector at a more defensible location nearby instead of bringing him here directly. A healthy precaution, which would be made moot by the fact Song was not the threat to Evander’s life. Not directly, anyhow.

“Is this place empty?” she asked.

“The proprietor had it shut for the night, we paid for the use,” the lictor said.

Her brow rose. That made things simpler for her but stood out as strange.

“Why shut it down?”

Song did not have a watch on her, but it could be no more than quarter past six at the moment. Likely less. This time should be the beginning of brisk business for a brothel. The lictor searched her face, then his stance loosened ever so slightly.

“There’s trouble in the northwestern ward,” he said. “Basileias are fighting each other in the streets, some using guns, and while the matter is in hand we are close enough the owner was wary of violence spilling over the ward’s border.”

Song kept her surprise off her face, nodding in acknowledged before she headed upstairs. Given how half the gangs in Tratheke seemed to be in bed with one of the coups, that was surprising to hear. Neither of the conspiracies being played by the cult would want their helpers to draw attention to them. In a sense, that was reassuring. It likely meant that the violence was related to the business of criminals and not anything more sinister.

She did not look back, heading upstairs. Aside from a smoky lamp out in the hall and a bowl of cheap incense burning, the hall was empty. Song would have remembered the room even if it weren’t the only open door in the hallway. The insides were the same as she remembered: brass walls and a wooden floor, a straw mattress with sheets on and a pair of oil lamps. A single chair next to a small table and hooks for clients to hang their clothes on.

Also an echo of the last time was a pair of clay cups on the table and a bottle of wine with a red seal on it. The same odious vintage as the last time they had visited, when Evander had first tried to kiss her and she’d had neither the wisdom to close the door nor the bravery to open it entirely. She’d sought to have just enough of what she wanted it would cost her nothing, like a child licking the edge of a honeyed spoon and telling themselves it was not the same as taking a mouthful.

“Well, I’ll be damned. You actually did it.”

Song turned, straight sword halfway out of its sheath before the hand caught her wrist. Ai chuckled, a pleased look on her face as their gazes met for a long moment. She wore a padded yellow brigandine tonight, though without the shoulders or round iron plate that would have made it traditional bumianjia. A new development, as was the long dagger at her side. Song, teeth gritted, slid the blade fully back into its sheath.

“Don’t look so sorry,” Ai smirked. “It’s not like that piddly blade would do anything to me anyways.”

Her eyes turned cloudy green for just the barest of moments as she pulled on her contract – though not long enough to begin forming the shell before she released it. Song’s face went blank. Ai was not lying. A sword would do little against her contract. It would take at least three shots to crack that shell, by Song’s reckoning, and with how quickly the contractor moved those three might as well be a hundred.

“Ai,” she curtly said. “Why are you here? I expected you would grab him in the street.”

“The lictors are cautious,” she replied. “Only twenty of them near the Amber Crescent, but there’s another sixty nearby.”

“And if you miss your shot he’ll escape back to them,” Song pleasantly smiled.

Ai clicked her tongue.

“I wouldn’t look so happy about that, Ren,” she said. “If he runs, what use are you to me?”

“I would have upheld my part of the bargain,” Song coldly told her.

Ai looked amused.

“Do I look like some Malani?” she asked. “I’ll snap your neck if you fail me, Song, I don’t care if you find a clever wording to invoke.”

Song swallowed a sharp answer, drawing back. Ai waved her hand, as if to dismiss this entire conversation.

“You didn’t balk, anyway, so no need for that sort of talk,” Ai said. “You sent your letter and the boy king’s on his way, it’s well done. We’ll let him come all the way up, have our talk just the three of us.”

Song stiffened.

“You are staying here?” she asked.

“Oh yes,” Ai smiled. “I wouldn’t miss the look on his yiwu face for anything.”

That, Song thought, was a complication. She had thought the contractor would move to seize the brothel after Evander entered, not stay inside the very room the Lord Rector was headed to. What could she, what must she – Song stepped back, her ankle brushing against the chair. Ah, yes.

“Sadist,” she hissed at Ai, drawing back in disgust.

The Yellow Earth contract seemed about to laugh, until Song’s step back toppled the chair. The noise echoed down the hall, and downstairs there was immediately the sound of a sword drawn. Ai’s eyes turned cloudy, the shell blooming, but Song moved decisively. She strode out into the hall, shouldering past Ai, and went to the head of the stairs. She found the woman lictor from earlier, coming up with a blade in hand.

“It was an accident,” she loudly called out. “I saw a cockroach and tried to step on it, toppled the chair.”

The lictor eyed her warily.

“Are you certain?”

“Very,” Song replied. “As you were, lictor.”

She did not linger, withdrawing back to the room. Ai was leaning against the wall, arms folded, and her eyes were brown again.

“Quick thinking,” Ai said, then smirked. “Except for the part where Asphodel does not have cockroaches.”

Song gave no sign of having known as much already. She picked up the toppled chair and harshly put it back upright, only a hair shy of slamming it down on the floor. That wiped the smile off the contractor’s face.

“I shall remember that,” Song said, “if I must make excuses again.”

Whatever the other Tianxi had been about to reply, she swallowed it: the steps coming up the stairs saw to that. Ai hid herself behind the door, which seemed almost childish. It would be enough, though. The lictors had already searched Song and the floor itself, odds were they wouldn’t sweep a bare room like this one again. Even if they did Ai must feel confident at handling a pair and Evander Palliades without help. Worse, Song did not believe she was wrong.

She put on a face of calm even as Evander’s steps approached. She recognized the sound, of all things. Soft boots, not like those the lictors wore – though those were not far behind, one of them came up as well. The steps stuttered just short of the open door.

“Your Excellency,” the wary man from earlier began, “I beg you-”

“I gave you an hour to set up and search the place,” Evander Palliades replied in an irritated tone. “I’ll not further insult a woman who saved my life not once but twice. One I remind you serves as an officer of the Watch, Victor.”

A moment of silence.

“As you say, Your Excellency,” Victor muttered.

The lictor boots walked away, back towards the stairs. Song heard Evander’s hesitation by hearing nothing at all: he did not move a single step despite the retreating lictor. Song herself sucked in a breath, moving towards the table with the bottle. The sound of her movement had Evander answering in kind, striding down the last of the hall, and even as Song cracked the red seal on the wine he entered the room.

She turned to see Evander Palliades all in green and gray, his polished spectacles gleaming over a hesitant smile. He glanced at the wine and offered a shrug.

“A horrid thing to be nostalgic about,” he said, stepping into the room, “but I confess-”

He was not a trained fighter, so even though he heard Ai move to close the door he did not react quite quickly enough to prevent her grabbing him – covering his mouth, laying a blade against throat. A flicker of fear on that handsome face. It was the heartbeat that followed, the look of utter betrayal, that burned Song like acid. The… disappointment.

“Is he crying?” Ai eagerly asked. “You have to tell me if he’s crying.”

Evander jolted in her arms, but she pressed her knife until the edge cut into the skin. That had him going still as a stone.

“Quiet now, Palliades,” Ai whispered, pressing her knife against his throat. “You’re almost as useful as a corpse so don’t tempt me.”

It wasn’t supposed to happen this way, Song thought with despair. The contractor wasn’t supposed to be here in the room, she was meant to attack the brothel from the outside after Evander came in! You bet this on a guess, Song reminded herself. And despite the recklessness it had not been proved wrong. It was, in fact, being proved truer every second Ai did not slit Evander’s throat. Still, she could not resist the urge to scratch at the scab of an unconfirmed truth.

“You want to use him to force Fort Archelean lictors to open the gates,” she said.

“Clever girl,” Ai chuckled, not bothering to resist the gloat. “And obedient too! That was a pleasant surprise. There might be hope for you yet, Song Ren.”

Her fingers tightened around the head of the bottle. She felt Evander’s brown eyes on her, narrowing. Picking up on the strangeness in the air. Ai, too pleased at getting her way, did not.

“I’m inclined to hold up our bargain,” the Yellow Earth partisan told her. “You may well have handed us the city, Song. Even as we speak the magnates are taking the streets-”

The silver-eyed Tianxi froze.

“Wait, the rising is tonight?”

“Oh yes,” Ai grinned. “Finally we cast the relics into the pit. And you can still be part of the right side, Song, the winning side. I just need a… proof of your commitment.”

Her jaw clenched, her mind spun. Damnation. If the magnates were rebelling tonight, would the cult not ensure the ministers did as well? Angharad and Maryam were up there, and Tristan… All four of us, sawing away at our rope, she’d told him. Was it a fool’s hope, to have bet the way she did? Maybe. But she had done it anyway and it was too late for regrets.

“What do you want?” Song coldly asked.

“Nothing much,” Ai said, gesturing at Song’s jian with her chin. “Just for you to sweep away the sin of fucking a king with a little royal red.”

She paused.

“A finger should be enough. You can even bind it afterwards if you like though, no lie, I’ll make fun of you for being a soft touch.”

Evander breathed in sharply at that, Ai’s grin widening at the sound.

“Yeah, yiwu, she’ll do it,” she said amiably, as if confiding to a friend. “Because the choices before her are simple: either she does her duty as a daughter of the Republics and cuts you, or we bury her entire misbegotten line.”

A glint of sympathy in Evander’s eyes, though soon gone. Understandably. Song sighed, holding up the wine bottle to the lamplight. It shone a lusty red, a hunger for blood.

“You’re wrong,” Song told Ai. “There’s a third choice.”

She threw the bottle at their feet. Ai’s shell was already halfway formed by the time the glass shattered, but she was looking at Song’s hands – at the blade, the pistol, the musket.

She was, thus, taken entirely by surprise when a burst of shrieking Gloam ate through the floor of the room and dropped all three of them into the ambush below.

Chapter 69

Their informal council broke up hastily. Song needed to write down her a report and seek another meeting with Wen and Brigadier Chilaca to share their fresh suspicions, while Angharad had to prepare for the banquet she would be attending tonight. Possibly the very same banquet where Ambassador Gule would be arrested. She took Tristan aside to pass him a slip of paper, however, under Maryam’s curious gaze/

The thief looked bewildered after reading the contents.

“How did you learn all of this?” he asked.

“I asked,” Angharad Tredegar replied without batting an eye.

Maryam suppressed her amusement as she watched him open his mouth, think again and close it.

“Many thanks,” he tried.

“It was my pleasure,” Angharad beamed at him.

He was left standing in her wake, poleaxed.

“What’s on the paper?” Maryam asked.

Tristan scratched his chin.

“A few facts about friends I’ll soon need to pay a visit to,” he said. “Which are not nearly interesting as the fact that she got her hands on them in the first place.”

“It’s fine,” Maryam assured him. “She has a contract so she can’t signify. If she wants to beat you lot at everything else I don’t mind.”

“As always, your unconditional support is a comfort in these trying times,” he drily replied.

Song was rolling her eyes at them as she tidied up her notes, so they left her to it. Now that the business of the Thirteenth was handled they could see to their own.

They ended up in the kitchens.

Tristan suggested the roof garden, openly worried and watching her like a hawk, but Maryam had no interest in revisiting the green. She had spent long enough there today, and in her current state the running water and grass did not help anywhere as much as they usually would have. The cooks needed little prompting to put them in a corner away from the bustle. Large bowls of soup, bread and cheese were pressed insistently into their hands and no argument otherwise was accepted.

Tristan tore into his portion with enthusiasm, feeding Maryam’s suspicion about how he had been treated when a hostage. She picked at her broth without enthusiasm, which did not go unnoticed. He cocked an eyebrow at her as he swallowed a mouthful.

“Too much lemon for you?” he asked.

“It is fine,” Maryam shrugged. “I’m simply not all that hungry.”

Or thirsty, even though she could feel her lips were dry. She knew why. Earlier Maryam had been starving, but that was only the beginning of the process. They were deeper in now.

Naming the entity had empowered her and Hooks was gnawing at her very self through the nav to which they were both bound. Physical urges would be sapped first but it was only a matter of time before Hooks started nibbling away at memories too. After that would come thoughts, and by then it would be too late. Even knowing that she would be strongest when beginning the ritual at the exact time she had named the entity, Maryam felt the urge to start it early.

It was harder to ignore the rats in the larder when you’d opened the door for them yourself.

“Lack of sleep does that, sometimes,” Tristan said. “But abstaining does not help.”

He pointedly broke off a piece from the loaf, thickly spread that wet goat cheese Asphodelians were all wild about over the bread and plopped it down on her plate. He then gave her a charming, unmoving smile she could tell would not break until she had actually taken a bite. Rolling her eyes, Maryam took a nibble. She methodically chewed through his offering, swallowed, then cocked an expectant eyebrow at him.

“I’d rather you polished off the soup as well,” Tristan said, “but I know a lost cause when I see one.”

“Lots of that going around,” Maryam mused. “It has been a rough few weeks for the Thirteenth.”

“Like how you and Song refuse to make eye contact, or that Tredegar now looks like she wants to apologize every time one of us offers her simple courtesy?”

“You got yourself abducted and cut up, only narrowly avoiding being eaten by devils,” Maryam flatly replied. “Don’t try to remove yourself from the list, Abrascal.”

“My mistake,” he drawled. “I am trying to get in the habit of crossing names off these, but it has been slow going.”

“Do you think putting on the charm and implications of murder is going to get you out of that?” she asked.

Tristan smiled winningly at her, breaking off another chunk of bread and slathering cheese all over. Maryam grunted in displeasure. Fine, so maybe it would.

“You are on thin ice,” she lied.

“A good thing I’ve been eating light, then,” he laughed.

She hummed, studying him. He was all smiles and agreeableness, moments away from spinning up a tale for her entertainment, but there was something about it… The cast of his shoulders, the way his feet under the table touched the floor as if they itched to begin tapping. The way his eyes avoided looking to the left of her, above her shoulders – ah, no, she knew what that was. Maryam broke off a piece of bread, raised it high and cleared her throat.

“This offering I dedicate to the great goddess Fortuna, may her patient forbearance last forever,” Maryam announced.

She leaned past the edge of the table, getting a look at one of the hearths, and tossed the bread piece into the flames. She got an odd look from the cook stoking them, but withdrew to the table just in time to behold Tristan getting verbally bodied by his own patron deity.

“-every time I use the contract it’s a prayer, if you think about it,” Tristan defended. “And she offered you a piece of bread, not a head of cattle, it’s not exactly-”

Maryam smiled like the cat that had dipped the canary in fresh ajvar.

“It’s not the Festival of Gifts come early, is all I’m saying,” Tristan defended to thin air, hands raised, then winced. “Oh come on, you know I can’t just walk into an Orthodoxy temple and make an offering to you. The priests would-”

Maryam cleared her throat.

“Familiarity breeds contempt, I fear,” she said.

Tristan shot her a plaintive look, silently asking what he had done to deserve this. He sagged a moment later, rubbing at his forehead.

“Now she’s going to be in a snit for hours,” he said. “Was that truly necessary?”

“I did this mostly because I enjoy seeing you bullied,” Maryam noted, “but to be honest it is unusual that you make your patrons so few offerings. The only other contractor I know who behaves that way is Song.”

And Song was not nearly as subtle about how she despised her patron god as the Tianxi thought she was. It was not truly fear, either, but the seething anger of a matron who knew that blood ties would force to keep inviting to the new year feast that one cousin who shat on the table and complained the whole time about the spread.

“They way I hear it our gods have a few things in common,” Tristan said, then grimaced. “And I don’t mean it as a disrespect to Fortuna, it’s just we never…”

“Settled into that groove?” Maryam suggested.

He nodded.

“I was too destitute to offer much of anything when we first contracted,” Tristan said. “And afterwards there never seemed to be a point.”

“Most contractors offer sacrifices to draw the attention of their god to them,” she said. “I supposed given that she is constantly with you there is no need.”

He hesitated, then grimaced.

“I know there are things off about our contract,” Tristan admitted. “It’s been made clear to me that visitations as frequent as hers are… unusual, as you say, but there are a few more details. The Odyssean could not feel me until I acted, and on the Dominion when I encountered the Red Maw –”

“You what?” Maryam hissed.

It was good he recognized the oddity for what it was, but that second part? He blinked.

“Did I never tell you?”

Her answer stare was distinctly unimpressed. Out of reflex she tried to feel him out with her nav, but it barely twitched an inch forward before Hooks yanked twice as hard the other way. Maryam mastered her anger, knowing that getting into it with her enemy early would do more harm than good.

“Well,” he said. “I ran into it, Fortuna mouthed off and I got treated to a lovely moment of its full attention. When we came back to the Old Fort, after, the sniffer said-”

“Never mind what the sniffer said,” Maryam bit out. “The god focused on you?”

He slowly nodded.

“Fuck,” she feelingly said. “Tristan, that should have shredded your mind. The Red Maw wasn’t some middling street god or even a temple deity, it was firmly on the upper end of third order. It ate other gods for centuries.”

Gray eyes looked around, as if seeking his goddess to interrogate, but they kept moving without pause. She must still be gone. Tristan swallowed.

“As part of my test to get a Mask instructor,” he quietly said, “I had to get into Wen’s house and have a look at some of our records.”

Maryam stiffened, but he waved his hand.

“Didn’t look at yours,” he said. “Though I caught what might be your mother’s name in passing.”

That would be enough, Maryam thought, if he thought to ask anyone passingly familiar with the Malani occupation of Juska. Izolda Cernik had come closest to driving them off the shores of the continent than anyone before her. That he evidently had not thought to do so – or more likely that he had decided not to – was a comfort. It was not that she wanted to hide it, at least not entirely.

But she liked it better, not having that weight on her shoulders when she sat with him.

“The part that matters,” he said, “is that for some reason the Watch both suspected and then firmly ruled out that Fortuna could be a second order entity.”

“Visitation draws from a god,” Maryam said. “It does imply she has power, to be there so often. Yet you claim she has no other worshipper?”

“That I know of,” he shrugged. “And she’s nearly always around.”

“Existing simultaneously is not particularly difficult for a god, or even an Akelarre at the peak of their power,” Maryam cautioned him. “But I see your point.”

A pause.

“When we return to Port Allazei I could ask Captain Yue-”

“I’m not nearly good enough a swimmer to survive that,” Tristan firmly declined. “We’ll figure it out, she and I. For all that she keeps claiming entire kingdoms worshipped her in a showering orgy of golden gifts-”

Maryam’s brow raised.

“- her words,” Tristan specified, “and beyond the boasts she does seem to be lost a lot of the time. I think that on occasion she avoids answering me not because she keeps secrets but because she genuinely doesn’t know.”

And since Fortuna was proud and vain as a cat, Maryam thought, the goddess would rather pass as scheming than admit ignorance. The gray-eyed man cleared his throat.

“And that’s my interrogation done, I think. Are you going to tell me what actually has you irritated now?” he asked.

She sniffed.

“You just came back,” Maryam said. “What has you already itching to leave?”

He leaned back into his seat.

“I don’t know,” he said. “Why were Song and Tredegar convinced you would be headed up to the palace later? You should no longer have a reason to go there.”

“She told you something,” Maryam said, eyes narrowed.

Which ‘she’ hardly mattered.

“Tredegar mentioned it’d be sensible for you two to share a carriage since the streets will be packed closer to the Collegium,” he easily replied.

Her eyes narrowed even more. He sighed.

“And Song might have mentioned a concern or two in passing, before she went to fetch you earlier,” Tristan said. “Something about your using the Thirteenth’s name to conduct a Gloam ritual on palace grounds. A dangerous ritual, at that.”

“It goes both ways, Tristan,” she reminded him. “Answers for answers.”

The Sacromontan clenched his teeth.

“I have a time and place for where the Nineteenth will be,” he said. “I am looking to wrap up those loose ends.”

“Song has done that for you,” Maryam told him.

“Has she?” he skeptically asked. “I don’t see them clapped in chains.”

A telling choice of words, she thought. Betraying his exact fear.

“She has done hard work on your behalf,” Maryam said. “Even commandeered Angharad to do some of it. At least sit down with her first.”

“I was going to do that anyway,” he irritatedly replied. “I won’t go haring off in the night just yet, Maryam, it’s the middle of the bloody day.”

She studied him for a long moment, then her brow creased.

“You actually mean that,” she said, sounding surprised.

“She’s grown on me some,” Tristan conceded.

Maryam grinned at him, but he cleared his throat before she could say anything.

Angharad, is it now?” he said. “Glass houses, darling.”

“We have an accord of sorts,” Maryam grunted back.

The spoilsport.

“And so do we,” Tristan said. “Tell me about your ritual.”

“It will fix my signifying,” she told him. “Permanently.”

He straightened.

“Good news,” he said, and her heart twinged a bit. “It has been gnawing at you since we first got off the docks on Allazei.”

The second part wiped out the unease of the first, to her mute relief. He’d befriended her without knowing she was a signifier, she could not forget. He had no expectations to betray.

“Song wouldn’t begrudge you that,” he noted. “So what’s the part that concerns her?”

“It involves killing and eating my parasite,” Maryam said. “That is what the ritual was for.”

“I still don’t see the problem,” Tristan admitted. “That’s what Yue gave you those rake-rings for, isn’t it? To bleed and eat the creature one cut at a time. If you have a method to hurry up the process what’s the trouble?”

Exactly,” Maryam hissed. “I will not lie, consuming the entity all at once will be more dangerous than taking my time, but what I receive from it will be qualitatively better.”

“You’re still using our contract with the throne as a pretext to conduct a shady ritual in one of the most heavily restricted rooms within the rectors’ palace on false pretenses,” Tristan pointed out. “So Song is absolutely correct to be concerned, Maryam. It’s not like there’s no Gloam users on Asphodel, if the Lord Rector figures out you lied so you could have a spot of witchcraft in his private archives-”

“I have a plausible excuse for it, and tonight is the last time I’ll need to visit the archives,” she said. “The room makes a difference, Tristan. It serves a filter between myself and what I consume, a strong one.”

He leaned forward.

“To prevent a fit of mania, like the one I saw,” Tristan said.

She nodded.

“And I’m guessing an equivalent won’t be easy to find abroad,” he continued, eyes narrowing.

She nodded again, beginning to feel like a hen pecking at grain.

“It sounds like a calculated risk,” he muttered. “And the ritual itself…”

He trailed off, looking at her expectantly. And for a moment, Maryam hesitated. Thought about staying seated here and telling him everything, all the things even Song had not been able to put together. About how she had made a thing into a person to better murder her, how she was afraid that even if everything went perfectly taking so much of the Cauldron would… but then she felt it, on the tip of her fingers. That gnawing, nibbling sensation.

Hooks was trying to eat her too. Right now. It was kill or be killed, too late for doubts. And if Tristan wanted to be part of this then he should have been there.

“I have limited the risks as much as I can,” Maryam said, which was true.

If she lied, she fancied he’d be able to tell.

“If it goes wrong, the entity could take things from me as I will take from her,” Maryam acknowledged. “And I can’t promise everything will be fine, but…”

“When can we ever?” Tristan rhetorically asked.

Yet he was frowning, as if troubled. Whatever it was he’d sniffed out, though he didn’t ask about it. He reached for her hand, and she was surprised enough she let him thread his fingers with hers.

“Promise me you’ll be a coward,” the rat asked. “That you won’t double down if it looks bad, that you’ll cut your losses. I know it matters to you, the Signs, but it’s not worth you.”

He squeezed, and even knowing he was doing it to rein her in – love was lovely but a bridle all the same – she squeezed back. It was a heady thing, knowing Tristan would always be on her side. Even if that sometimes meant he’d get in her way.

Heady enough she could forget all the rest.

Maryam hadn’t noticed it, but at the end she tipped her hand: she’d called the entity her instead of it.

That warranted a visit to Song, though Tristan found the captain was otherwise occupied. By the time he got to her room she was in Brigadier Chilaca’s office, presumably informing him that while Tratheke was still going to shit the Thirteenth had done some work in unpicking the particular manner of the sewer’s overflow, which had him at loose ends. He checked on his gear, took a proper bath and tempted as he was to take a nap he instead saw off Maryam and Angharad when they boarded their carriage.

Apparently Lord Menander had mentioned on his invitation that Angharad should head out very early, given a new rash of precautions at Fort Archelean – a sign the Lord Rector knew enough to fear attack, that, given that the fort guarded the only material way into the palace. Either way, for guests heading up that meant hours in line while inspections happened and arrivals through the lifts were staggered to ease cordoning them off. Easy enough for the lictors to justify, given that there had been two attempts on Evander Palliades’ life mere weeks apart.

Anyhow, there was no guarantee that Maryam would be spared the wait even if she came in black so off she went as well. Feeling oddly slighted by the way everyone was gone what felt mere moments after he’d arrived, Tristan headed back up straight into an ambush. Song Ren, in full array of war with journals and formal reports and bookmarks, was waiting to bring him into her investigation of the Ivory Library and all that entailed. The Maryam business could wait until the end of that, he supposed.

Now, Song was telling him important information and he was paying this the attention that was due. But Tristan was also noting how she had placed the paper sheets in a particular order, which perfectly matched what she was saying at the right time. He waited for a lull in the presentation to clear his throat.

“Yes?”

“Did you rehearse this?” Tristan asked.

“I just informed you that two members of the Ivory Library have been unmasked, that one turned and the other is under effective house arrest,” Song Ren flatly replied, “and the only question you can think of is whether or not I rehearsed this?”

Tristan cocked his head to the side.

“Did you, though?”

“Obviously yes,” she bit out. “Don’t let it go to your head, I prepared it for Brigadier Chilaca.”

“I would never dare,” he said, hand over heart.

He plopped a pair from a new bowl grapes in his mouth afterwards, enjoying the savor of fresh fruit. How quickly these little comforts became expected – there was no poison so insidious as luxury. Still, better than leaving the second bowl he’d asked for go to waste. Sakkas had waddled away having doubled his body weight in fruit from the first and the magpie was unlikely to reappear until he felt like it again, which left these a loose end for him to tie up.

“First off,” he said after swallowing, “it was a good use of my marker with Bait, so you’ll get no talkback from me on the matter.”

Song sighed, standing across the table with her arms folded behind her back.

“I almost wish you would leave the man alone,” she admitted.

And that almost was why her judgment had risen in his esteem: sentiment tempered by practicality. Maybe she would prefer Adarsh Hebbar not be dragged back onto the hook at the first opportunity, but having someone in the Fourth to hit up for information ranked higher in her priorities than pity.

“There’s no one else in the Fourth I’d risk leveraging,” Tristan said.

Alejandra Torrero would burn his face off at the first sign of blackmail and even if Expendable were not a Skiritai capable of savaging him in single combat with the use of only half his toes the Malani did, you know, suck lemures into his soul. Then turn into them and eat a concerning amount of fresh meat during communal meals.

“As an aside,” the thief mused. “Considering Expendable – Velaphi – does not seem to control the shape when he turns into that horrifying Malani hyena monster do you figure he…”

He spun his finger suggestively.

“Ate someone before the Watch recruited him?” Song grimly said. “Very likely. Between that and his lack of control over a dangerous contract it would explain why someone with his potential ended up in the Fourth Brigade in the first place.”

“Best to continue avoiding eye contact, then,” Tristan drily said. “I already got out of being supper once this week, I’ll not roll the dice on it again.”

“Locke and Keys,” Song grunted. “You did well to escape their grasp, but I fear they remain a potential problem. The Stheno’s Peak garrison sent investigators to look in on the harpoon those two took an interest in and I find it difficult to predict how they will react should they consider this interference.”

“I suspect if they wanted that harpoon they would already have it,” Tristan replied. “It is whoever gave that artifact to the cult that’s their quarry. That points them straight at the Ecclesiast, and with a little luck their digging the man out will make an exploitable mess for us.”

“Luck is a fickle thing,” Song unhappily said, then glanced behind him.

She cleared her throat.

“No offense intended, Lady Fortuna.”

“Taken,” the Lady of Long Odds darkly replied. “To be so insulted by mere blackcloaks when prayers sung in my honor once silenced a storm, why-”

“Never apologize for saying the truth, Song,” he solemnly interrupted.

The silver-eyed captain cleared her throat again, visibly choosing not to read the lips of a loudly squawking Fortuna.

“Regardless,” Song said, valiantly pressing on, “I struck a deal to cover your execution of Lieutenant Apurva. When a formal report is made of this entire incident, you will be able to admit to it without consequence.”

Tristan drummed his fingers against the tabletop. He kept his thoughts off his face long enough to sort them out. Song had cleaned up after him. Song had cleaned up after him and she was telling him of it as a report, a statement of fact, instead of… a bargain, maybe, or simply talking of it as a debt he would need to repay. She had said she would, that it was her role as his captain, and he had acknowledged her as that.

Still. He might have struggled to swallow that for a while longer, if not for the realization that he had been silent for too long and she was beginning to look concerned.

“For which I am grateful,” he said, coughing into his fist. “And the Nineteenth?”

“Brigadier Chilaca agreed for them to be arrested the moment he has on hand a cabal to take on their contract with the throne,” Song said. “Their patron has not been informed but the Watch officer who holds command in the Lordsport has orders not to allow them to leave the island if they attempt to board a ship.”

“That won’t stop them,” Tristan replied without batting an eye. “Not unless the Grinning Madcap’s been seized.”

“As it is not a Watch ship, the brigadier decided we cannot,” Song admitted. “The ensuing ruckus would be sure to bring in the lictors and thus the Lord Rector, which is exactly what Chilaca wants to avoid.”

“Pretending nothing’s gone wrong until we wring the throne out of every possible concession,” Tristan said, fingers clenching as he forced a calm smile. “Fair enough. When does Chilaca believe there will be a cabal on hand?”

Her lips thinned.

“Stheno’s Peak is sending men, as I mentioned earlier,” Song told him. “Once they are done with their assigned duty, Chilaca will have the authority to reassign them.”

“The same who are meant to investigate the harpoon,” he said. “When are they arriving?”

“Within days,” Song said.

“When will they be done?” he pressed.

There she grimaced, and did not answer. She did not know.

“So we have a stretch of days, perhaps as much as a week, where there is nothing at all keeping the Nineteenth from grabbing me,” Tristan mildly said.

“If you went missing-”

“You’d know, it was them” he bit out. “You’d come for me. I am aware, Song. But all it takes is them smelling complications and deciding to make a run for the ship, or other means of passage, then to trade me in to the Ivory Library for a fresh start somewhere else.”

“It cuts both ways, Tristan,” she said. “If they suddenly die, all fingers will point to you.”

“But you secured protection, you said,” he pressed.

“For the lieutenant, not a killing spree,” she bit back. “There would be no hiding that, Tristan, or burying it.”

“There would not,” he evenly agreed. “If Asphodel were not about to be plunged into chaos, anyway.”

She caught onto his implication immediately.

“The coup,” Song said. “Or at least the throne putting down the coups. You want to use that as cover. They remain gone for their investigation and later the corpses turn up during the chaos. Nothing to do with you, they were just in the wrong place at the wrong time.”

They both knew the restoration of order was unlikely to happen without bloodshed. Who was to say that a few souls might not go missing during the mess? He would prefer to be entirely off Asphodel when it all happened, but the odds of that were looking increasingly low.

“No loose ends,” Tristan told her. “No knives left at my back. How many times do you expect me to spare those who would put me in a box and sell me, Song? I can live with one cabal. Knowing there will be watchmen out there who know my face and would put a bullet in my skull given the chance.”

His fingers tightened.

“But I will not sow a garden’s worth of enemies and let them ripen out of my sight,” he said. “Much less allow them to scheme against me unimpeded.”

“I am not asking-” Song began heatedly, then bit off the words.

He watched her, the way she mastered her breath and counted down. Kept herself calm.

“I am not asking that,” Song finished. “But there are only so many bodies I can bury for you, Tristan, before the grave grows full.”

Part of him wondered if it was testing her, that he genuinely told her what he intended instead of simply agreeing, smiling and doing whatever he wanted. If he was passing his hand over the candle to see if it burned him this time. And as the silence stretched out, as his implicit refusal hung loud in the air and with every additional breath Song Ren did not order or threaten or twist his arm, Tristan was forced to look a fact in the eye.

It was a test. And she had passed it without even knowing there were stakes.

He breathed out slowly.

“It is more urgent a situation than I implied,” he admitted. “When Hage gave me their location and a time they will be at their safehouse he also gave me a list of aetheric devices and materials they requested for some sort of ritual with the Odyssean.”

Song’s eyes narrowed.

“You think it’ll be turned on you,” she said.

“I think Izel Coyac is a tinker on the Deuteronomicon track and if they are going to trap a god they are sure to make some use of that entity.”

“They wouldn’t kill you,” Song said. “But if they asked for an arm instead, or just a broken leg…”

“I was thinking more along the lines of my location,” he said, “considering the gods’ aptitude for finding strangers to slay them by surprise. If they have the boon and a trapped god, what is left but to grab me and leave Asphodel as quickly as possible?”

“They don’t know the Odyssean is the Hated One,” Song pointed out. “This could blow up in the face quite violently.”

“Or they could get exactly what they need and go on a hunt for me that very night,” Tristan said. “Tozi’s contract should prevent them making the worst kind of mistakes.”

Song mulled that over for a moment.

“Officer Hage gave you that information?”

The thief nodded.

“And you think he knows…”

“He knows too much for my comfort, that included,” Tristan said. “But he did give me, well, a warning of sorts.”

He cleared his throat.

“That the Krypteia does not deal in laws but in necessity.”

“He’s testing you,” Song said.

“Maybe,” Tristan grunted. “But I’m not sure what the test is – or if cleaning up the Nineteenth would mean failing it.”

He smiled mirthlessly.

“And it is a Mask who taught me how to deal with loose ends in the first place, Song. Hage is a teacher, but his are not the only lessons taught by the Krypteia.”

“But he will be watching,” Song said.

He nodded. But will that be watching the decision or the execution of it? That was yet uncertain. Song’s chin set.

“What time?” she asked.

He blinked.

“What does it matter?”

“Because I will need to clear my schedule,” Song said. “If it proves necessary to kill them all, I will not let you at it alone.”

He swallowed, mouth dry. It’d been easy with Maryam. Like falling, the current of the world pushing him into it. And looking at Song Ren’s expectant face he could still remember thinking about how to kill her, being uncomfortable standing in the same room. The disgust on her face after they fed the traitor to Scholomance. And now she was offering to kill for him. Another gift with no strings in sight.

Madness.

“Six,” he croaked out. “Tonight.”

Her face fell and his stomach tightened.

“Shit,” she said. “I need to be on the other side of the city at the same hour.”

What an ugly thought, to be relieved she would take it back. It still burrowed in him like a hungry worm. Only a moment later did the calm part of him, the thinking one, catch up to the words. ‘Need’ was not a word that Song Ren would use lightly and he could not think of many who would be able to twist her arm against her will.

“The Yellow Earth’s calling in its dues,” he said.

Her face tightened. After a moment she nodded.

“Hao Yu was killed this morning,” Song said. “Ai now leads the sect. She is… less patient.”

Tristan slipped into the boots of someone who saw Song Ren as a disposable tool, for a moment. What would they ask, how would they spend her? Not as a blackcloak, even as a brigade captain. It was too little, she gave them nothing a skilled spy could not in her place.

“They want you to kill Palliades,” he said.

There was a moment of stillness, then she laughed. It was a bitter sound.

“Close enough,” Song said. “They want me draw him down into the city, where they will be waiting.”

Probably to kill him, Tristan though, though if they were clever they would keep him alive instead. So long as he remained breathing Palliades loyalists would not easily consolidate behind another noble, which would keep the aristoi split into multiple sides. Mind you, Ai had not struck him as the most strategic of thinkers. He eyed Song curiously.

“What do they have on you, that’d you even consider it?”

She raised her brow.

“Why did you murder Cozme Aflor on the Dominion?”

He did not hide his surprise quite quickly enough. Or his concern. He had not thought Maryam had told her of that.

“You didn’t give anything away,” Song reassured him. “It was what Zenzele didn’t talk about that let me put it together.”

He acknowledged it with a nod and she looked away. Considered the matter closed, the question she had asked more a reminder that they all had their secrets than something she expected him to answer. And yet.

“He killed my father,” Tristan said.

Silver eyes whipped back to him, wide open.

“It was a mercy by then,” the rat said. “Sparing him worse. But if you guide a man down a dead end and then put him out of his misery when he reaches the wall, the only word for it is murder. So that is what I dealt him out in return.”

“The Cerdan,” she guessed. “They were involved.”

“It was their enterprise,” Tristan said. “The matter is not yet finished. I have names, Song. A list.”

“Revenge, huh,” Song muttered, leaning back into her seat.

“I prefer to think of it as spring cleaning,” he replied with a charming smile.

If she were Maryam, she would have played off that. Made some pun about springing a few murders for cleaning, maybe, or accused him of having never held a broom. Not Song. The Tianxi simply sat there, staring off at the wall.

“I wanted revenge, too, when I was a child,” Song finally said.

“On who?”

“That’s the question, isn’t it?” Song mused. “On my grandfather, the face of the Dimming?”

She snorted.

“They lashed him to death.”

Tristan considered himself hard to trouble. The flat, matter-of-fact way Song spoke of her own grandfather being publicly whipped to death still had him wincing.

“Those who blame us?” she wondered. “Jigong is a ghost town, its lands overrun by lemures and hollows. Those who fled abroad were ruined, if they were even allowed through the border. There is no revenge to take there.”

“Those who decided the republic could no longer be graced with a Luminary,” he suggested.

“We don’t have kings, Tristan,” she tiredly said. “A decision like that would not be trusted to a republic’s chancellery alone – their Secretariat would vote on it before giving instructions to the envoys, maybe even the general assembly. Hundreds of people for every republic, maybe thousands.”

She smiled mirthlessly.

“No one is to blame,” Song said. “Everyone is to blame. A little of both, I think. But that isn’t a comforting thought, when children point at you in the streets. When men leave the rooms you enter, when you are refused entry to shrines. That anger, it wants something to aim at.”

“A trigger to squeeze,” he murmured.

She nodded.

“So I understand it, why my brother went over to the royalists,” Song said. “He decided it was the republics that were our enemy, and that he could put the hate to rest by burying them.”

From there, the angle was not hard to figure out.

“They caught him going over,” Tristan said. “And your royalists are in bed with the Someshwar, everyone knows it. If a Ren, any Ren, is seen to clasp hands with the rajas then your family is finished.”

Because Tianxia hated the Imperial Someshwar to the bone. When the Izcalli attacked Tianxia nowadays, it was not to conquer – the Sunflower Lords came for serfs and plunder, to blood themselves in the Calendar Court’s name. It was different with the Someshwar, because it had never quite given up its ambitions to restore its conquests from the peak of the Cathayan Wars. The maharajas had held two thirds of the peninsula, once, all but the three southernmost republics.

Izcalli’s raids were a passing plague, while the Someshwar had no intention of ever leaving if it got its foot past the door. For a family as reviled as Song’s to going over to them would be…

“I took the black to beat the curse,” Song exhaled. “To bring about so great a good it would blot out my grandfather’s mistake. But Ai can end all that before it begins with a single letter and she has sworn to, if I do not do what she asked.”

Tristan reached inside his coat for Vanesa’s watch, clicked it open. Nearly three.

“You don’t have long to decide if you’re going to send a letter back,” he noted.

“I am aware,” Song tiredly said. “As it is I will be bound to send it straight to the palace as Watch correspondence for it to be on time, which there is no way the Yellow Earth will miss.”

He let out a low whistle.

“They really have you over a barrel,” he said.

“Do they?” she bit out. “I hadn’t noticed.”

He let silence stretch out.

“Will you go?”

He carefully did not ask if a letter would be sent first.

“I have no choice,” Song said.

“You should take someone with you,” he advised.

“Angharad is needed in the palace,” she said. “Maryam is bound to return there by ritual. And you…”

“Their ritual will take place at six, for some arcane reason,” he said.

Silence again.

“You have a plan,” Song said. “To kill them all.”

He nodded. Weeks in the making.

“It will work?”

“Two out of three chances, I’d wager,” he said. “I could not have done it without you giving me the details of Tozi’s contract.”

“I cannot help but feel the entire Thirteenth is standing on a rope bridge,” Song murmured, “each of us four sawing through a different rope.”

“What’s Tredegar up to?” he frowned.

“Nothing she would want me to tell you,” Song honestly replied. “I notice you are not asking about Maryam.”

“I was getting to that. The ritual she’s up to is shady as fuck,” he bluntly said. “I don’t need schooling about the Gloam to know that.”

A pause.

“But as it happens we have had a Theology class, and if Artigas drilled one thing into our heads it’s that the universal across all metaphysical relationships is that to gain something you first have to put skin in the game. Maryam’s been suspiciously vague about the stakes on her end of the bet, for this ritual of hers.”

“It could kill her.”

Tristan twitched, turned.

“You’re serious?” he asked. “I thought it would be a limb or a soul wound like Angharad’s at most, and I’m not enough of a hypocrite to reproach her rolling those dice. She could die?”

Song grimaced.

“She’s forgotten I read ahead for our classes,” she said. “I know what her logos – her nav – is. It’s a part of her soul, ritually separated from the rest so it can be used to trace Signs. Twice she told me that devouring the entity would fix her Grasp and Command, Tristan. That it would improve her nav. She’s not getting rid of an uninvited guest, she is absorbing it into her soul.”

“Which is a little eerie,” Tristan conceded, “and probably dangerous, but if all it does is get back the memories the shade stole from her and fix her nav then-”

“It’s not a shade,” Song said. “Whatever it is, it has a soul.”

“Surely-”

“She based the ritual on that knowledge,” the Tianxi gently said. “It is not a guess on my part. And she’s after a lot more than just a few of her memories, Tristan. Do you know what the Cauldron is?”

He shook his head, blood running cold when Song explained the nature of it. Some sort of Izvorica bundle of knowledge, accumulated for centuries and meant to be crammed into the head of willing bearers. His eyes narrowed.

“But she won’t be a cup being filled with the knowledge, like those Keepers you mentioned,” Tristan slowly said. “She’s eating the contents. Shoving them directly into her soul.”

Song nodded.

“Will she able to tell those memories apart from hers?” he asked.

“I do not know,” Song said. “And, I think, neither does she.”

“So even if everything goes perfectly,” he trailed off.

His fingers clenched.

“But we don’t know that,” he said. “She wouldn’t take that risk if she thought it’d do that to her, Song. Not Maryam.”

“Not even if it permanently fixed her signifying? And not with rake-rings, either, truly fixed,” Song said. “What if it gave her back a kernel of her home she thought lost forever?”

He swallowed.

“Why would you let her go back tonight, then?” Tristan asked.

“Stakes,” Song reminded him. “She put up something to lose if she does not go through with the ritual.”

“Why let her start it in the first place?” he barked. “Of all the times to stop meddling-”

“You think I didn’t try?” Song asked.

“Then you should have ordered her,” Tristan said through gritted teeth.

“We both know that would have made no difference,” Song said. “Except that she would have gone about it secretly and I would know nothing of the how or when.”

“What does it matter that you know anything if nothing is done about it?” he hissed. “Song, this has to be stopped.”

“Can you?” she asked. “Can you keep an eye on her every hour of every day, preventing her from doing this? Because that is what it will take, Tristan.”

“Or I convince her it’s a terrible fucking idea and she should stop,” he said. “There must still be some way she can back out.”

“I tried that,” Song said. “I failed. But then she and I are not the two of you.”

His stomach clenched. That was phrased as a compliment but echoed to his ear of blame. He’d not been there.

“When is she doing it?” Tristan asked.

“During the banquet,” Song said. “The private archives will be empty during.”

And the banquet was at six. He gritted his teeth.

“So either I handle the Nineteenth,” he said. “Or I go up to the palace.”

Song’s finger traced the table.

“All four of us, sawing away at our rope,” she softly said.

His jaw clenched.

“It’s not fair, asking me that,” he said.

“I ask nothing,” Song said. “I could be up there too, Tristan. Lending my eyes and my musket, trying to help her change her mind.”

His shoulders slumped.

“But you’ll be sawing at your rope instead,” he said.

Angharad, he almost began, then stopped. She and Maryam had found a cordial ground to stand on, now, but they were not friends. And a woman of Malani looks trying to talk Maryam Khaimov out of taking back her people’s inheritance was certain to set the opposite in stone.

It was him or no one else, Tristan realized as his fingers closed around Vanesa’s watch.

“They just left,” he said. “Not even an hour ago. I could catch up to Maryam and still have time to return to the safehouse in time.”

Gray eyes narrowed.

“Even better if you had told me this before she was gone and spared me running after her.”

The implied accusation stood stark between there: that Song had held it back so he would have to make a choice. Which was unfair, given that she had been reporting to the brigadier, but not necessarily untr-

“I only learned of your time constraint moments ago,” she reminded him.

He winced. Yes, that was true. He was off his game, to have missed that.

“I need to go,” he said.

Silently she nodded. She looked, he thought, almost sad. Defeated. As if she knew she had no choice but to keep sawing at her rope. That gave pause to his feet. He licked his lips. It was unpleasant, seeing that look on her face.

“Is Palliades really worth your family?” he asked.

She snorted.

“This isn’t about Evander,” she said. “It is about the act, Tristan. Being a tool of the Yellow Earth, betraying the Watch. They will own me after that.”

Enabling regicide was admittedly something of a breach in the Watch’s practice of not taking sides. Song would be killed for it if it came out, though like her Tristan would be more worried about the Yellow Earth continuing to wield that leverage going forward. Even if she spent her career avoiding them, they would find her. Everything she built from there on out would be built on foundation of sand, apt to be snatched away from her in a moment.

Damned if she did, damned if she didn’t. Which was the better bet to take – that she could beat the Yellow Earth’s final blackening of her reputation, or that her secret would keep? Neither of them had good odds.

“This city, it’s about to go mad,” he finally said. “I mean to use that, Song, one way or another. There is no reason you should not.”

She almost laughed.

“So I should murder my way through an entire local Yellow Earth sect to silence them?” she asked.

“Maybe,” he said. “Maybe not. But I can tell you this: the only words that matter are those that leave this place. The tale that gets spread. And if you can’t bury the man, it is best to bury the grudge.”

“Is that what you’ll do, Tristan Abrascal?” she asked with a thin smile. “Bury your grudge?”

Not if I can bury the man, he thought. You could dig up corpses and grudges both, but only of them served fine after a little cleaning.

“I guess we’ll find out,” Tristan said, putting away his watch. “Draw first, Song.”

She met his eyes, inclined her head.

“A hundred years of luck, Tristan,” she replied.

Wouldn’t that be the day?

There were only so many unmarked carriages in Black House, so it was sensible for Maryam to share one with Angharad. They were both headed to the rector’s palace, and though they would have to split ways at Antheia’s Ring – the large roundabout near the edge of Collegium serving as a massive open-air market for hiring carriages – to avoid suspicion there was no good reason for them not to share the ride there.

Only it had been a minute since they left Black House, rocking onto one of the roads, and Angharad had not said a word.

Finely dressed in her Asphodel best, the Pereduri gripped her walking stick as if it was the only thing keeping her from drowning while staring at the closed window of the carriage. There had been a time where silence between them was counted a boon by Maryam, but tonight she… There was a feverish energy to the pale woman’s limbs. Nerves regarding the fight ahead of her, yes, but there was more to it than that.

Between Song’s hard-nosed concern and Tristan’s extracted promise, she could not help but feel uneasy. Two were harder to dismiss than one. A conversation would be a welcome distraction. She just needed tinder for the flame, surely. Maryam cleared her throat, Angharad’s gaze turning to her.

“Did you know,” she said, “that Antheia’s Ring is named after Antheia Pelagid, the first rector of the Pelagid dynasty?”

Angharad looked baffled.

“I did not know this,” the other woman said.

“Only she did not build it, not really,” Maryam elaborated. “The work began two rectors earlier, under the early Archeleans, but it was only finished after she seized the throne so she named it after herself.”

Angharad frowned in disapproval. The Izvorica almost patted herself on the back. Interesting history and an act that would tickle the Pereduri sense of honor? That ought to get her talking.

“There is no honor in claiming the work of others,” she said. “Though this Antheia rose against her liege lords and usurped her throne, so perhaps I should expect nothing more.”

“Malan has had rebellions against the Queen Perpetual,” Maryam pointed out.

Goading, just a little. Not that it landed.

“Shameful things,” Angharad somberly agreed, “and also ancient ones. Only when her reign was young and her honor not yet beyond doubt did such foolishness take place.”

The noblewoman hesitated.

“That I know of,” she added, reluctantly.

Maryam hid her surprise. Considering that the vast majority of Malani learned their history through the isikole, even the nobles, it was widely suspected outside the Isles that their undying ruler allowed onto the record only the parts most flattering to her. That Angharad would even obliquely acknowledge such a possibility, though, was rather unexpected. Maryam suspected her uncle’s hand at work, though she suspected Osian Tredegar would not need to do much.

Angharad’s own code would bind her to begin coaching her language like she had if she even suspected what she’d been told might not be true, and that was a circle that closed itself. Doubt stated repeatedly grew, whether you liked it or not. It was not fundamentally unlike the way the practitioners of the Craft taught their ways to pupils, using thought-paths that incited the correct beliefs in the student without them ever being stated.

“History’s a tricky thing,” Maryam said, offering an olive branch. “Back home, all three peoples of the Triglau agree that it was a bloody quarrel that saw us part ways but none of the stories agree on who exactly fought whom.”

And honesty compelled her to admit, at last inside her own mind, that her people’s own version – that the peaceful, virtuous Izvoric had settled furthest to avoid being dragged into the petty quarrels of the Toranjic and the Skrivenic – was the least plausible. The Toranjic probably had the truest telling, she figured, since they proudly boasted of having drawn blades first.

“It is a matter of some debate among our scholars which parts of the Great Works are imagery and which are genuine chronicles,” Angharad said. “Though I never had much of an appetite for those books, I’ll admit. I found even the most exciting of them rather dry.”

“I liked the teaching stories passed down by the Ninefold Nine, but my father’s attempts to have me learn the histories of Volcesta sunk into a swamp of disinterest,” Maryam admitted. “I wish I had listened, now. Some of those tales might be lost forever.”

Mood soured by the reminder – both of the loss and of who she was sitting across from – she looked away, staring at the closed window the same way Angharad had. Much had been lost but tonight she would get some of it back, she told herself. It was cleaning a wound on a corpse but still better than nothing.

“You are afraid.”

Blue eyes swiveled back to the woman facing her.

“Excuse me?” Maryam coldly said.

“You have been bouncing your knee,” Angharad clinically said. “They way you often do before you use Signs.”

“That doesn’t-”

“Twice you reached for the pocket where you keep your rake-rings,” the other woman informed her. “Something is weighing on you, and that something has you afraid.”

“Nervous maybe,” Maryam grunted, full of ill grace but reluctant to lie outright. “It’s a signifying matter, anyway.”

Angharad’s lips twitched.

“Did that work with them?” she asked.

“Pardon?”

“Saying that to Song and Tristan,” she elaborated. “Putting them off with the technicalities of the act, as if those were the important part and not your reasons for it.”

Maryam swallowed. Opened her mouth, then closed it. Her cheeks burned at the realization that she was simply too taken aback to think up a believable lie.

“I do not want to talk about it,” she said.

“Then why are we talking?” Angharad gently asked.

Maryam’s fingers clenched. She almost reached for her rings – for the third time, apparently – and had to swallow a curse.

“The ritual I will be doing,” she let slip. “It has risks.”

“I was under the impression,” Angharad delicately said, “that all signifying bears risks.”

“Exactly,” Maryam exploded out. “Song has been on me about them, but she doesn’t seem to understand that nothing about being a Navigator can be tidy. Not the way she likes things to be. The Akelarre manage risk, they don’t avoid it. It simply cannot be avoided.”

Angharad opened her mouth but Maryam cut in before she could start.

“I know she does it out of concern,” she said. “I know. But she’s decided in her head that my doing this is somehow the same thing as fucking a king when already in bed with the Yellow Earth. Some decision made in the heat of the moment. It isn’t, Angharad. This will fix my signifying.”

The Pereduri started in surprise.

“Fully?” she asked.

Maryam nodded.

“Maybe even improve it,” she said. “Captain Yue was convinced it would improve my nav at least – my sixth sense – but she hadn’t discovered the whole of it. I will, at least, retrieve a great many of my people’s Gloam rites.”

She grimaced.

“Tristan got it,” Maryam complained. “He trusts me to handle it.”

“He did not express concern?” Angharad asked.

Brow creased. She was surprised. Maybe not without reason, considering her viper had been more nagging about her signifying than anyone else since they came to Asphodel.

“He made me promise not to be reckless,” Maryam conceded. “But he trusted me to discern that on my own.”

She looked at the Pereduri, whose lips were set in the fine line of someone who had something to say but was not sure she should say it.

“I know he’s trying to guilt me into being careful by offering trust,” Maryam sighed. “I’m not a fool, Tredegar. And he’s not that subtle, either, he’s just good at running distractions.”

“Then it sounds as if you have a full grasp of the situation,” Angharad said.

“I do.”

A pause.

“What is there to fear, then?” Angharad asked.

Maryam narrowed her eyes at the Pereduri.

“You are being unusually slick,” she accused.

Angharad half-smiled.

“Happenstance,” she said. “We might be standing on the edge of a different cliff, but I fancy I recognize the wind at your back. I feel it against mine.”

Maryam folded her arms around her chest.

“Your mess with the Lefthand House,” she said.

She hesitated a moment.

“I am surprised you would mention it to me.”

It was one thing for Angharad to suspect Song would have told her of it, another to bring it up herself.

“Do you know,” Angharad chuckled, looking up at the ceiling, “I think you might just be the person I can most easily trust in the Thirteenth, at the moment.”

Ouch. It was a rare thing, feeling sorry for Tredegar.

“You don’t want anything from me,” Angharad continued. “And I do not think you truly want me gone, at least not enough to go out of your way to get me arrested.”

“That’s not much to go on,” Maryam said.

“Oh, I don’t know about that,” Angharad murmured. “Indifference is, I think, somewhat underrated. I have come to learn that even care can feel like a burden.”

Maryam said nothing, for a moment, and silence stayed. But curiosity burned.

“Your uncle,” she finally asked, “or Song?”

“Both, in different ways,” Angharad frankly replied. “My uncle has put everything he is and has built on the line for me. I love him, of course, but I cannot help but remember we have spent more time together since leaving Port Allazei than we did in all the years preceding.”

“You don’t feel like you deserve it,” Maryam tried.

“I know I do not,” Angharad simply said. “And I still used it to drag him into this wreckage, knowing that for love of my mother he would not refuse.”

She stared down at her hands.

“It was not dishonorable,” the Pereduri muttered. “There are even some who would praise me for the maneuver.”

“But,” Maryam said.

 “But it was wrong,” Angharad said. “I knew it while I was doing it, Maryam. That it was wrong. But I did it anyway, because I could tell myself that it did not breach honor. It followed the rules.”

She clenched her fingers.

“And now Song, who it was so easy to be angry with, Song does it too,” Angharad bit out. “Hands me rope already tied around her neck and tells me she trusts me not to hang her.”

“And it’s a lovely thing to be trusted,” Maryam quietly said, “but then you have to carry it.”

Yes,” Angharad fervently said. “Exactly. If I had done something to earn it, maybe, but I-”

She bit her lip.

“I took every measure I could to keep the Thirteenth away from what I did,” Angharad said. “But I cannot know, cannot promise, that nothing will reach you.”

Maryam met her gaze straight.

“I will sell you out even if it’s just to keep the slightest bit of mud off my shoes,” she honestly said. “Know this.”

To her mild horror, the words set Angharad Tredegar to giggling. And Maryam couldn’t even be angry about it, because Angharad wasn’t disbelieving her, or mocking her. It was just… relief of sorts. Of a sort she could understand.

“It would be easier,” Angharad said after calming, “if it were all like that. If I could move towards what I know needs to be done with… clean breaks. But instead it all grows more tangled by the day.”

She smiled bitterly.

“It is too late for clean breaks, I fear,” she said. “Now no matter what I do someone ends up bleeding who isn’t me.”

“That’s what a sacrifice is, Angharad,” Maryam told her. “Children who begin to learn the Craft, they often tell themselves ‘I would be different’. If the gods offered me a bitter bargain, I would not bleed my brother on the altar for power. I would offer my own arm instead. Or this, or that.”

She rolled her eyes.

“They miss the point,” Maryam said. “It isn’t a sacrifice if you are willing to give it. It has to bleed you, the trade. It has to cost you something, to stay with you, otherwise all you’re offering is air. And why should you get anything for air?”

Dark eyes studied her.

“And what will it cost you, your ritual?”

Maryam almost refused to answer. Almost.

“I don’t know who I’ll be, when I come out on the other side,” she quietly admitted. “Some parts of me that are missing will be returned, but I will be inheriting… more.”

She breathed out.

“It may be I am still myself, after,” Maryam said. “I expect I’ll still think that, whatever happens. Or…”

Or tomorrow I could look at Song, at Tristan, and think of them as people I used to know, she thought. People who used to know me.

“Perhaps our cliffs are not so different, after all,” Angharad murmured.

Blue eyes turned to her.

“When this all began,” the noblewoman said, “I told myself that to avenge my house I would go as far as I needed to. Then that to rescue my father I would pay any cost.”

She scoffed.

“And now here I am on the edge of the cliff,” she said. “Wondering how many lives I can ruin in the name of my own ruin – my uncle, Song, Cleon, even Theofania! – before I become the man I am sworn to kill. Before I am to others what those butchers are to me.”

She sucked in a breath.

“Before I find myself on the same end of the pistol he was that night, pulling that trigger,” Angharad said. “It’s what the Fisher wants from me, I think. To take the best of what my parents gave me and put it to the service of the worst in what I am.”

The Pereduri looked at the floor.

“If I walk down that road, Maryam, does it end with some boy pulling a trigger at me to silence his own ghosts? An oath is an oath, but…”

“It matters, how you fulfill it,” Maryam quietly said.

“It does,” Angharad softly agreed. “But then no one else can balance those scales for us, can they?”

Her stomach clenched.

“No,” Maryam said. “Only us.”

Silence kept them company all the way to Antheia’s Ring. The carriage came to a halt, the driver hammering at the wall twice to tell them to get off. They hesitated a moment, before Angharad offered her arm.

“Good luck,” Angharad said.

Maryam clasped it.

“And you,” she replied.

And off they went, to find the truth of the weights on their scales.

Tristan’s steps slowed as he approached the street corner.

Not for need, for though Fidia Avenue – which lay right ahead – was thick with people it was broad enough he could easily have slipped into the crowd. No, it was fear that slowed him. The knowledge that once he reached the corner he would be exactly at the halfway point. The crossroads.

Down Fidia Avenue led to the southwestern district and the Nineteenth’s safehouse. Up it led onto the Three Dia Roads where one could catch one of the many carriages that might take him to Fort Archelean and the palace above it. He reached for the watch tucked away in his pocket, as much for the excuse to delay as because he wanted the time. Three thirty-three, he saw, and he traced the paths in his mind.

On foot – and a carriage was a trail he could not risk – it’d take him the better part of an hour to get to the safehouse. When he was there he would still need to set up, to kill them, to rid himself of the evidence and prepare the bodies to be ‘found’ at a later point. If he got lucky finding a carriage afterwards, got lucky with the roads and the lictors gave him little trouble, he could make it in time to catch Maryam before she began her ritual.

Assuming nothing went wrong and she did not start early and he did not end up a battered prisoner of the Nineteenth Brigade instead of their murderer.

If he went straight for the palace… He had coin and a pack containing a regular’s uniform. He could change into it when on the carriage and expect wearing the black to help him cut through some of the lines that would be forming around Fort Archelean. Odds were very good he’d catch up to Maryam before she went up to the private archives, or at least before she was done setting up, and then… Assuming she allowed herself to be talked out of something she badly wanted to do, that she had lied to him about- teeth clenched. Assuming that, and that it was done within an hour, if he hurried back down to the safehouse…

It might be easier to go down than up, he figured. But that would not make the carriages clogging the streets around Fort Archelean disappear, meaning he’d have to leave on foot and probably make his way to the edge of the Collegium before he could catch a ride to bring him south. No matter how he weighed the numbers, it was too long. The Nineteenth would be finished with their ritual, with whatever they were scheming.

Going for them by then might well be serving himself up on a platter.

Three thirty-five, the watch in his hand read. Vanesa’s watch. A match to the pistol under his coat, Yong’s old piece abandoned and returned to his hand by Maryam along with a warning about the nature of choices. She lied, he reminded himself. To my face, barely an hour ago. And even if she was not in her right mind Maryam was not a fool. She would not attempt the ritual if she did not believe it would work. How much did he owe, when it came down to it? On the table before him he saw only two maybes, neither all that better than the other.

His hand tightened around the bronze watch, fingers paling at the knuckles. All of them.

“You should take your chances.”

He did not turn. Fortuna’s back was pressed against his, and for all that she should be facing the street behind them her words had been as clear as if she had whispered them in his ear.

“You always say that,” Tristan replied.

“And it always works out for us,” Fortuna said.

“Because I pick my gambles,” the thief said. “Roll the dice only on what I can afford to lose. I don’t know if…”

If Maryam was something he could afford to lose, he did not quite dare finish. Because the rat in him knew better. It did not matter how much you cared about someone: any rope was a noose if you allowed it around your neck. And Abuela, she had taught him better too. You couldn’t catch a ghost, couldn’t kill it. But that shelter demanded you lived like one – passed through the world traceless. And what had Hage to say about it? Little, he thought. The old devil’s warning was about the balance of necessity, not anything like this.

Three thirty-six. Hesitation was burning the wick, every wasted breath a closing door.

“This is unlike you,” the Lady of Long Odds said. “Even when you make the wrong decisions, you still make them.”

“I don’t know what’s like me anymore,” Tristan murmured, leaning his head back into hers. “I am a long way from the Murk, now. The rules aren’t the same.”

He kept being handed priceless things. Trust and affection and help, just… dropped onto his lap. As if it were nothing. And maybe that was the trap, that the lack of strings was a string itself. But even for him that felt a line too far, to call sincerity a ploy. It wouldn’t be easy, to make that choice. To go to Maryam from the start. But it’d feel good, he thought. Even if he ended up regretting it, it wouldn’t be the bitter kind of regret.

But oh, that was the song of the fat and the safe. Of the well-fed rat with a hole in the larder, forgetting it was not and never would be a guest. There was no such thing as a happy regret, because if you made mistakes you did not live to regret them. He owed Maryam, and debts must be paid. But survival was the only debtor that could not be bargained with, and how long was he going to keep breathing if he just kept just… pardoning his enemies, like some infanzon making a show of mercy.

Tristan Abrascal was not an untouchable prince living behind the walls of the Orchard. He was down here, where the animals ate, and he was already being hunted. Song thought that proof and reports and the rules of the Watch would settle this, but he knew better. The Obscure Committee was already aware there was a bounty on his head and their only answer had been silence. Abuela had promised that he would only have to deal with students, but whatever deal had been struck the Ivory Library cared not to uphold it.

There had been three of them in the delegation, three, and the only one that was truly out of this game was the one Tristan had killed himself.  A signed confession, house arrest – those only mattered if they made it out of Tratheke. If more officers above them cared for the truth than whatever the Ivory Library would offer to keep this whole affair quiet. So long as the Nineteenth were out in the streets, Tristan was one moment of inattention away from being snatched.

Izel Coyac had done him a favor, once, at his own risk. He could have the antidote. The rest were enemies. And by what right should he be asked to gamble his own life for the principles of others? Principles that did not seem to matter so much, either, when they were put to the test.

“You used our contract more, when you were younger,” Fortuna said.

“I needed it more,” he replied. “It filled the gap where skill had yet to grow.”

“Not just that,” she said. “You used to enjoy it, flipping the coin. Taking the risk.”

“That was desperation, Fortuna,” Tristan said. “It was the coin or an empty belly.”

She laughed.

“And you’ll tell me you never enjoyed it, pulling on the string that unravels the impossible into the possible? That unseen upset, the long odds brought home.”

His jaw clenched.

“It is easier to bet everything you have,” he said, “when you have little.”

“Do you?” Fortuna asked.

He frowned.

“I don’t follow.”

“Do you have anything at all, Tristan Abrascal?” she asked.

And he turned, but she was gone. Not that she had ever been there.

Three thirty-nine, the watch read. Do you have anything at all, he repeated. What kind of a riddle was that? He tried to pry open the sense, but it was senseless. There were costs to either decision, it was the very reason he wrestled with it. Should he head to the safehouse he was risking that Maryam- oh. Oh.

“If I am willing to wager us,” Tristan quietly said, “how much can ‘us’ truly be worth? That’s your meaning.”

The goddess did not reply, not even by the faintest of touches. She had said all she would. He looked down at the watch again, the fingers holding it. Maryam would have two phalanges missing until the day she died, because she had bet on saving his life. It had cost her, that bet.

And it was the reason he was alive.

Tristan put away Vanesa’s watch. Maybe it was time to-

“- see that!”

A commotion on the avenue. Frowning, the thief stepped out of the alley. Dozens had stopped milling about and were pointing south at the horizon. Or, more specifically, at the massive column of smoke that could be seen there.

“The Lordsport, mark my words,” he heard a man say. “What else is there to burn down south?”

And he felt it then. The animal inside, rearing its head up. Reaching around as Tristan’s mind raced down the tracks, piecing the details together. And that scared wild thing, it found out the same thing he did.

They were in a grave again.

Cordyles ships had pursued a merchant ship, the one carrying Song’s letter, when going around the east of the island. Greed made for a simple motive, but that still left the question of why the ships had been there in the first place. Triton Cordyles’ privateers could not trouble merchants too much without the Lord Rector coming down on them. Their piracy was practiced away from Asphodel, against the ships of Rasen and other island-states. The answer was: they were sailing to the Lordsport. Why were they sailing to the Lordsport?

To seize it.

He and Song and Maryam and Angharad, they had been fools. They’d known, known that the cult of the Odyssean was lying to both coups. That it wanted them to fail, to devolve into civil war.

Why would they then believe the timeline given by either coup as to when they would strike?

Tonight, gods, it was tonight. The magnates and the ministers, the whole violent mess. It was erupting right now, with noble ships making a play for the Lordsport – a lifeline that the Trade Assembly could not ignore, the bottleneck through which all their wealth passed through. They would have to rebel, or they would be choked out.

Tristan closed his eyes, the sounds of the uneasy crowd washing over him. Past him. The moving parts, how would they move? The magnates would go for Fort Archelean. The nobles would go for the palace – and it might well be that the concert and banquet were an excuse to get the right people inside. Maryam and Angharad, assuming they were already in the palace, were now stuck in there. Only the lifts let people in or out and the fort commanding access to them was soon to be under attack by rebels.

Maryam and Angharad would be in the middle of the coup. A woman with hollow’s coloring and a Watch cloak in the middle of a cult’s bloody play for power, fuck. And Angharad was up to her neck in the conspiracy, but at least some of the nobles knew she was Watch. If she was outed in the middle of the coup, they might well put a bullet in her skull just to be safe.

Song? Song would be on her way to the Yellow Earth’s trap, and even if she managed not to get grabbed as a hostage by the Tianxi it’d be impossible to find her unless she let herself be found. And since the capital was hours at most from utter chaos, she might well be stuck out in the northeastern ward for the rest of this entire fucking mess. Black House? No, he couldn’t risk that. Everybody would keep an eye on Black House. Neither coup would tolerate the Watch getting involved, much less the cult.

He was alone. There would be no reinforcements. And his hunters, his enemies, were waiting in their safehouse with their sharp knives and their aether machine. They would notice, sooner or later, and while the rat had thought of the chaos as an opportunity for him it was just the same for them. Tristan Abrascal was always underfoot, wasn’t he? It wouldn’t be that suspicious if he went missing during a coup. He could see it, the outline of the way out for the Nineteenth and their collaborators.

Song’s ties to the Yellow Earth would disgrace her. Angharad was dancing oddly around the matter of the infernal forge and Maryam had no strong backer. If the signed confession went missing during the chaos, if the investigator had an accident, that left only Brigadier Chilaca. A demonstrably corrupt man who’d been delaying doing anything about the Ivory Library even when given proof. The traitors had a way out of their own grave, if they were ruthless enough.

And some of them were.

How to make it fit? How to do anything without that knife at this back? Take stock, he ordered himself. Organize. Match the means and the ends, the outcome to the tools. And yet no matter how he shuffled it around, how he assembled it, there was only one path to a tolerable outcome. One manner of acceptable risk. His hand was empty, but when his fingers clenched he almost thought he could feel the coolness of a tile. There was no way through this without breaking something.

Tristan Abrascal opened his eyes, breathed out, and began walking down Fidia Avenue.

Chapter 68

It was infuriating that he’d not immediately gone to her when he arrived, and thus only fitting he suffer the consequences of this slight. Maryam kicked his ankle: boot tip right on the bone, and not skimping on the swing either.

“Ow, ow ow Maryam what in the Manes-”

The second thing she did was hug Tristan’s scrawny frame until his ribs were nigh creaking. The Sacromontan went stiff as a board, for a moment, then unwound like a breath released. Enough to rest his chin on her head while she buried her face into his shoulders. He smelled liked grapes, for some inexplicable reason, but that was not enough to ruin this.

“Where have you been?” she asked.

“I’m not sure how I’m meant to reply to ‘mwah wah bwah’,” the prick informed her. “Is this some foreign cant?”

Maryam took her face off his coat long enough to glare and kept it there when asking her question this time.

“Where have you been?” she repeated.

“Broadening my horizons,” Tristan replied. “I learned a thing or two of cannonry.”

“I don’t see why you’d want to,” she said. “They’re too heavy for you to throw.”

“I could throw a cannon,” he argued, almost sounding miffed.

“I’m not even sure you could throw a cannon ball,” she honestly told him.

“Well, that’s what the cannon is for isn’t it?” he muttered. “Those things are bloody solid stone, Maryam, they weigh a ton.”

Someone cleared their throat. Tristan had not lost weight since his disappearance, not that she could easily tell anymore, and for once he wasn’t covered in bruises. That did not mean, however, that he was unharmed.

“You cut your face,” Maryam frowned, looking up at the red line beneath his eye. “Did you fight someone?”

That did not tend to go well for him.

“This from someone I found napping in a knockoff Meadow during the middle of the day,” Tristan replied, eyebrows raised. “What have we been up to at night, Khaimov?”

Dreaming of being strangled and eaten alive, she thought. Not that he needed to know that. Someone cleared their throat louder.

“You’d know if you had been around,” she reproached, stepping away to cross her arms. “You couldn’t have sent a letter?”

“I ran out of ink,” he drily replied. “It must have all gone to those rings around your eyes, given how dark those got. Did you even sleep a full night since I’ve been gone?”

That was irrelevant. Besides, she’d hardly been sleeping even when he was there.

“Please,” she huffed, “I-”

A loud bang. The two jumped and turned, finding an irritated Song holding the pistol whose handle she had just smacked against her writing desk. Angharad was sitting on the Tianxi’s bed, hand on her cane as she tried very hard not to be amused. The pair had the good sense to wake her up the moment they knew Tristan had returned, at least, unlike the thief in question. He’d left her in the garden for an hour while he sat down here, the fool! He ignored her glare at the reminder of his sin, only adding to the tally.

“As has already been mentioned it is pleasure to have you back, Tristan,” Song evenly said. “Maryam, have a cup of tea.”

“I don’t feel like tea,” she muttered.

Song Ren turned a very calm smile on her.

“Have it anyway.”

Maryam eyed her for a moment, then decided that she was a diplomat at heart and capable of compromise. She only filled the bottom of the cup and made sure to dip one of the flaky tea cakes in it before scarfing it down, however, because insults were also part of diplomacy. Song looked like someone had just messily spat on the carpet, which went some way in evening the scales.

“I also am happy you returned, Tristan,” Angharad volunteered.

“It is even gladder news that you came back largely unharmed,” Song added. “Given the lack of word from yourself and Officer Hage, I admit to some concern over your situation.”

In the Song Ren dialect, that meant she had been laying out patterns and schedules for the search parties. Maryam nibbled at the sugary tea cake. It was hours yet from the evening meal, but the more she ate the more she found she was starving. Considering she had not skimped on breakfast, that had unfortunate implications. Hooks was drawing on her, preparing for tonight. It won’t save you.

“Not unwarranted,” Tristan said. “As it happens, I spent most of the week prisoner of the Trade Assembly.”

“You what?” Maryam said, choking on her mouthful.

“I escaped,” he dismissed, like he’s not been abducted.

Busy coughing into her fist, she was not able to answer as she should. This was starting to get worse than the bruises. How many times was he going to get kidnapped in a year? Gods, Maryam was going to have to learn a tracking Sign wasn’t she? Those were awful, conceptual to the bone with almost no direct Gloam manipulation. She had never met a single signifier who actually enjoyed using tracking Signs, it was like walking around with strings tied to your hair that got caught up in everything.

“I had some help from Hage, whose disappearance I can explain,” Tristan continued, “He went to ground after Locke and Keys attempted to kill him.”

Angharad sucked in a breath.

“Why?” she asked. “That is good as an act of war against the Watch.”

Which meant either they were not afraid of the rooks or that had reason to believe the Watch would be too busy to retaliate. Neither boded well. It occurred to Maryam she had yet to hear the results of Angharad’s infiltration, or what she and Song had been up to this afternoon. Her side eye at the Pereduri was cut short before it could bear fruit, however.

“Start from the beginning,” Song ordered. “Leave nothing out.”

Tristan spun his tale, beginning with the revelation that the Yellow Earth was backing the magnates then journeying through becoming a hostage trained by Tianxi artillerymen, escaping with Hage’s help and then returning to interrogate Hector Anaidon only to run into Locke and Keys to bloody results. Maryam was down three biscuits and an actual cup of tea by the time he’d finished, while Song had filled two pages with notes. Angharad was the first to break the silence, face serious.

“That you escaped at all is noteworthy,” she said. “That you did so without killing anyone is laudable.”

Tristan coughed into his fist, seemingly surprised. Maryam’s lips twitched. Sincerity was one of his blind spots, she had found, and Angharad wore hers like a coat.

“It is,” Song agreed, her tone was absent-minded. “Do not take my distraction as chiding. It is only that the news you bring fit oddly with some of what we’ve learned.”

Maryam blinked. Oh, good, she could finally ask what Angharad had-

“I attended an initiation ritual of the cult of the Odyssean last eve,” Angharad said. “The priestess leading the rite, Lady Doukas, spoke of the cult’s support of the noble coup that will be taking place in four days.”

Tristan blinked. So did Maryam, for whom this was equally news. Doukas, Doukas… Was that the one Tristan had caught fucking a servant in a closet? Well, that was one way to throw people off your scent. Song was unsurprised, clearly having heard all this before.

“Huh,” Tristan exhaled. “Hector implied the cult was playing both sides, but that seems like a strong commitment to the side of the ministers. I’ve seen nothing implying to me they run similar rites for the magnates.”

“That is noteworthy,” Song said. “But not as much as Hage’s assertion there is no infernal forge.”

“What about it?” Tristan asked.

“He’s wrong,” Maryam told him. “Angharad found one.”

Before she could ask him if he was certain he was the Mask in this brigade, the woman in question spoke up.

“I am not entirely certain of that,” Angharad said.

Maryam frowned at her. Why the quibbling now?

“As someone who saw such a forge in a layer back on Tolomontera, I assure you your description matches,” Maryam told her.

A strange expression flicked across the Pereduri’s face – anger, regret, something like… rue? And it was gone in a heartbeat, almost fast enough for Maryam to wonder if she had imagined it.

“That part I do not doubt, Maryam,” Angharad replied. “But I did wonder, after first seeing the device, how exactly word of its existence spread around in the first place. Lord Menander did not know what it was, so it cannot be his work.”

That was a fair point, in truth. But there were ways.

“One of his guests,” Maryam suggested. “You said he’d brought others to the crypt before you, showing off his treasures. Someone must have had a loose tongue.”

“Ah,” Tristan muttered. “I see her point. Why spread rumors if you recognized the forge? Either you covet it, and thus do not want Lord Drakos to know what it is, or you intend to wield that knowledge against him and thus spreading the secret across the entire capital would make your leverage unusable.”

But if no one benefited from the news being out and the secret was well kept, how had it come to be spread? Maryam put it together a second later.

“Officer Hage’s right that Locke and Keys spread rumors about the presence of an infernal forge to justify their presence on Asphodel,” she slowly said. “Only they thought the rumors were false, when by coincidence they happened to be true.”

Which explained why everyone but the devils was looking for that forge, as they would be convinced everyone was chasing a false trail they’d laid themselves. That was almost worth a laugh, if not for the way the pair apparently went around snapping the necks of useful witnesses while hunting whoever it was they were after.

“But the devils were correct that the harpoon has something to do with the cult of the Odyssean, at least,” Song cut in, staring down at her notes. “A worrying picture begins to emerge.”

Right, Anaidon had confessed that this ‘Ecclesiast’ had ordered him to smuggle the harpoon into the city using his family’s warehouse. Odds were the Ecclesiast had also been the one to use it to punch into the Hated One’s prison.

“The cult’s running a game on this country,” Tristan said. “And I think we put together quite a bit of what’s afoot but we are…”

“Drowning in the details,” Maryam suggested.

“That,” he replied, flashing her smile.

Gods, it was good to have him back.

“Then let us lay them out in proper order,” Song said, a stubborn set to her jaw and a piece of chalk somehow already in her hand. “I already have a slate in the room, we can put it to purpose.”

“Allow me,” Tristan said.

He reached for the chalk but Song withheld it.

“Not you,” she said. “Angharad?”

The Pereduri eyed them both, confused, but gallantly took the chalk when Song passed it to her. A beat passed, gray eyes staying on her until Tristan’s lips finally twitched. So did Maryam’s, who had caught on before he did.

“You think my handwriting’s too sloppy,” he accused.

“If I wanted a headache, I would drink mercury,” Song primly replied. “Now, without further distractions, let us proceed.”

“Magnates first,” Maryam said. “That’s where all the details go contradictory.”

In that if the cult of the Odyssean was backing the nobles, why in Hell was it also in bed with the Yellow Earth and the Trade Assembly? Angharad shrugged and Song did not object, so their expert on the matter began speaking.

“To resume the position of the magnates,” Tristan said. “They are preparing a coup with weapons smuggled into the capital from Tratheke Valley, which we know courtesy of Song and Angharad-”

Song waved him away, but Angharad was visibly pleased at the acknowledgement. As she should be, it took keen eyes and hands to undo a false bottom like the one the Pereduri had taken the cyphered journal Song deciphered from.

“That ring of magnates intends on arming workers and sailors to seize Fort Archelean, then the capital itself. They have Yellow Earth backing, both material and political, and supposedly a promise from Tianxia to sponsor Asphodel as a sister-republic.”

He paused.

“The magnates have been spreading around word that some leashed god is killing ‘malcontents’ on behalf of the Lord Rector, but we have no evidence that’s true.”

Angharad cleared her throat.

“I may have some insight on the process of those deaths,” she said.

The ceremony she described after – even throwing in the bits about the cult’s hierarchy at Song’s invitation – was not all that grim by Maryam’s standards but it was most definitely a breach of the Iscariot Accords. Bleeding a god to buy the deaths of your enemies was the sort of thing the Watch hanged you for. After putting you to the question for names.

“That’s useful to know,” Tristan noted. “And makes it seem rather likely the cult of the Odyssean was actually given names of those reluctant to join the revolution so they can be thrown into the death pile along with all the other people getting offed by the Odyssean’s jolly boys.”

Not the most inspired of tactics, Maryam thought, but it was likely to work if only because it would be difficult for anyone to believe the Trade Assembly had a leashed god assassin. If they did, why not knock off the ministers instead of their own reluctant workers? The answer was simple enough: they didn’t have a leashed god assassin. Their allies in the cult did, and they weren’t going to kill the membership of the other coup they were apparently running.

“Like your patron under the Kassa, this Temenos,” Angharad recalled.

“Like Temenos,” he agreed. “Who was very skeptical of the sales pitch from the Kassa about signing up to overthrow the Lord Rector and then got a visit from the leashed god. One that would have killed him if I were not present.”

Something he had never adequately explained, Maryam thought. The Thirteenth was currently assuming the leashed god was the same assassin the Nineteenth was pursuing and thus had the same signature – no witnesses, a single cut to the back of the neck – and that begged the question of why the bound god appeared while Tristan was still in that house. Even more so of why the thief had been invisible to it until he stepped in.

But that was not the thrust of their talk tonight, so Maryam joined in the others in turning an expectant look on Song. Their captain eventually sighed.

“My family is far estranged from the grand policies formed in the halls of the Ministry of Rites,” she reminded them. “Even before the Dimming we were not all that influential.”

The stares did not waver, so the Tianxi pinched the bridge of her nose.

“That said, I expect that if the magnates seizing the capital and the Lordsport it might be enough for the Ten Republics to offer their support regardless of whether or not it truly was promised through the Yellow Earth. Securing the shipyards would be worth the risk of war exploding across the Trebian Sea.”

Angharad wrote ‘Magnates’ on the slate belatedly, then added Yellow Earth and Tianxia in smaller script beneath. In even smaller script she added ‘Cult of the Odyssean’ with a question mark.

“Then we have the ministers,” Maryam said. “They have Lord Gule among their ranks, which means some degree of Malani support. Their candidate for the throne is, at least nominally, Minister Apollonia Floros.”

Who in all these plots had not been mentioned as a participant even once. Was she truly a woman with clean hands like her old pupil the Lord Rector believed or had she simply slipped past the Thirteenth’s investigations? Were the Ecclesiast not noted to be a man by several sources, Maryam would have been tempted to bet it was Floros behind the veil. She still half-did. The known Ecclesiast might just be a fake, and Floros run everything from behind the curtain.

“That coup,” Angharad noted, “is backed by the cult of Odyssean in a rather more straightforward manner than that of the magnates.”

“They run it, maybe,” Tristan objected. “But the rank-and-file of that coup is too large to all be part of the cult. Besides, Gule told you the edges of the cult don’t know anything about what’s really going on. My guess is the cult took the reins of what was already a brewing coup around Apollonia Floros.”

“That…” Angharad began, then stopped. “That is not impossible. It might explain the sudden turn the cult took towards western nobles, bringing in key members of that incipient coup when they took it over.”

That and why no one in the cult seemed to care that whatever strange rituals were going on, they were unleashing lemures across Tratheke Valley. If all the main noble backers came from the other parts of the island, what did they care what happened to the heartlands? Foolish, considering the vast majority of Asphodel’s grain came from that breadbasket, but many lords would march right past the edge of the cliff if you dangled a pretty enough prize. Angharad finished writing ‘Malan’ and ‘Cult of the Odyssean?’ under ministers, Song speaking up the moment she tied off the last letter.

“As the cult of Odyssean is in the two columns, I would say it warrants being added to the slate as a third party,” the silver-eyed captain said. “One who has intentions separate of the other two.”

There was no objection, so Angharad did. Song leaned in.

“You told me, Angharad, that Lord Gule hinted at tensions within the ranks of the cult.”

“He seemed to believe it inevitable that after Apollonia Floros took the throne, cultists would begin turning on each other,” she said. “It is why he sought my services as a champion.”

Meaning the cult was more of a loose alliance under a god, bound by the priesthood, than a movement with a shared ambition. Considering the Odyssean was a ruthless, treacherous prick in the stories that wasn’t exactly a surprise. The god Oduromai might be a later coat of paint on the old tales, Maryam could easily understand why people preferred praying to him rather than Ol’ Knife-in-the-Back.

Older didn’t always mean better.

“I think Lord Gule has been had,” Song told them bluntly. “I believe that whoever this Ecclesiast is, they’ve never had any intention that the ministerial coup should succeed and they have been playing everyone from the start.”

“Now there’s an audacious leap,” Tristan cheerfully said, rubbing his hands. “Sell me on it, Ren.”

Said Ren shot him an amused look. Mere months ago, Maryam thought, that cheer would have been feigned and Song would have scowled at him so hard for the ‘insolence’ his face caught fire. Now it was she and Song who avoided looking at each other instead. Gods, even Angharad appeared more comfortable around their captain at the moment. She clenched her fists, feeling ever so slightly as if she were being left behind.

She wasn’t, she reminded herself. Tristan was back.

“It comes down to the assassins,” Song announced. “The bound god and the Obsidian Order. Now, we know that the contractor was sent by the cult of the Odyssean because they are the only ones who can cross the layer.”

That actually wasn’t true, Maryam thought, since Locke and Keys knew about the harpoon. On the other hand, the devils did not seem to be directly involved in any of the scheming so it was fair to discard them. Things were messy enough without cramming them in.

“And the contract with the Izcalli assassins bears the same initials as the name of Hector Anaidon, a confirmed priest of the Odyssean,” Tristan noted.

Song nodded at him.

“From Tristan’s time as a hostage we know the cult is associated enough with the magnate coup – and thus the Yellow Earth – that the Trade Assembly is able to send the bound god to kill individuals whose death would benefit their cause.”

“Within limits,” Maryam noted, echoing her earlier thought. “Else Minister Floros would be dead, and likely the Lord Rector as well.”

Song paused, conceded the point with a nod. As well she would, since it fed into her earlier assertion: the Ecclesiast wasn’t going to knock off all the pieces in the way of the magnates if he did not genuinely want them to succeed. He’d instead given just enough rope they could be convinced to hang themselves.

“When the contracted assassin first escaped the palace, by dint of her being Tianxi we originally suspected the Yellow Earth of being involved,” Song reminded them. “But when I sounded them out, they gave me a credible argument why it would not be them.”

“They claimed that civil war would prevent Tianxia from having access to the shipyard, which they ardently desire,” Angharad recalled. “Which was a lie, as they were already fomenting a coup.”

There had always been scorn when Angharad spoke of the Yellow Earth, Maryam thought, but now there was heat as well. She breathed in sharply, finally realizing why the two of them had left Black House for a few hours. They had gone to meet the Yellow Earth together. That should have been pleasing. And it was! But it also had her clenching her jaw, because why did Song only ever listen when it came to other people?

Song was willing to trust Angharad with a knife at her throat but not Maryam with a blade at her own. Infuriating.

“But was it a lie?” Song challenged them. “Tristan, you told me that when you attended the rally where Ai made an appearance many of those in the warehouse seemed newcomers, previously uninvolved.”

“They were,” he agreed with a frown. “The Kassa boys would never have come if Temenos didn’t have a close shave with the god, I am sure of it, and I asked around when I was a prisoner. At least another two of the major trading houses had never had workers show before that night.”

From what Maryam recalled, among the magnates something along the lines of seven trading families stood at the top of the heap. If the Trade Assembly hadn’t even been able to bring in the whole set of its most influential until this week, Song had a point: that did not sound like a coup ready for the trigger to be pulled.

“Hao Yu was not lying, even beyond his being unaware of what Ai was up to,” Song said.

Now that was news. Maryam glanced at Angharad, whose face betrayed nothing of the secrets she must have become privy to. Trouble inside the Yellow Earth? She itched to ask, to be brought into Song’s confidence again, but she knew the price for that. She refused to pay it, always shelling out the gold where everyone else tied to Song Ren got it all for free. It wasn’t Maryam’s fault that Song refused to listen when she told her the entire affair with Hooks was under control.

Maryam reached for another tea cake and scarfed it down, starving.

“They weren’t ready to seize the city, not back then,” Song said. “They might be right now, but weeks ago while they might have had the weapons they did not yet have the men. If they attempted a coup there was a good chance it would have failed, and if Evander Palliades died…”

“They would have to strike,” Maryam quietly said. “Otherwise the odds are good that Apollonia Floros would be on the throne by the week’s end without even need for a coup of her own, and she’d move against them immediately. The moment Evander Palliades dies, they have to move.”

Palliades really was the key to it all, wasn’t he? Not because of anything he did, but what he represented: legitimate order, the keeper of oaths. He was not so much a king as the bridle forced onto the bucking chaos.

“Exactly,” Song said. “Now, on the other hand, consider the position of the ministers: their coup is deeply infiltrated by the cult of the Odyssean, which knows a secret way into the palace through which soldiers can be smuggled. There are troops hidden in the capital, enough to take the palace, and the longer they stay out there the greater the odds someone will find their trail – as both the Watch and the Yellow Earth have.”

She paused.

“Assassinating Evander Palliades is preferable,” Song said, smoothing out a visible twinge of discomfort at the words. “It allows Apollonia Floros to take the throne without much violence. But when that assassination attempt failed, given possession of sufficient forces and a back entrance, why did the ministers not simply take the palace?”

“Traversing a layer is highly dangerous,” Maryam pointed out.

She did not look at Angharad as she did. No need to twist that knife, not when the other woman was still paying the dues on that debt.

“So they lose men,” Tristan shrugged. “Even if only half of what they march in gets through, with surprise on their side they probably win – or at least seize the lifts, which lets them stop reinforcements coming up from Fort Archelean.  I recall that back when the Lord Rector made Song check through his lictors, there were about three hundred. When Brigadier Chilaca made his estimate of the ministerial forces it was…”

He trailed off, inviting someone who remembered the numbers to elaborate.

“Eighteen hundred,” Angharad provided. “And that estimate was made without knowledge of the Ambassador Gule’s involvement. It might well be more.”

“So even if only a third make it through the layer, they’ll rout the lictors,” Maryam conceded.

She leaned back, eyeing Song.

“All right, then. Why haven’t they taken the rector’s palace?”

“Because the cult of the Odyssean – the real cult of the Odyssean, not the gaggles of plotters they are using – hasn’t told them it is possible,” Song said. “And it has not because the Ecclesiast no more wants the coup of the ministers to succeed than he does the rising of the magnates. The intent is for both of them to try and fail.”

Tristan breathed in softly, cursed. Maryam frowned, for she wasn’t seeing whatever he just had.

“That would be lunacy,” Angharad frowned.

She hummed in agreement with the Pereduri.

“What would it accomplish?” Maryam asked. “I see no real gain to be had there.”

“Chaos,” Tristan said. “They’re not in it for a crown, Maryam. Shit, I said the same thing to Hage last night but I didn’t have enough to put it together then: this is too much work for just a crown. They’re not after a throne, never have been. They’re a cult, they worship a god.”

“The Ecclesiast sent an Izcalli assassin after Evander Palliades through one of his priests because he wanted both conspiracies to attempt their coup early,” Song said. “He wanted war in the streets of Tratheke with the last of the Palliades dead in the palace above, accusations flying while every noble in Asphodel calls their levies and great powers muster intervention fleets.”

“The Ataxia,” Maryam quietly said. “You’re describing the Ataxia come again, only worse.”

None of the great powers had stepped in when Asphodel last tore itself apart. Nothing on the island had been worth stepping into the mess, but the shipyard changed things. Song gently approached the board, lifted the chalk from Angharad’s hand and crossed out the ‘Odyssean’ part of the ‘Cult of Odyssean’ column. That word she replaced with two: Hated One.

“Fuck,” Maryam said, rubbing her forehead, because it made sense didn’t it? “The sickle, the one that the bound god wields to kill people. There’s nothing in the stories about the Odyssean that mentions a sickle and I would know – I read the damn Oduromeia front to back. It’s another god wearing a corpse, like the Red Maw.”

“It’s worse than that,” Tristan suddenly said. “Fortuna would have told me, if we had a repeat of the Dominion on our hands. She could see through it back then, to some extent.”

Song blinked.

“Are you certain?”

Maryam was treated to the mildly amusing sight of Song staring at thin air and precipitously having to put up her hands in apology at having doubted the unseen goddess. Well, she might as well twist that knife.

“I would never doubt you so, Lady Fortuna,” Maryam lied to thin air. “I trust you implicitly.”

She felt a brush against her nav, almost like an exhale, and swallowed a grin. It was always a good idea to get on the right side of gods. Especially those as consistently petty as Tristan’s patron.

“That’s the second part of the puzzle,” Tristan mused, ignoring the byplay. “Look, Angharad told us that her buddy Cleon mentioned the Odyssean going strange a while back. But evidently the god still exists enough that the contract exists, because Song read his off Cleon that first night at the feast.”

Song frowned.

“That’s… true,” she slowly said.

“And when Maryam cracked open the Odyssean’s old books, she found out that he used to be Oduromai before Asphodel decided their titular god needed a nice coat of paint,” Tristan said, jutting his thumb at her. “The Odyssean still exists, but he’s hardly even the stories now and he’s got exactly one contract that you saw in the entire royal court – with a second-rate country noble who’s got an old shrine to him on his lands. That god is more than halfway into the grave: he still has a story, but no one is praying to him anymore.”

“Enter the Hated One,” Maryam said. “Who has the opposite problem. If it is the Sickle – and it must, by its use of the artifact – then even centuries after it was sealed people still swear by its existence. Yet it no longer has a name to consolidate its power under, because the aether seal did exactly what it is meant to: it killed the old name.”

“Every time I heard it mentioned, it’s as a nameless god,” Tristan confirmed.

“Cleon held to its ways and considered them superior to current practices, but still could not name the spirit,” Angharad noted. “And he believed it was killed by the Second Empire, to boot.”

“The last two dynasties of Asphodel have been cleaning up their history,” Song said. “Evander admitted as much to me. I expect Hector Lissenos himself rewrote the histories to make the Sickle some ancient dead god. One there would be little gain in worshipping.”

And given that the latter years of the Ataxia had been spent exterminating the priesthood and temples of the Hated One, after a hundred years who would have been left to contradict those histories? Small pockets of faithful, but as their sealed god remained silent the temple would have become a cult and then withered on the vine. One did not long sacrifice to gods that gave nothing back.

“Prayer without a name,” Maryam muttered. “A name without prayer. It’s not a puppet, they’re fusing. That explains what’s happening with the Asphodel crowns.”

She got odd looks from everyone save for Song. Admittedly, it would have sounded strange without knowing what the Asphodel crowns were.

“They’re flowers, tied symbolically to Oduromai and the crown of Asphodel,” she explained. “They’ve been having strange effect on the local aether. I didn’t think it would be related to the Odyssean, considering it’s a symbol of Oduromai, but it makes sense. Oduromai became the patron god of the isle by replacing the Odyssean.”

“And now the Odyssean, or something close, tries to steal back that presence in the aether,” Song mattered.

And the flowers were a logical symptom of that struggle, Maryam thought. Tied to Oduromai but not the Odyssean, they were as a fault line where one god began and the other ended. Their strange emanations were the metaphysical equivalent of the sound a loaf of bread made when being ripped in two. And it explains why Oduromai gave Song a hint when the Obsidian Order came for the Lord Rector, Maryam mused. He was aware enough of what was happening to try to check the plots of the cult of the somewhat-Odyssean.

“There is some clear overlap between the two deities,” Tristan mused. “The Sickle’s some sort of death god and the Odyssean wasn’t short on corpses in his legends, the way you tell it.”

He paused.

“The Odyssean’s worshippers don’t know about this, though, not even the contractors – else Cleon Eirenos would have been aware enough he shouldn’t talk about it even to pretty girls. That tells me this entire plot should be the doing of a cult of the Hated One.”

“Your point?” Angharad asked.

Tristan cleared his throat.

“Now, I’m no theologist but I figure it’s probably not as easy as rubbing idols together to make gods become one. It probably takes a ritual.”

“It isn’t,” Maryam agreed.

Captain Traore’s words from this morning came to mind: it wouldn’t be as simple as a few human sacrifices to wake up the Hated One in its prison, much less amalgamate him with the Odyssean. This sort of theology was hardly Maryam’s area of expertise, but if she had to guess? Sacrificing gods would be the easiest way to get those horses running, in particular gods whose aether taint was similar to the result you were trying to achieve. Force-feeding the nascent new god, essentially.

That would have taken decades anywhere else she could think of, but here on Asphodel? The furious aether currents made it doable in mere years instead.

“The four contracts the Scholomance brigades took on are connected,” Song said. “They must be, it all fits together.”

She stepped up to the slate, taking the chalk from Angharad. 4, she wrote.

“Tupoc’s brigade discovered an old temple out east, one with sickle symbols inside that has traces of being forcefully shut down in the past,” she said. “More recently, an expedition takes from its altar a sacred artifact, in the process expelling a Ladonite dragon from its lair and setting it on the countryside.”

11, Song wrote.

“The bloody rituals out in the hills that Imani Langa has been investigating,” Maryam said. “They said that six people were buried alive at the sites. That number doesn’t mean anything to the sickle god, but it’s the number of wives the Odyssean had imprisoned to follow him into death.”

Burial for the Sickle, six living souls for the Odyssean. A ritual stitching the gods together, one bloody summons at a time.

“A marriage of the concepts, ritually sealed by murder,” Song unknowingly echoed. “And what does it achieve?”

19, she wrote.

“The murders investigated by the Nineteenth Brigade,” Angharad said. “The cult collects names from both the magnates and the ministers, then sends the bound god to kill them. Given the sometimes-contradictory interests this represents, the murders appear without reason.”

“Tozi complained that some of the murders seemed without any possible political reason,” Song noted. “That likely springs from the personal deaths requested by cult members at ceremonies like the one Doukas led.”

Maryam frowned, not yet sold on that. Song had told her simple shopkeepers had been murdered the same as nobles, so she did not believe it so simple. There had been something important about those seeming nobodies, it simply was not yet apparent. That was instinct talking instead of reason, though, so she held her tongue. Tristan had risen while she was lost in thought, rapping his knuckle above the written 4.

“Here’s my curiosity,” he said. “So some cultist of the Hated One gets his hands on the sacred sickle after finding the temple, likely our not-yet-Ecclesiast. Odds are that’s the same artifact the cult cuts up the Golden Ram with, and maybe even the one the bound god uses to kill people.”

He paused, leaving room for others to disagree, but no one did.

“Now, no matter how many people get cut with that sickle it won’t change anything, because the Hated One is still under the aether seal,” he continued. “So the Ecclesiast gets the bright idea to connect his patron to another god and use that name to sidestep the seal, doing the religious equivalent of fencing the goods through the Odyssean. All the while, the sickle stays front and center in all the rites to ensure that his god stays the big dog in that kennel, that the final result is more Hated One than Odyssean. Which would work?”

Eyes went to her.

“Which would work,” Maryam confirmed.

Using an artifact soaked in the Hated One’s particular aether taint would seed it through the coalescing entity in the aether like grain in a field. It was not a guarantee, but it should strongly tip the balance the way of the Hated One. Tristan nodded sharply.

“All right, good. So as I said here’s my curiosity: if the Hated One gobbles up the Odyssean more than the other way around, won’t the Odyssean get sucked into Hated One and thus the prison layer? If the whole point of this is to get the Hated One out, it seems a glaring flaw in the plan.”

“Fusion would mean they become a different god than either, strictly speaking,” Maryam said, then bit her lip. “But I think you’re right – if the Hated One wins out, then the resulting entity should still be stuck inside the prison layer. Like two weights at the opposite end of a rope, the heavier of the two will move the other.”

“With a new name and dominion, the aether seal might no longer apply,” Angharad noted. “It could be a measure to enable the empowering of the Hated One so the spirit might break free of its prison on its own.”

“All this just to get around the seal?” Tristan challenged. “There had to have been easier ways.”

He had a point. For such a massive plot to culminate in a chance to free the Hated One after several years more of sacrificing to him would be absurd.

“And it leaves a question: what is it becoming a god of?” Maryam wondered.

“Killing for gain,” Angharad absent-mindedly said.

Every other gaze in the room went on the Pereduri, to her visible surprise.

“Well,” she said, startled by their startlement, “who has it been killing? Those who would advance the cause of one coup or another, or the personal ambitions of cultists. If the cause does not matter, then it must be the very act of killing that matters.”

“Huh,” Maryam said.

Song cocked an eyebrow at her.

“No, no,” Maryam said. “That holds up. The Odyssean murdered for ambition constantly, in his story, and from what we know of the Sickle it’s a god of death empowered by the corpses in the ground. There’s a working intersection there.”

“But the new deity would still be imprisoned in the layer,” Song slowly said. “Unless, of course, it were to suddenly be fed a sacrifice beyond compare. Strength enough to break free.”

“A sacrifice like two failed coups resulting in a civil war, everyone killing everyone else to grab the empty throne,” Tristan finished. “Killing for gain on a scale not seen in centuries.”

There was a moment of shivering silence, as they realized what they might just have unearthed. With a slightly trembling hand, Song wrote ‘13’ on her slate. The last piece of the puzzle, the explanation for the incoherent maze of contradictory conspiracies their brigade had uncovered one after another.

“Fuck,” Maryam said, and by the looks on their faces they all agreed.

Chapter 67

The knock on the door would have woken up Song, if she were asleep.

Instead she was sitting in the dark in her uniform, a treatise on Izcalli titles lying open in front of her – ‘tetehcutin’, it read, is the highest semi-hereditary rank under the Calendar Court, ruling the broad equivalent to a Lierganen coun- in a silent reproach, the page unchanged for the last hour. Song’s eyes burned with exhaustion but she could not sleep. There was another knock, soft but urgent. Toc toc toc. Shaking out her empty-eyed trance she rose to her feet, leg knocking against the writing desk, and made for the door.

She wrenched it open, hoping for Maryam or Angharad or even Tristan. Instead what she found was a nervous-looking Someshwari with a plain face decorated by brass spectacles.

“Adarsh Hebbar,” she said.

“Bait,” he retorted. “Let me in before someone sees.”

Too surprised to argue, she moved aside and he hurried in as if some angry hound might nip at his heels out in the hall. Song closed the door, and after a moment of the man looking lost remembered it was complete darkness in here for someone without her eyes. She moved to light one of the lamps, striking the match. Hebbar looked relieved by the light, arms loosening their grip around the packet he was clutching like a buoy.

“Bait,” she said. “To what do I owe the pleasure?”

He passed her the packet, cloth tied up by rope, and her wrist dipped under the weight. Heavy. Piles of paper, by the feel of it.

“There,” Adarsh Hebbar said. “All our reports, along with Alejandra’s tracings of the symbols in the temple and the drawings I made of the layout. You have two hours at most before I have to put them back or Tupoc will surely notice.”

Song’s brow rose.

“And what brings on this bout of generosity?”

“Tupoc’s going to refuse your deal in the morning,” Adarsh said. “Said he wants to see if he can make you and Imani squabble first. So here it is.”

Song cocked her head to the side, saw how his fingers were twitching and there was an expectant cast to the angle of his wobbly chin.

“I would praise your sense of duty,” she said. “But I expect that’s not why you are here.”

“Fuck duty,” Bait cursed. “Tell Abrascal that we’re square after this. Slate clean.”

The Someswhari licked his lips.

“You can tell him to stop, right? You’re his captain. Tupoc’s been keeping a closer eye on all of us since the Eleventh tried to play Alejandra, if he notices that I’m being hit up by Abrascal of all of people then…”

“I can,” Song slowly said.

She was slightly more than half sure this was true. Would it stop Tristan from looking into further blackmail on the man now that he had found a weakness in the Fourth? Oh, gods no. But she was confident he would agree to wiping the slate clean of the current chalk. Behind the brass spectacles hopeful brown eyes implored her and she sighed.

“Consider it done,” she said.

The man nodded, sagging with relief, then shuffled awkwardly on his feet.

“Can I, uh, stay here while you read?” Bait asked. “They might notice if I keep coming in and out of rooms.”

Song stared him down. He wilted instantly.

“I’ll be quiet,” he hurried to assure her. “You won’t even notice I’m there.”

After a moment she nodded.

“Feel free to read anything I left out,” Song conceded. “Though do not move any of the markers I left.”

“I would never,” Bait strongly replied, sounding almost offended now of all times.

Ah, right, Adarsh Hebbar was a Savant. She never had been given a clear idea of his area of interest within the Peiling Society, however. Song waved him away and he settled by the lamp after having gone through her pile of books, picking one on the anatomy of lemures. One of her attempts to stay ahead when it came to Teratology. With him occupied, she settled back at her writing desk and cleared the abandoned book off before carefully opening the package.

It irritated but did not surprise her that Tupoc Xical had beautiful handwriting, a genuine pleasure to the eye. Even worse his reports to his patron and the Obscure Committee were clear, concise and structured in a rather intuitive way. It might actually be better than the template she used, which had her gritting her teeth. No, copying the pattern would be letting him win. She would need to come up with something better. Righteous anger aside, Song skimmed through the lines quickly to get at what she wanted.

There it was, the itinerary taken by the Fourth. Once they’d made shore on the eastern third of Asphodel they had quickly gone northeast through the lands of House Florin, Chontos, Florin again and then the major stretch in the lands of House Arkol. It had been Arkol troops that shadowed the Fourth Brigade on their hunt, eventually being dispersed by the Ladonite dragon. Song had held her suspicions, but it was good to have it confirmed.

It meant the hidden temple was somewhere near Arkol lands and that Lord Phaedros Arkol, a social acquaintance of Angharad’s, could potentially be approached to obtain information on it. Lords might not concern themselves with old country legends, not courtiers like Lord Phaedros at least, but there would be someone in that household who would know something.

With that lead unearthed Song moved on to the part second most of interest, the temple itself. Tupoc theorized in his report that it had been as much a mausoleum as a place of worship, as the structure was built to emphasize of a ring of large stone caskets buried around the shrine to the unnamed god. He also added that while he had earlier in his report mentioned his belief that the temple had recently been visited by grave-robbers, there were also signs of the temple having been forcefully shut down some time ago. At least decades prior but potentially much longer.

He noted that while some symbols remained carved into the walls near the altar, what appeared to have once been names and scripture had been rendered forcefully unreadable in the rest of the complex. Tupoc identified several broken chunks of stone he believed had been the bottom of steles and there were signs of mosaics having been ripped out and colors scrubbed. He added that considering the symbols found…

There Song set aside the report to refer to Alejandra’s tracings of said symbols. The first traced was a stone casket, like those described in the report. Some sort of ritual reference? The second had her eyes narrowing, though, for it was a sickle. She returned to Tupoc’s writing, where he wrote he believed the artifact taken from the shrine would have been a sickle going by the iconography and dust pattern on the altar. That, Song grimly thought, did not strike her as a coincidence.

The sacred sickle of a faded death god went missing, then a leashed remnant bearing such a sickle began appearing in Tratheke committing murders? Whether or not it had been grave-robbers who first found that temple, the sickle had since fallen into the hands of someone with greater ambitions than turning a profit.

The rest of Tupoc’s report on the temple was a methodical description, paired with Adarsh Hebbar’s fine drawing of it. She glanced at the Someshwari, finding him engrossed in his book, and revised her opinion of his talent upwards. It led into Tupoc’s formal recommendation that the Watch take custody of the temple since it had likely been used for human sacrifice in its heyday.

He based that recommendation on the outer graves, which were long rectangular stone pits filled with earth but some of which had lain empty. Unlike the caskets, which he proposed had been reserved for priests since there were ashes inside but no bones, the pits had been used for mass burials and the skeletons the Fourth unearthed had all been killed the same way: a single blade wound through the back of the neck. A familiar description to Song, that.

It was the same way the leashed remnant killing in the city took its victims.

Song set the papers down, leaning forward to set her elbows on the table and close her eyes as she rested her chin on folded hands. Another piece of the puzzle. She could now be mostly certain of what the killer the Nineteenth was pursuing truly was: the remnant of the nameless sickle god, leashed by means of a sacred artifact. But who held the leash, and why?

The Nineteenth had been convinced the killings were arbitrary but Song doubted it. The sickle alone would not be enough to set a remnant loose, there would have to be some attendant ritual – potentially a pricey one. Not the sort of thing one used to cause random deaths. Unless the randomness is the point. It creates fear in Tratheke, fear that the ambitious can exploit. But if that was the case, why not use the knife slightly more discriminately when causing that chaos? No, something was still missing.

But she was closer to solving the mystery now, she could feel it. On the very edge. Now what she needed was a look at Imani Langa’s own reports, the ones about the sinister rituals out in Tratheke Valley, and for Tristan to return with the secrets he’d gathered. Someone out there knew about the remnant, because they’d warned the man Tristan had saved – a certain ‘Temenos’ – that he might be a target. What did that person know, and how did they know it? That was the thread in need of pulling to unravel this entire conspiracy.

Song itched to wake Maryam and Angharad, to shake answers out of them and force them to look at all this, but both had returned late to Black House and gone to bed instead of seeking her out. Those late returns were half the reason she’d been unable to sleep, considering Maryam was set on a dangerous ritual that might well kill her and Angharad had been infiltrating the cult – successfully, one presumed, given that she had not returned until the small hours of morning.

But now she was spinning again, clawing at the walls of her own mind. They needed their sleep, the same rest she should be taking if she had any sense. She had what she needed from the report, time to end this.

“I am finished,” Song said.

Bait nearly leaped out of his skin at her words, having entirely forgot where he was. His spectacles almost fell off his face and he fumbled catching the brass frame, which would have hit the floor if not for getting caught on a belt ornamentation. He hastily shoved them back on and rose to his feet, which made the book still on his knees fall, and when he just as hastily bent to pick it up his spectacles almost fell again. Song watched the entire debacle from beginning to end with what she could only call morbid fascination.

“Right on,” Adarsh Hebbar forced out, coughing into his fist. “Nothing left to read?”

“I am finished,” Song repeated. “Thank you for your help, Bait.”

He cleared his throat.

“And Abrascal…”

“Consider the matter he used against you permanently buried,” she said. “You will hear no more of it.”

The naked relief on his face almost made her feel bad about the precise phrasing of that sentence. How very Malani of her.

“I’ll take care of the wrapping,” he said, “there’s a trick to it, to avoid someone not of our brigade doing exactly what I did. It was a pleasure doing business with you, Captain Ren.”

“And you,” Song replied, inclining her head.

She did not sleep well, after he left, but she did sleep. It was better than nothing.

Refraining from ambushing her cabalists in their own room the moment they woke took a great deal of self-control, but Song mastered herself. Hand on the chisel. She went down to breakfast with them, seating herself by Captain Imani Langa just in time for Tupoc to stroll in and theatrically announce that he must decline their bargain, wary of his secrets being spread too broadly, but that he might accept sharing with one of them.

Song painted anger over her face, noticing the satisfaction on the Izcalli’s, but the moment he was out of earshot she turned to Imani.

“I will cede you the right to his information for a favor,” she offered.

Imani studied her.

“You don’t have much use for the information,” she said.

Song knew the beginning of a negotiation when she saw it, though, and got to work. It was fairly straightforward to accomplish, given that Imani had relatively little leverage and Tupoc was the one forcing the choice so the Thirteenth couldn’t be accused of being the problem. Song used the opportunity to secure the trade of their own reports, too, just after breakfast.

Though it would not be immediately read, considering she had higher priorities. Her eyes drifted to Maryam and Angharad, who sat on the opposite side of the table and had watched the negotiation with all the interest of someone who might begin to care when they had finished their morning tea but not a moment sooner. Maryam, in particular, looked like she might collapse at any moment.

But she wasn’t speaking in tongues, so at least her ritual had not taken a turn for the very worst. It shouldn’t have, when she said that last night was a trap and tonight would be the murder, but with Gloam there was no certainty save harm.

“After breakfast,” Song began, “you are to join me in my room for a-”

“Captain Song Ren?”

She turned, frowning, to see one of the liveried servants smiling at her apologetically. She smoothed the displeasure off her face. They had done nothing to earn it.

“Yes?”

“A guest requests your presence, ma’am,” the young man said. “You and Warrant Officer Maryam Khaimov.”

She blinked.

“And this cannot wait until we are done eating?”

“He said no, ma’am,” the servant said. “And he’s an officer, ma’am. Captain Traore.”

Song stilled. That was the name Colonel Adamos of Stheno’s Peak had given for the Savant he was sending to the capital to debrief them. She gulped down the last of her almost-scalding tea, then gestured for Maryam to follow.

“About your letter,” she explained when given a quizzical look.

“Ah,” Maryam muttered, slowly rising. “My own fault then.”

Angharad raised expectant brows, but Song shook her head. This was not to be the kind of conversation where one went without summons and Angharad had not been named. Likely if Maryam had not sent a letter of her own to Stheno’s Peak she would not be attending either.

“In my quarters after breakfast,” Song simply said.

After a beat of hesitation, Angharad nodded. The noblewoman had begun avoiding her like the plague again, since their confrontation, but she did not refuse direct orders. Even when angry she tended to her duty with care. Maryam shambled up to Song’s side and after one last look Song nodded at the servant to guide them. They followed him into the depths of Black House, the silver-eyed woman slowing her steps so she could address Maryam without being overheard.

“Will you be fit for conversation?”

“Of course,” Maryam said, wrinkling her nose.

Under Song’s steady, unblinking stare that false confidence began to wane.

“I’m not at my best,” the signifier conceded, “but I am capable.”

Song hummed.

“Your health?”

“Fine, Song,” Maryam snapped.

“Captain Ren,” Song coldly corrected, “if rank is what it takes to get an honest reply. Answer, Warrant Officer Khaimov. You undertook a dangerous Gloam ritual against my recommendations last night. How is your health?”

Blue eyes hardened, and Song saw the sharp reply on the tip of her tongue. Whatever it was that Maryam found on her face, though, it gave her pause.

“It would be best if I slept in a Meadow soon,” she conceded.

“Then you will be sleeping on the roof this afternoon,” Song ordered. “At least three hours.”

“I was going to anyway,” Maryam muttered.

But she did not argue. By the stiff way the servant ahead of them was now walking he’d overheard some of that but Song was too tired to be embarrassed. They were soon brought to what she realized after a moment of uncertainty was the very same room where yesterday she had watched Captain Santos strike deal with the traitor Ledwaba. It was exactly the same inside when they were bid in, down to the water carafe on the buffet.

“Good, you did not waste time. Sit.”

Captain Traore, who must be the man who’d just addressed them, would have been one of the shortest Malani she ever saw were he Malani at all. He was not, for though very dark of skin he had a lilting accent and elaborate earrings inscribed with a prayer pattern. He was Jahamai, like Commander Salimata back on Tolomontera. Would Maryam know the difference, though? By the stiff look on her face, she did not.

They both sat as instructed and since the small, almost fragile-looking man offered no refreshments Song cleared her throat.

“A pleasure to meet you, sir,” she said. “I only received the letter from Colonel Adamos yesterday, it was delayed by an encounter with Cordyles ships.”

“The roads through the valley were no better,” Captain Traore told her. “Lemures are wandering the paths and there’s even been talk of them attacking farms. Whatever has them stirred up, it is only getting worse.”

“There have been rituals in the hills,” Song carefully said. “The Eleventh Brigade is investigating this.”

The captain waved that away.

“The colonel sent one of our cabals to look into it as well,” he said. “Whatever it is, our Skiritai will have it shot full of silver and salt soon enough. Much more dangerous is what your brigade has been up to.”

“Pardon?” Maryam said, her first word since the talk began.

Were she less tired, Song thought, she would better hide the general antipathy she felt towards any Malani holding authority over her. But she was exactly tired enough not to. Lucky for them, Traore either did not notice or did not care.

“Not you,” the man dismissed. “In particular at least. Though the letter you sent about the Asphodel crowns and their effect on the local aether has our own Akelarre in a frenzy.”

Maryam blinked in surprise.

“Was it not a documented phenomenon? I reached out to consult their records of it.”

“It wasn’t a phenomenon at all, as of last year,” Captain Traore flatly said. “It still isn’t on the northern edges of the valley, but the closer to the capital a signifier approaches the fuller the phenomenon becomes. We had it tested, it fully coalesces about a week from Tratheke by horse.”

Song shared a look with Maryam, sensing gravity but not exactly what it meant.

“I am a Stripe, and largely untrained in such matters,” Song tried. “Could you explain for my sake?”

The man shrugged.

“We do not know what it means, exactly,” he admitted. “At the very least, such a large-scale disturbance in the aether means that something concerning the emanations related to those flowers is undergoing a significant change.”

“Those flowers are a symbol of Asphodel,” Maryam quietly said, “but also of the god Oduromai. Do you think…”

“Our leading theory is that the god’s association to the ruler of Asphodel in particular is the cause of the disturbance,” Captain Traore said. “That the local aether is reacting because the first steps of a civil war for the throne have been taken, yet unseen.”

Song was rather beginning to wish she had taken Angharad’s report last night regardless of the Skiritai’s inclination to wait until morning. She kept that thought off her face.

“Which would be why the phenomenon centers on Tratheke,” Maryam muttered. “The throne is here and it’s happening here.”

Captain Traore inclined his head in agreement.

“Has the question been answered to your satisfaction, Warrant Officer Khaimov?” he asked.

Maryam nodded, saying no more.

“Good,” the small man said, then his face turned harsh. “Now, I must ask you – what in Caged Hell went through your minds when you committed the epithet of a god under aether seal to paper?”

Song cleared her throat.

“Maryam had nothing to do with that.”

“I saw your brigade roster,” Captain Traore replied, unimpressed. “You have a sneak and swordarm filling the other seats, did you truly not think to consult your sole reliable source of lore on such a matter before writing to Stheno’s Peak?”

“Given that she had recently been harmed by contact with the aether seal, yes,” Song flatly replied.

The older man shook his head.

“Then you are a fool,” he said. “You are now under formal order of the commanding officer of the Asphodel garrison to never again mention the Hated One until granted authorization by said officer or the Conclave.”

Song frowned at him.

“A colonel does not have that authority,” she said. “Unless…”

“Unless the whole matter was put under seal by the Conclave’s own order in the first place, yes,” Captain Traore said. “You are allowed to file a petition to access the appropriate file, though I wouldn’t hold my breath.”

Neither would Song. Getting the petition to the Rookery might take weeks, but actually getting it in front of the Conclave would take even longer and have no guarantee of success.

“The matter concerns our contract with the throne,” Song said. “Surely the Lord Rector at least-”

“The colonel has decided that if House Palliades lost that knowledge, it’s on them,” Captain Traore said. “All the better for the work.”

“But we, at least, are owed an explanation,” Maryam pressed.

“Enough of one to fulfill your obligations,” the man conceded. “What I can tell you is that after the Ataxia, Lord Rector Hector Lissenos hired the Watch to build a prison and an aether seal over the entity now known as the Hated One.”

“So it was the same god that drove the Ataxia,” Song pressed.

He nodded.

“The entity is a manner of thanatophage, a death-eater, so the protracted civil war paired with entrenched worship made it effectively impossible to kill at the time,” Captain Traore said. “The Watch deployed twenty cabals under Commander Estefania Estay to trap it in a massive Antediluvian cavern beneath the capital long enough to imprison it inside an artificial layer.”

Meaning Hector Lissenons had reigned for a few years with the Hated One trapped under his capital. No wonder he had been willing to spend a fortune to import brackstone and the machinery necessary for an aether seal. There was a mad god dwelling beneath his feet. And now Song finally had a name: Commander Estafania Estay, who must be the ‘C.E.’ from the letters with Hector Lissenos. Maryam suddenly stirred.

“That cavern,” she said. “Was it brass or stone?”

The man frowned, as if looking for a reason to refuse information, but seemed to decide there was none.

“Stone,” he said. “Though given the sheer height of the ceiling it can only have been dug by the First Empire.”

“And it’s accessible by the palace lift,” Maryam continued.

The captain leaned back into his seat. For the first time that morning, Song found surprise on his face.

“And how would you know that, exactly?” he asked.

“I was part of the delegation that went to the shipyard,” Maryam said. “To feign us being on the road, the Lord Rector’s men had us going around in rings in a massive room. One that wasn’t brass. It must have been the same one.”

Captain Traore hummed.

“Interesting,” he said. “Our knowledge of that cavern’s existence is why we dismissed the possibility of the shipyards being directly beneath the capital. We had not considered what proved to be the truth, that the facility was in a deeper layer.”

Most likely, Song thought, because the rulers of Asphodel had not known about it either. Some predecessor of Evander’s must have discovered it by happenstance and begun the work of restoring the shipyard.

“Yet the god is no longer physically in that cavern,” Song said. “It is in the prison layer, and under an aether seal besides.”

“Should the layer break, that is the most likely location for the entity to emerge into the Material again,” Captain Traore said. “But despite your report of some local agitators having stumbled onto a way to traverse that layer, we don’t believe it at risk of being breached. The entity has been starved for over two centuries and is still under seal, it is thoroughly contained.”

“Water always gets out,” Maryam retorted.

“Don’t quote Totec the Feathered at me, girl, I’ve read his books too,” Captain Traore grunted in amusement.

By the befuddled look on Maryam’s face, she had read no such thing.

“The colonel dispatched a cabal to check on the prison layer and sent word to the regional headquarters in Lucierna asking for the Akelarre Guild to send a team of specialists for a full inspection. That harpoon you mentioned was deemed worrying, we’re looking to extract it.”

He paused.

“What we do not believe is that a theistic leak is in any sense imminent,” he took pains to make clear. “A god held under such conditions for centuries will not simply spring out at the first opportunity, it is very much a salted slug: even should there still be life in it, it would take watering for it to even wake up. Nothing so simple as a few sacrificed beggars, either.”

They then went through the song and dance of trying to ask more about the Hated One – well, Song did at least, Maryam looked two thirds dead and acted half – only to be reassured that the situation was being handled. It became clear after several rounds of this that she would not be getting any more information out of Captain Traore. The officer then presented papers for them to sign, little more than an acknowledgement that they had received Colonel Adamos’ orders on the matter of the Hated One.

Song extracted in return a signed acknowledgement that the Thirteenth Brigade was allowed to mention the entity’s existence as part of its obligated contract duties, including reports. The captain must have assumed she only meant her reports to Wen and the Obscure Committee, but she had in practice secured an exemption to pass some knowledge of the Hated One to the Lord Rector should she wish it.

Not that she was sure if she did wish it, or to see him again at all.

She was to meet the Yellow Earth at noon, besides, and did not want to answer Evander’s letter before she had heard what the revolutionaries wanted of her. She doubted it would be anything pleasant.

“I will be at Black House for another day or two,” Captain Traore said. “Should you have any concerns over this matter, you may send for me.”

“Thank you, captain,” Song replied, inclining her head.

Maryam jolted out of her half-sleep to imitate her. He inclined it back.

“You are dismissed.”

She took her leave, tugging Maryam along. The earlier burst of energy at the mention of the cavern had long faded, leaving Song in the company of a moderately mobile corpse. She stopped her halfway to the room, in an empty corridor, and sighed.

“You are in no state for a debrief,” Song said.

“M’fine,” Maryam grunted, but the protest was weak.

Song knew that Maryam’s stubbornness was the only reason she had made it this far. She only wished it was not so likely to be the reason she stumbled having gotten here.

“What happened up in the palace?” Song asked.

“I got what I needed,” Maryam said. “Tonight I finish it.”

Song gritted her teeth. Recklessness upon recklessness.

“Look at the state of you right now,” she said. “You are not fit for anything strenuous. Won’t you at least wait a day to-”

“Will that be all, Captain Ren?” Maryam evenly asked.

Song looked into those blue eyes, wondering how many before had seen what she did: determination like bedrock, as likely to move as the mountains. Maryam was set.

“Fine,” she bit out. “You are to have at least three hours of sleep on the roof garden, then seek me out for a debrief should I be back.”

“Back from where?” Maryam blinked.

“That will be all, Warrant Officer Khaimov,” Song pettily replied.

The satisfaction was like a struck match, there long enough to burn but not to warm. So be it.

There was work to do.

They sat in Song’s room for the debrief, with tea and cakes, but when Angharad ceased talking her first thought was that she should have sent for something stronger than tea.

“Four days,” Song said. “We have only four days until the coup.”

“That is what Lady Doukas claimed,” Angharad confirmed.

Song closed her eyes to blot out distractions. It had all been important information, or close enough, but beyond the timeline what was the crux here? Lord Gule confessed to being one of the five heads of the cult, she decided. That confession and the nature of the ceremony that Angharad had witnessed should be enough for the Watch to commit to the risk of arresting an ambassador of Malan. Bleeding a god was not forbidden under the Iscariot Accords, but buying murders off one like plums at the market most certainly was.

If the Kingdom of Malan was given solid enough evidence, they would let Gule disappear quietly rather than taint their reputation around the Trebian Sea by letting it come out their ambassador had been up to his neck in a coup and a murder cult.

Lady Doukas? Even easier, as she did not have the Queen Perpetual standing at her back. The Watch could pick her up within the hour, if Song asked, but was that the right call? She was not sure. Silver eyes opened, finding Angharad sitting patiently with her hands folded in her lap. That face might as well be blank, Song thought. The pleasantness there was just the badge of office Angharad Tredegar felt she owed life to wear, as a black cloak for what the noblewoman thought she owed Vesper.

They’d been closer than that, on the Dominion. Before Song pulled the trigger and lied about it. Before she dug a second grave for that friendship trying to fill the first one.

“Once more, your success is worthy of praise,” Song said.

Angharad shrugged.

“I did my duty,” she replied.

“Anyone dutiful can do that,” Song replied, unwilling to let her wiggle out of it. “It takes skill to do it well.”

The dark-skinned noblewoman coughed into her fist, seemingly embarrassed.

“My thanks, captain,” she got out.

Captain. That would be it how it was between them until Angharad found another brigade. Unless Song did something about it. She had been chewing on that decision all night, but she felt no closer to making it. To knowing what was the right choice to make.

“That said,” she made herself continue, “Captain Wen and Brigadier Chilaca must immediately be informed that we have a day for the coup.”

She gave it even odds that the Thirteenth would get chewed out for having waited until morning as it was. Angharad cocked her head to the side.

“I expected as much.”

“Which will mean explaining how you won Lord Gule’s trust,” Song elaborated. “I can no longer delay the report mentioning the infernal forge, no matter your reasons.”

Angharad’s face went entirely blank. Song studied her, looking for anything at all, but whoever had taught the Pereduri had taught her well. Angharad was not a guarded person by nature, but when her guard was up it was nigh impenetrable.

“Of course,” Angharad simply said.

Was that relief in her eyes, in the way her fingers loosened, or was Song misreading her? She must be, for what was there to be relieved about? If the Lefthand House was able to grab the forge under the Watch’s nose because the Thirteenth had delayed in telling the blackcloaks about it the blame would fall on all of them but on Angharad most of all.

“We have enough to begin acting,” Song continued, “but now we must consider how.”

A fine brow rose.

“Should Maryam not be here for this, captain?”

A funny thing, that the same word in Tristan’s mouth and in Angharad’s could feel so different. A gift in one, a wall in the other. Between that wall and the ice in Maryam’s eye, Song found failure wherever she looked even as the Thirteenth’s time on Asphodel finally neared success.

“Maryam is barely fit to walk up stairs at the moment, much less plan,” she replied. “I will consult Captain Wen, naturally, but I would hear your thoughts first.”

Angharad hesitated, then nodded sharply.

“When we strike, we must strike everywhere at once,” she advised. “If Lord Gule is arrested it is not impossible the cult will launch its coup early in fear of his betraying them. The same holds true of Lady Doukas, though she is less public a figure.”

“We are in agreement then,” Song said.

While she remained certain that Hector Anaidon was involved with the cult of – well, the Odyssean as it turned out – the man was in the wind. Doukas and Gule were the targets left to them, and if the ambassador was grabbed the rest of the capital would know before the hour was out. There was no keeping that under wraps. Doukas might be feasible to arrest quietly, but first she would need to befound.

If they were lucky the priestess would be in her manse out in the southeastern ward. If not? Then matters grew tricky, because arresting an ambassador of Malan was open thing but keeping him was another. They would need Lady Doukas to sing if they wanted to finish this.

“We are?” Angharad asked, sounding surprised.

“Delaying too much would be dangerous, but so would striking in haste,” Song said. “I will be sitting with Wen and Chilaca within the hour, if I’ve anything to say about it, and formally request the help of the Garrison forces on Asphodel to deal with the matter. We were hired to unmask a cult, not step into the middle of a civil war.”

The noblewoman nodded in approval, then caught herself and wiped her face clean of her thoughts. She coughed politely.

“If I may make a suggestion…”

“I am listening.”

“This morning, while you and Maryam were speaking with that officer, I was informed that yesterday evening a letter came for me,” she said. “There is to be a concert and banquet at the rector’s palace tonight, which Lord Menander invites me to attend as his guest. Given the implied exclusivity of the guest list, I expect Lord Gule would be in attendance as well.”

“Meaning we could grab him there, possibly even quietly,” Song said. “We just need to find Lady Doukas, unless…”

“I do not know if she is to attend,” Angharad frankly replied. “But though she is a personality of some renown at court, her holdings are not particularly wealthy and she has no title beyond that of her birth.”

A court office, Angharad meant. Evander was known as tight-fisted with these, in large part because the magnates would raise a ruckus if the ministers got privileged access to the Lord Retcor through such appointments – and the ministers would raise the same if someone not nobly born received such a title, however ceremonial. Song hummed.

Apollonia Floros should be there, however, if it is a banquet for the most influential,” the silver-eyed woman said. “The coup answers to the cult, but she is still the figurehead they aim to put on the throne. Arresting her should make their more opportunistic supporters reconsider taking up arms.”

“Or it could outrage the nobility enough that twice as many rise in her name,” Angharad warned.

Not if she’s tarred with association to a cult outlawed by the Watch, Song thought. But that was not a decision for her to make, or even Brigadier Chilaca – though by dint of his rank and the urgency of the situation he might well end up making it anyway. There was no time to wait for the Conclave’s opinion on this, and Chilaca not only outranked the colonel in Stheno’s Peak he had also been granted a mandate to negotiate with the Lord Rector on behalf of the Watch. It would be stretching the bounds of his authority to make such a bargain, but not outright overstepping.

Not unless the Conclave didn’t like the way the aftermath turned up, anyway. Then they would come down on him like a vengeful storm.

“Either way,” Song finally said, “I must speak with the brigadier urgently.”

She breathed out, sipping at the bottom of her teacup and getting more air than taste for it. Angharad half-rose to her feet, but the Pereduri searched Song’s face and found none of the expected dismissal there. On the contrary, like a fucking child Song was biting her lip and flinching. Again.

“Captain?” Angharad prompted.

“I need a favor,” Song blurted.

The other woman’s face blanked again.

“We are not,” she slowly said, “on terms to be trading these.”

“I know,” Song said. “I have to ask anyway.”

She saw from the way Angharad’s jaw clenched the thought of refusing outright, of closing the book, but either manners or curiosity won out.

“Ask,” Angharad flatly said.

“The Yellow Earth summons me at noon,” Song said. “At a place of their choosing. They have, I expect, finally run out of patience with my silence.”

Or they know something is happening and they want to squeeze what out of me, she thought.

“I can only advise that you do not meet them alone, given their demonstrated willingness to commit violence on you,” Angharad said.

She swallowed.

“Maryam, well – before we started arguing, anyway – Maryam said something along those lines and it was good advice,” Song admitted. “So I am.”

She bit her lip.

“Asking not to go alone, I mean.”

Angharad stilled.

“If they coerce you and you accept,” the Pereduri slowly said, “then I will be unable to lie when asked about it. I will, at the very least, likely learn what it is they hold over your head when they threaten you with it.”

“I know,” Song said.

“If they bare blades, I will bare mine as well,” Angharad told her. “Whether or not you give the order.”

“I know,” Song repeated.

There was an angry cast to the dark-skinned woman’s jaw, as if she tasted something sour.

“Why would you trust me with this now?” she challenged. “You never have before. Do you think I will be appeased with a gesture, Song? I am not a child to be distracted from our history by some… tossed bauble.”

Song’s eyes rose to find hers. She swallowed, the roof of her mouth dry.

“I don’t even trust myself, right now,” she admitted. “It is all… I thought I was making it simpler, cutting the knots, but now the ropes are choking me. What I do know is this-”

She squared her shoulders.

“You won’t bend if you think that what’s happening is wrong, Angharad,” Song said. “Not even if it makes my life easier. And I think I might need that more than I do anything else.”

Angharad held her gaze for a long moment, then looked away.

“I have made my own compromises with honor,” she said. “More than you know. I may not be alone in paying the price for them, either, though I have taken measures to ensure otherwise.”

Song’s jaw clenched. She knew – or at least suspected – a lot more than Angharad figured. She was not blind, and the other woman had told her it was the infernal forge that the Lefthand House wanted. Put that together with how she had asked that Song delay the report revealing the forge’s location and the small argument she’d had with her uncle back in Port Allazei? The picture painted itself.

But that path, it was a dead end. She could not shame Angharad into staying by her side, or offer to clean up her mess for… friendship, respect? Admiration, part of her suspected. She wanted someone she believed exceptional to think well of her, to look up to her. It was why it had been so easy to fall into the habit of trying to fix things for Angharad. It let her give something back, protect Angharad from herself.

Accrue a debt that would force her to stay by Song’s side. That was the ugly kernel beneath the dross of justifications. She wanted Angharad – and the others, but Angharad most of all – in her debt. So they would have to stay. Song swallowed again. It went against ever screaming instinct, everything she had been taught, but she made herself say it.

“I wanted you to owe me,” Song said. “It was not the only reason I pulled that trigger, but I think it might be what tipped the scales.”

Angharad’s forehead creased.

“Owe you what?”

“The nature of the debt didn’t matter,” Song said. “Just that I’d be owed. It was…”

She licked dry lips.

“It was the only way I thought it would work, being captain of the Thirteenth,” Song said. “I thought that if you were all indebted to me – because I ignored weaknesses or proved to be the finest leader around or most of all helped tidy over your troubles, then you would all stay in the brigade. Even though my name will be a noose around my neck until the end of my days, a curse in every way.”

Dark eyes studied her, unblinking.

“I did not have to be that way,” Angharad finally said.

“It is what I know,” Song said. “I do not attempt excuse the act, to be clear.  I still stand by the decision to kill Isabel Ruesta, if not the decisions that sprang in its wake.”

“I treated you as a friend,” Angharad said, voice tight. “Why would you think it necessary to use me when I freely offered you my hand?”

She sat ramrod straight, a coiled string. Pulled taut.

“I thought better of you,” Angharad said. “That you were unlike all the…”

There she trailed off. All the others seeking to bind her, Song thought she meant. All the charlatans offering a helping hand and a kind word now that she had reached safe harbor, now that she no longer needed either.

“Because you are exceptional,” Song honestly replied.

The Pereduri startled and began to wave away what she would dismiss as compliments but this time Song wouldn’t let her.

“You are, Angharad,” Song cut through. “This is not flattery or exaggeration; it is a fact. You are learned, engaging and clever. You are one of the finest blades I ever met and wield a powerful contract. And even all these aside, you are…”

She paused looking for the right word. Angharad was blushing hard enough it was visible – though the tip of her ears was much pinker than her cheeks – and biting her lip.

“Principled,” Song settled on.

Those principles were not always kind or just, but they always were.

“I looked at you,” she continued, “and saw everything I wanted in a comrade. In someone I would share years, decades with.”

Song exhaled.

“I also knew others would see it when we reached Scholomance,” she said. “Captains whose surname would not be despised by millions, who could offer wealth and comfort and connections. How long did it take, Angharad, before the first offer came?”

“You say you think highly of me,” the other woman replied. “And in the same breath decide I would go back on my word and leave the Thirteenth? You were my friend, Song.”

And that Song Ren laughed, though there was no mirth in it.

“That’s not enough, Angharad,” she said, honest in a way she had not been in years. “It’s never enough. You think they turned on my family the first day? My parents, my kin, they had friends and relatives and allies across half the republics. And they all swore they would not leave us, that we ought not to be punished for a mistake that was solely my grandfather’s. That they would stand by us, defend us.”

She passed a hand through her hair.

“Most had gone silent by the time I was old enough to notice,” Song said. “But I still saw the last gasps of it: fewer visited every year, or sent letters or even acknowledged they’d ever known us. Because there was a price for it, a real tangible cost to a point of principle, and when sentiment goes against the world the world always wins.”

Even among the Ren her family were given wide berth. They were the blood of Chaoxiang, the line that had brought ruin down on all of them.

“I did not believe you would step off the ship and leave,” Song told her, looking away. “But you would have left. It is not a weakness of character, when people do. It is… gravity.”

“So you wanted me in your debt,” Angharad quietly said.

She silently nodded.

“No longer,” Angharad pressed.

Song looked down at her hands, clenching them.

“I don’t think a brigade can truly stand, thought of like that,” Song quietly admitted. “How should I measure them up, all our troubles? Are the Jigong students who tried to murder me better or worse than the cabals that tried to abduct Tristan? Maryam intends to break in an altar while lying to the palace, you are beholden to the Lefthand House and now the Yellow Earth comes to threaten me. It’s…”

She laughed, soft and bitter.

“So many things,” Song said, eyes finding the ceiling. “It was supposed to be simple. I was to excel, we were to excel, and we would become… legends, I suppose. A great enough good to even out the evil tarring my family’s name. Instead it was all eaten up by the act of counting debts, and now here I am left sitting and wondering – does it even matter?”

“I don’t follow,” Angharad murmured.

“Does it really matter, if one of us brings more trouble than the others?” Song asked. “There is no ledger to balance, Angharad. Trying to shove one into the Thirteenth only put something between all of us. We will not ever be anything if that is how we go on.”

Song breathed out.

“We can’t simply all be standing on the same side of a line,” she said. “We have to just… be a side, and there can be no notion of debt in that.”

“There are always debts,” Angharad quietly said.

“I don’t believe that,” Song said. “It’s a choice, to keep count. And that means I can choose to stop.”

“You don’t know what I have been doing,” she said.

I know your uncle wasn’t at breakfast this morning, Song thought. That last night there was too long between the arrival of your carriage and when you returned to your room, that you must have stopped elsewhere. She could have told Angharad all of this, but did not. It wasn’t the point, just another line in a ledger that ought to be ash.

“No,” Song agreed. “I don’t. But I can choose to trust you. Because that’s what it comes down to, isn’t it? There comes a day where that choice has to be made.”

It was Angharad’s turn to look away.

“I fear,” Angharad finally said, “that this island has not brought out the best in any of us.”

“No,” Song softly agreed. “But then maybe that’s exactly when the choice should be made – when it’s truly a choice and not just a gesture.”

Silence hung over the room in the wake of her words, not a knife’s edge but a shroud. Soft but covering everything, a layer of snow. Angharad slowly rose to her feet, went for the door.

“Meet with the brigadier,” she finally said. “I’ll arrange for our carriage.”

Song did not feel triumph at the words, for it was not a victory. There was nothing to be won here, no more than you could win a crossroads.

But there had been a choice, and not one either of them would forget.

Thunk went the blade, cleaving through flesh and bone until the edge hit wood.

The butcher eyed the cut with a grunt, pushing aside the scraps and gesturing for his apprentice to pick up the leg. He had to grunt again, louder, for said young man was lost in thought considering a very important matter. Namely, how Angharad’s coat pulled flatteringly against her buttocks while she bent over to take a closer look at lamb chops. The boy’s eyes widened at the second call and he scurried away to work under his master’s displeased frown.

The butcher, an old man in his sixties with a neat pointed beard and a pristine topknot in the Sanxing style, then shared a commiserating look with Song.

“Nothing to do with them at that age,” the man sighed. “Might as well try to put a dike on the Heavens.”

“As you say,” Song replied.

She would have been offended at the apprentice hardly sparing her a look, given that all three of them were Tianxi and she was hardly uncomely, but Song had worn enough coats to know she did not fill them quite like that. Fair was fair.

“They’ll be ready for you soon,” the butcher assured her. “Just need to get the water boiling.”

She inclined her head in thanks, ambling away. When the Yellow Earth had sent her an address without a description, she had expected an abandoned warehouse or maybe some sort of teahouse. Instead, when they turned the indicated street corner, she and Angharad had found a large two-story butcher’s shop. It would be unfortunate to assume that the butcher and his apprentice were Yellow Earth merely because they were of Cathayan stock, but, well. They were.

Song strode past a row of hanging hams and piles of sausage to find Angharad now looking down at a basket full of chicken feet with a puzzled look on her face. She cleared her throat.

“I thought Malani ate those too,” Song said. “Why the surprise?”

“It is a very Malani dish,” the Pereduri replied, looking a little nauseous. “Though at least they are peeled and grilled. These do not appear to be prepared for it.”

“Tianxi marinate them,” Song said. “In Mazu after they are fried and steamed, though I am told that in Jigong they are served cold in a rice vinegar sauce.”

Angharad politely refrained from expressing the disgust plain on her face.

“Maryam tells me that her people boil and cool them,” Song idly added, “to make some sort of meat jelly.”

“Foot jelly?” Angharad plaintively asked. “Really?”

“I’d still try that over a hundredth variation of Lierganen salted ham,” she snorted, glancing around.

There were few meats here prepared in a proper Tianxi manner. Lierganen meats, mostly, which was not unusual on a Trebian island. The Second Empire’s hegemony had thrived by devouring whatever customs existed before it, and nowhere had that policy been more thoroughly applied than the waters of the Trebian Sea.

“The lamb is fine cuts, as I have come to expect of Asphodel,” Angharad diplomatically said, then she leaned in and pitched her voice low. “Have our hosts given notice?

“Soon, allegedly.”

The dark-skinned woman nodded, casting a bemused look around.

“It does sound like the beginning of a violent joke, does it not?” Angharad said, picking at her tricorn. “A Ren and a Pereduri noble are invited by the Yellow Earth…”

“And it’s to a butcher’s shop,” Song drily finished. “Yes, the thought occurred.”

Mind you, strictly speaking Angharad had not been invited. Regardless of the old butcher’s words, Song wondered if her presence was not the true reason they had been idling in the front of the shop for the better part of ten minutes now. Though Angharad wore what she called her ‘disguise’ clothes, a thin doublet with a high collar matched with hose under a somewhat ill-fitting longcoat, there was no missing the saber sheathed at her belt. Or the walking stick she used to get around. Between that and the dark skin, the Yellow Earth would not need to ask Angharad Tredegar’s name to know it.

Song had elected for simple clothes as well, taking from the Black House stocks in an effort to avoid going around in the blacks of a watchwoman. The faded greens of her tunic and hose did not quite match and the brown cloak whose hood she had pulled down was ragged at the rim, but the shabbiness had meant greater discretion. So she reminded herself every time her eye caught the mismatch, along with the necessity of the cloak to keep her knife and pistol hidden.

A cleared throat had her turning. The white-haired butcher jutted his thumb towards the back door.

“They’re ready for you,” he said. “Down the hall, door at the end.”

It was not a long walk, though the narrow corridor forced them to move one at a time. Song knocked once on the painted door and it was immediately opened. Her throat caught at what she saw inside, even as she stepped in, and Angharad breathed in sharply.

It was a slaughtering room.

For pigs, one of which lay on the stone floor with an open belly. A young boy with a knife was taking out the intestines, putting them in a bucket as his gore-slicked hands dripped red onto the stone. The blood flowed through channels in the floor towards a grid in the heart of the room, where the wetness disappeared beneath the shop.

The Yellow Earth had come in strength today. On either side of the room hung butchered pigs on hooks, and among the dead flesh five living men and women stood with watchful eyes. All dark-haired and plainly dressed in loose brown hanfus, armed with blades and pistols. The boy kept butchering the pig, paying them no mind, and Song’s eyes went to the center of the room. To the small table by the bloody grid where, tending to a steaming pot of tea, Hao Yu waited.

The small, plain-faced man wore a yellow sash over his worn robes today. Declaring his allegiance to the Yellow Earth for all to see. His hairless face revealed nothing but calm as he silently gestured for Song and Angharad to sit down across from him. The silver-eyed captain swallowed, glancing at Angharad – whose face was a mask of ice, but was gripping the head of her walking stick like a woman intent on shattering it.

Neither of them were fool enough to miss the implicit threat here.

“Do not mind the boy,” Hao Yu said, glancing at the youth carving away at intestines. “His uncle set him to the task, he will leave when he finishes.”

“We can return then,” Song evenly replied.

“You could,” the small, hairless man agreed.

He cocked his head to the side.

“Will you?”

No, she knew, and so did he. The Yellow Earth had a greater knife than mere violence to press against her throat. A blade her fool of a brother had handed them, because it wasn’t enough for him to fail their family now he had to try and drag her down to… Her silence had gone on too long, she knew, and from that glint in Hao Yu’s eyes he knew it too. She licked her lips, looking for a response, but instead-

“Are we meant to be impressed, Tianxi, by a bloody pig and a handful of thugs?” Angharad said.

That cool, almost disdainful tone was like a bucket of cold water. Besides her the Pereduri stood tall, glaring down at the leader of the Asphodel sect.

“We have faced gods and devils with steel in our hands,” Angharad Tredegar scorned. “Serve your tea, by all means, and know petty theater does you no favors.”

Hao Yu laughed.

“Impressed?” he said. “No, Mistress Tredegar. It is only a reminder.”

He reached for the pot and began pouring, again inviting them to sit.

“We are all meat, in the end. The clothes we put on, the titles we give ourselves, the grand causes we invoke?”

The man shrugged, his perfectly plucked eyebrows and shaved head eerily smooth to the eye.

“None of it makes any difference to the knife.”

“You sound like a Jixian,” Song said.

It had been a small thing, Angharad cutting in, but it had mattered. It had dragged Song out of the spiral and given her back her wits – enough that she could go on the offensive. She moved towards the table, watching Hao Yu’s face, but he did not seem offended by her suggestion.

“Do I?” Hao Yu replied. “And to think I consider myself one of the tamer heads.”

Some chuckles from the watching partisans. Song made a point of drawing the chair for Angharad, which finally got a reaction out of the man – his face tightened oh so slightly at the sight of a Tianxi offering that courtesy to a nobly born daughter of Malan. Angharad, seemingly not noticing, cleared her throat even as Song sat by her.

“Jixian?” she asked.

“The Jixi School is a radical offshoot sect of the Orthodoxy,” Hao Yu said. “Based on the more esoteric sections of the Fangzi Yongtu, it advances the argument that since souls are perpetual to kill for a principled reason is not a sin.”

He poured the last two cups of tea, first for Song and then for Angharad, and set them down before each.

“The nature of men being what it is, the philosophy became popular with assassins and hired killers of all stripes,” he finished.

Song’s gaze was drawn by the noise as the boy withdrew his knife from the dead pig, dropping the last of the intestines in the bucket with a wet slurping sound.

“I am in fact a practicing Feichist,” Hao Yu finished. “Which is one of main currents of Tianxi Orthodoxy, Mistress Tredegar. We believe that only by abolishing all chains can we be saved, for the Gloam is nothing but the darkness of mankind reflected into the aether.”

What a pretty way to put it. A shame that was not the reality of Feichist Orthodoxy.

“There is no such thing as a unified Feichist practice, Angharad,” Song told her. “They are a hundred squabbling temples, most of which believe that bloody revolution is the only path forward.”

Her words earned scoffs from some of the watching partisans. Well, it was no surprise yellow sashes would prefer the most militant of the great creeds of Cathayan Orthodoxy. It’d had a resurgence in strength in northern Tianxia after the Long Burn, as it tended to in the wake of any war with the neighbors of the Republics.

“Interesting,” Angharad said, and seemed to honestly mean it. “I must confess that I was taught little of the Orthodoxy beyond the most infamous squabble.”

The Grand Lie, she meant. The Imperial Someshwar’s claim at being the seat and arbiter of the Orthodoxy since the fall of Second Empire, as if the priesthood of the collapsing Liergan had not fled with all its gold, icon and gods to southern Tianxia. The Kingdom of Cathay had been the strongest and wealthiest of the successor states when the Succession Wars began, welcoming the fleeing best and brightest of Liergan with open arms.

It could hardly even be measured, how much the arrogance of kings had cost her people in the following decades.

“Though I would enjoy a conversation on the nature of Universalist beliefs – unless I peg you incorrectly there, Mistress Tredegar?”

Angharad shook her head and he let out a pleased hum.

“-it would be best to settle our matters first,” Hao Yu said.

He sipped at his cup, set it down.

“I take it from your companion’s presence, Song Ren, that you trust her with such talk?”

Song thinly smiled.

“I do.”

“Then I will be frank,” Hao Yu said. “We discussed an arrangement, you and I. Silence over the matter of your brother’s defection to the royalists, for which I would receive some understanding of the measures being taken to prevent a noble conspiracy from taking over Asphodel.”

“This was discussed,” Song acknowledged.

“My silence was kept,” the plain man said. “You, on the other hand, have provided me nothing at all.”

Song sipped at her cup.

“I am too low in rank to be told what the Watch intends regarding the conspiracy,” she said, “while my personal association with Lord Rector Palliades has largely come to an end. I cannot give you insight into his thoughts.”

“You can,” Hao Yu calmly replied. “Oh, I doubt he gave you a report but given your access you could easily have obtained that information.”

He smiled mirthlessly.

“It appears, however, that you did not choose to,” he said. “That is unfortunate.”

There was a stir among the partisans, but none drew. Angharad still swept them with her gaze, those brown eyes moving with slow, unhurried grace. Song knew that look. The mirror-dancer was killing them inside her mind, crafting the steps of the deaths like a painter putting ink to the scroll. There were five hardened killers in here with them, along the boy and Hao Yu, while Angharad still used a cane and Song only carried a single shot in her pistol.

At no point in her browsing of the room did Angharad Tredegar ever give the impressions she doubted she could kill everyone in it.

Song’s belly clenched with want. Not the bedroom kind, but almost something like greed at the thought of having someone so exceptional on her side. Someone with the skill and confidence to beat the odds, to go against the tide of the world and win. Someone who could help her make the Thirteenth into a legend, into a name that she could wield against the curse devouring her family. But that thought was where it all begun to unravel, she’d realized.

A swordhand was still a hand. And it belonged to Angharad Tredegar, who was not merely a chivalrous mirror-dancer needing some polish to fit into the Watch. The Pereduri was just as much of a walking ruin as the rest of the Thirteenth, for all that she hid it better.

“I am surprised to hear you speak of that bargain as a done deal,” Song said, “when that very same night your second savagely ambushed me in an alleyway.”

Hao Yu’s face stiffened. He sipped at his tea, savoring the thin brew too much for it to be true enjoyment. The gesture of someone buying time, but Song only stared at him. Was he feigning that, pretending Ai had acted on her own when it truly had been at his order? He was a hard man to read.

“If such an encounter took place, it was not at my order,” he finally said.

If,” Angharad coldly spat. “I helped wash those bruises and you would call her a liar?”

“That is not what I did,” Hao Yu evenly replied.

“Then your contracted attack dog is off the leash,” Song slid in, before the talk could spiral. “How can I deal with the Yellow Earth when it seems unable to restrain itself from attacking me as I do?”

A long moment passed.

“An understandable concern,” Hao Yu conceded.

He sharply nodded at the boy cleaning up the pig, the youth scampering away to the front of the shop. Hao Yu then set down his cup, rising smoothly to his feet. A few strides had him at the door left open by the boy and after sliding it open he called out Ai’s name before withdrawing. The contractor padded through the doorway silent feet moments later, her loose gray daopao robes kissing her ankles as she did.

She passed the two rooks, offering Song a smirk and Angharad a look of casual disgust before turning to cock an eyebrow at Hao as she stood at his right. Ai looked unworried, Song thought. Unafraid of consequences. Which made little sense, for even if the two of them were feigning this her handler would make a show of saddling her with some punishment. The lack of fear would make a deception obvious.

DONGMEI, the golden letters read atop her head. Song focused on that as discreetly as she could, trying to get a better read on the contract. It had been used against her once and might yet again. The god holding that contract was… The Eighth Judge of the Court. One of the punishment deities under the Red-Robed Official, scourging souls clean so they could enter the Circle without burden. A minor god, subordinate to another, but broadly worshipped as one of the Nine Judges. Not the kind of deity to offer a shoddy contract with an easy weakness to exploit.

“I thought I was to be put away like dirty linen for this one,” she drawled. “What gives?”

“Not an inapt comparison, given what I have just learned,” Hao Yu replied, tone sharp.

His jaw was tight.

“I have just been told,” Hao Yu continued, “that you assaulted Song Ren.”

“I put her in her place,” Ai corrected. “What of it?”

Song’s fingers clenched.

“I offered her a hand in good faith,” Hao Yu said. “Your pointless temerity has undone my every effort to establish trust.”

“There can be no trust, Hao,” Ai sighed, as if addressing a child refusing to grasp a simple truth. “She’s a Ren tangled up with half a dozen yiwu. Let us cease to pretend friendship and treat her like what she is: a tool to be used.”

“That is not your decision to make,” he sharply said. “You do not lead this sect.”

“That is true,” Ai conceded.

“Kneel and apologize,” Hao Yu ordered. “Then swear there will be no repeat of your reprehensible behavior.”

“Now there,” Ai easily replied, “we must disagree. Nothing I did was reprehensible.”

“Obey,” Hao Yu coldly said, “or be abjured.”

“I thought you might say that,” Ai mused. “There is a troubling pattern of you lacking the will to act, Hao.”

She folded her arms behind her back, began to stroll around the table. Price, Song thought as her eyes read through pages of golden characters. What’s your price? There. An exchange contract, with a simple price paid upfront. The phrasing was poetic, threading in in ‘blossoms and fragrance’, but the meaning was mostly clear. Ai, whose true name was Dongmei, had traded away her ability to feel both pleasure and pain. No small thing, Song thought, but nothing that could be used.

But there must be a weakness, there must. In the particulars of the power granted, perhaps?

“When we found out the magnates were making guns to rebel, what did you do?” Ai said, circling the table. “Nothing. You left them to it, offering no help.”

Song’s eyes narrowed. Was the Trade Assembly rebelling in its own right, not as a few traitors going over to a noble conspiracy? Ai clicked her tongue.

“When the cult of the Odyssean approached us, offered to help overthrow the nobles? Nothing again, even though they proved they have a man in the palace.”

Angharad stiffened, as well she would. Just last eve she had been at a ceremony where the same cult claimed it was about to lead an entirely different coup. More importantly Hao Yu’s eyes were too cold, Song thought, for this to be theater. The small man was genuinely furious at how much his right hand was revealing here and now.

“And now that we have a blade to cut Evander Palliades’ throat with,” Ai continued, gesturing at Song, “still you dither. Refuse to pull at the leash even though we have it wound around her neck.”

“You lack foresight,” Hao Yu bit back. “Backing coups that are certain to fail will not aid the cause in Asphodel but damn it – a republic of Tratheke will not last out the year, you fool. It does not have the force to seize the surrounding valley, much less the island.”

“It will, when the Republics send a fleet,” Ai smiled.

“That would mean war with Sacromonte and likely Malan as well,” Hao Yu flatly said. “Something we are incredibly ill-prepared for even were it desirable, which it is not. I will not repeat myself, Ai: recant yourself, here and now, or face abjuration.”

“I’d hoped it wouldn’t come to this, Hao,” Ai said. “I truly did. But the time for meekness is past.”

He rose to his feet, knee hitting the edge of the table in his haste, and sneered.

“Pistols out,” Hao Yu said. “Ai, I abjure you from this sect. Surrender yourself or-”

He paused, interrupted by the same thing Song was hearing: silence. Not a single one of the killers in yellow sashes so much as moved a finger. They only watched, faces hard as stone.

“You can’t abjure me, Hao,” Ai gently said, “because as of this morning Ambassador Guo gave me permission to abjure you in the face of your continued incompetence. This was your last chance and you just threw it away.”

The hairless man swallowed.

“You-”

The change was almost instantaneous: Ai’s gaze turned cloudy green, a shell of green-glazed pottery forming over the front of her body as she moved. Her armored hand was on the back of Hao Yu’s head in a heartbeat and she slammed him down on the table. Gods, Song saw with horror even as she drew to her feet with a pistol in hand. The first hit didn’t kill him, only shattered his nose.

So Ai slammed him down again, and a third time to be sure.

The last hit broke the table, sent the pot and cups toppling all over, but the sound of a wet crack made it plain the skull had been split open. Angharad’s saber was in her hand and Song had her pistol raised, aimed at the hungry ghost mask now painted over Ai’s face.

“Oh, stop that,” the distorted voice sneered.

The shell began to thin, then it was sucked into the body in the blink of an eye. Left behind was Ai, untouched save for a slight disarray in her hair.

“This is Yellow Earth business, rooks,” Ai said. “Put those down before I make you put them down.”

“I think not,” Angharad coldly said. “What is the word of a murderer worth?”

“Still more than yiwu’s,” Ai snorted.

Song raised a hand, though the pistol in the other did not waver.

“Our weapons stay where they are,” she said. “Talk, if you insist.”

“The rector’s palace sent you a little letter yesterday,” Ai said. “Boy wants another taste of Tianxia, I’m guessing.”

“You assume much,” Song coldly said.

“And what are you going to do about it?” she asked, amused. “I don’t care if you grew sense and decided to stop fucking the enemy, you’re still going to agree to meet him again.”

She leaned in.

“Down here in the city, where we can pick him up nice and easy.”

“You are mad,” Song bit out. “I’m an officer of the Watch, I cannot-”

“Dear people of Tianxia,” Ai said in a mocking, high-pitched voice. “Did you know that the Ren are royalists and they did the Dimming for the rajas, and also all this other evil shit that we need to blame someone for?”

“That is a lie,” Angharad said.

She sounded genuinely aghast, as if despite holding the Yellow Earth’s ideology in utter contempt it had still been a line too far to assume they would be liars.

“It’s a lie Yellow Earth sects will have shouted in every village square from Caishen to the Sanxing,” Ai replied. “Hey, Ren, tell me: which do you think will die from the Gloam curse first, your mother or your sisters? My money’s on the oldy lady. I heard she almost died in the birthing bed last time, that what came out wasn’t a child but…”

Enough,” Song hissed.

Golden letters unfolded to her eye. The shell Ai wore was not solid aether manifested by the contract. Instead the power granted by the god transmuted already existing matter into the green-glazed pottery, though what exactly was transmuted was unclear. When the shell was undone, that substance was transmuted back. Blood, flesh? The contract did not replace what was lost, so it could not be too essential – if it were Ai’s heart that was transmuted, she would drop down and die. Ah, if the shell is broken clean through it forced to transmute back and then must be brought up again.

That was… slightly better than nothing, considering most weapons that could breach the shell would kill the contractor anyway.

“Yeah, it’s enough,” Ai smiled. “Enough pretending this is a choice. Do it or die. Either way I’ll call it a good day’s work.”

“You think you can get away with threatening women of the Watch like this?” Angharad asked.

The word used was not transmutation, exactly, but ‘calcination’ and the matter calcinated was only referred to as ‘fuel’. There should be a limit to the solidity, Song thought, given that the shell was made from a limited substance. But then a stone wall could break too, it spoke nothing to the strength of the shell. Wait, nothing in here forces her to put a shell only over the front of her body. Which meant Ai was concentrating the contract’s effect, which meant it was… well, not a rampart. More like a heavy oaken door.

Which still meant little short of cannon fire or at least sustained musket shots in the same spot would affect it, meaning that avenue was a dead end. There must be another angle. Where did the strength and quickness come from?

“I think that by the time you ladies are done whining your way up the ladder to someone who matters, it’ll be our friends running this shithole,” Ai shrugged. “You think the Conclave will piss off the people who have their hands on an Antediluvian shipyard to soothe your hurt feelings?”

Ai sneered.

“The Watch takes no part,” she mocked. “You rooks pick and choose the evils you fight, like our good friend Hao did. Always talking about making a tower of small victories, about picking the fights we can win and biding our time.”

Ai bared her teeth.

“Only evil’s real, girls,” she said. “And it’s not waiting patiently for us to build towers. It’s out there in the streets with fancy hats on, beating and robbing and raping, strutting around like it owns the place because it fucking does – and it’ll keep on owning it unless someone does something about it.”

Hard smiles from the thugs and she carelessly kicked the table wreckage away. Song found the lines she was looking for. Nothing pleasant to read. The body was not augmented in the slightest by the contract, but it didn’t matter because it was not the body that moved when Ai used her contract. It was the shell, and the shell moved as quickly as Ai could think it.

Part of Song admired the way she must have trained herself for years, learning how to use her contract like she did. It was not easy, to wield your own thoughts. The rest of her raged that there seemed nothing capable of killing this contractor except artillery at the end of a narrow alley.

“So you’re going to roll over and take it, Song Ren,” she said, “like the world has been doing for the same yiwu you’re fucking. You tell Palliades this: tonight at six, in that same brothel the two of you visited before.”

“Or what?” Song replied, because she needed to hear it.

“Or I send a letter and by the month’s end the Republics will know Haoran Ren is a royalist,” she said.

Ai took a step closer.

“Or I will personally snap your traitor neck,” Ai said. “After making you watch while I pluck the limbs off every member of your little brigade.”

“Or,” Angharad mildly said, “we kill you here and now. I must confess that I am growing quite partial to that idea.”

Without looking, Song put a hand on her arm to restrain her. Angharad was a fine enough swordswoman that if the Pereduri was at her best and they were both armed for the fight, she might be tempted to try. But Angharad still needed a cane, Song only had a pistol and there were five more Yellow Earth partisans in the room. Perhaps more outside.

Besides, there was something… off about the way Ai was going about this. She’d not been shy about choking Song out last time and she evidently feared neither of them or the consequences of violence. So what was holding her back now?

“Song?” Angharad asked.

“We don’t fight her,” she said. “It’s what she wants.”

Ai smiled.

“Yeah, Tredegar,” she said. “Listen to your captain. Take one for the brigade. Lie down and think of the Bitch Perp-”

“She’s provoking us on purpose,” Song said, and cocked her head to the side. “Because she can’t attack us first. Can you, Ai?”

Ai laughed, but the sound came just a little too quick.

“You asked the ambassador permission to kill Hao Yu,” Song continued. “But he did not give you permission to attack us. That’s why you want us to strike the first blow, so you have an excuse.”

“Oh, Ren, I do have permission,” Ai smiled. “I just need to wait for it a bit.”

She shook her head, as if amused.

“Off with you, rooks,” Ai said. “You have the time and place, Song. You have the terms. Give us the Lord Rector and your traitor brother is kept quiet.”

“How can I trust you would keep your end of the bargain?” Song replied.

Her eyes moved through line after line of gold, reading through the contract again and again. Sifting through the text for anything at all she might use. Nothing, damn her. Not a single thing, a weakness or angle. It was all airtight.

“Because you don’t matter, Song,” Ai said, smiling. “Not compared to the shipyard, what it means for the Republics. You’re just an eyesore and I won’t care when you’re no longer in my eyes. Deliver us Evander Palliades, spare us the cost of grabbing him, and I might even be moved to mention you’re not a complete traitor to our friends in the homeland.”

“Your position isn’t as strong as you seem to think,” Song told her.

“Even if that were true,” Ai said, shrugging, “it wouldn’t change anything. Yours is just that weak.”

The contractor gestured at her soldiers and they moved, Angharad tensing even as Song mastered herself. She had all she would get out of this place, down to the precise wording of Ai’s contract.

It was time to leave.

Song spared one last look back as she led Angharad out, eyes finding the broken table and Hao Yu’s corpse among the wreckage. His face was red pulp, bleeding out in the channels. Man’s blood joined with pig’s blood, disappearing below.

The stone could not tell difference and neither could Song.

Without needing to agree on it, they waited until they were three streets away before talking. You never knew where there might be ears listening, in this rat warren of a city.

They found an alley out of the way, and where even by roof it would be hard for anyone to eavesdrop on them. They stopped there, as much in deference to Angharad’s panting from their hard pace leaving as because the weight of the silence was becoming unbearable. Song braced herself for remonstrations or an interrogation, but what she received instead was Angharad grasping her arm and squeezing it in comfort.

“I am,” Angharad gently said, “sorry to hear about your brother.”

And Song’s mind went blank. The answers she had half-composed when walking, the fear and the forced calm, they were swept away in a heartbeat. She swallowed. That was… Song closed her hand, lest her fingers tremble. When was the last time someone had been sorry for her family? Said they were and really meant it? Song let out a choked, exhausted breath.

“It was supposed to be him,” Song croaked out. “In my boots, standing where I am. Or if not the Watch then one of the militias, or at least a mercenary company fighting the Someshwari. They raised him to it. Raised all of us to it.”

Her eyes closed. She could not remember his face as well, now. Just the outlines, and that cast to his brow. The anger that never quite left, even when he was at his happiest.

“My eldest brother, it broke him,” Song said. “He couldn’t bear the weight. Haoran, though, he always felt he was being punished. Maybe he was.”

She swallowed.

“I thought he’d just left to find his own way, to escape the name,” Song said. “I never thought he might…”

Become a traitor, she could not quite bring herself to finish. And a part of her wondered how Haoran could be called a traitor to Tianxia, when the Republics had never once thought of him as deserving. Her eyes burned so she squeezed them shut until the ache started, until she had killed the tears before they could begin, and only then did she dare open them again.

“His reasons do not matter,” Song said, tone even. “As Ai said, should word of his going over to the royalists be spread it will be the end of my family. They won’t live long enough for the curse to kill them.”

They would be arrested and put on trial, the outcome of which was already decided. If they were lucky magistrates would handle the matter and order them executed out in the country, but odds were the local prefect would be ordered to send them to Mazu to stand trial before the republic’s general assembly. Or, worse, all the way to Sangshan so the Ministry of Rites could organize a grand trial like the one that had seen her grandfather lashed to death.

“You believe her threat to be genuine, then,” Angharad said.

“I do,” Song tiredly replied. “I can’t afford not to.”

The dark-skinned woman rubbed her wrist.

“It is different, for me,” she admitted. “The Lefthand House does not threaten my father’s life, only to withhold help and sufferance should I return to free him.”

“Who holds him?” Song softly asked. “You never said.”

“House Cadogan, in practice,” Angharad said. “But the prisoners of Tintavel are held on behalf of others. Someone sent my father there.”

“Someone who can make requests of an influential house and have them accepted,” Song finished.

Angharad grimaced, nodding.

“Our histories that only one man ever escaped that prison-fortress, and it was done with the help of Lucifer himself,” she said. “Even with the Lefthand’s House help the odds are… stark. Without it?”

“There is no chance at all,” Song said.

“Close enough,” Angharad murmured.

Part of Song itched to ask about the price, about whether her suspicion about the infernal forge was right, but she forced it away. Trust was a choice, and she had made hers.

“Would the Lord Rector even come down?” Angharad asked. “If you ask and he does not, Ai might…”

That the Pereduri could not risk finishing a sentence ascribing mercy to Ai was telling. It did not matter anyway.

“I believe so,” Song said, not quite looking the other woman in the eye.

Angharad’s brow simply rose.

“He is, I think, taken with me,” she delicately said.

Had been even before she took him to bed. Or, well, table. And wall.

“And you?”

Song grimaced.

“I like him,” she admitted. “If we were different people maybe more, but-”

“You are not,” Angharad finished.

It was a sweet indulgence, but it could not be more. Song suspected it would not be half as sweet if it were.

“He’ll come if I ask,” Song said. “And they follow the letters, they would not know about the correspondence he sent me otherwise.”

“So if you do not send the letter, they will know,” Angharad said. “They do not appear aware of the contents, however. You could send a warning instead of summons.”

“They haven’t shown that they know what was written,” Song said. “That doesn’t mean they don’t.”

If she were Ai, she would not have made that demand without having a way to know. It was lending the enemy power they might not truly have, but could she afford to take the risk it was otherwise? Angharad slowly nodded, then craned her neck to glance up at the roof.

“Sleeping God, that contract,” Angharad muttered. “I will never look at bhuqefileyo the same again.”

Song frowned, translating the Umoya. Trinket-corpse? Her confusion must have been obvious, for the Pereduri cleared her throat.

“It is the informal word for bone pottery,” Angharad said. “My mother had a glazed pot in slightly darker green in her parlor when I was a girl. She loved the piece, always said that…”

The other woman then looked faintly guilty. Usually the sign she realized some amusing anecdote from her youth seemed rather less inoffensive when retold outside the confused of the peerdom of Peredur. Song’s lips twitched.

“That it was made with the bones of someone important, like an old king of Cathay?”

One of the oldest and proudest tricks of Mazu hawkers. So many king’s bones had been sold in that port you would think Cathay grew them on trees.

“The merchant who sold it claimed so,” Angharad defended. “And not a king, merely a duke.”

“Oh, if it was only a duke then that’s all right,” Song teased.

The small touch of levity was like fresh water, after earlier. A woman as traveled as Angharad’s mother had not likely believed that even a ‘mere’ duke’s bones were incinerated for use in the recipe instead of, say, cattle bones but – huh. Incinerated. Did that mean…

“We should return,” Angharad spoke into the silence. “We both have preparations to make.”

Her for the concert, Song for… whatever lay ahead of her. She shook her head, but the idea would not quite leave. The thought that she might have glimpsed a weakness after all. The noblewoman began hobbling back towards the main street.

“You didn’t ask what I would do,” Song said, the words tearing out of her before she could think better of it.

Angharad paused, turned back. Looked at her for a long moment.

“Trust is a choice,” she finally replied.

And though she was on the edge of the pit, balancing as the winds picked up, that was enough to warm Song all the way to Black House.

There, though, anger flared: Song’s bedroom door was open. Someone was in her quarters, and after the day she’d had that felt like the droplet that tipped over the vase. Her knife was out in a flash and she strode past the threshold, ready to take another eye off Tupoc, but then she stopped. Angharad almost ran into her. Sitting at her writing table, looking thoroughly exhausted, a curly-haired man was feeding an enormous magpie bits of crushed grapes from a bowl.

“Good afternoon, ladies,” Tristan Abrascal grinned. “Sorry I’m running late, you wouldn’t believe how hard it was to get a carriage.”

Chapter 66

It was not a difficult climb, skill-wise, but that did not make it any less taxing.

Though the scaffold-tower hugging the western wall of Tratheke had been built with care and precision, it was still made of wood. While the materials made it easy for Tristan to pull himself up with hammer and bolt, bringing up his rope with him as he did, the whole edifice felt like a reed about to fall over. It did not help that the wind had the wooden panels rattling and that a combination of time and the elements had visibly taken a toll on the structure.

At least there was little chance of his being seen, hidden under cover of night as he was, or of getting lost on his way: the chamber at the top had lit lamps, lending it the look of the flame on a candle’s tip, but night had fallen and the remainder was dark.

Hector Anaidon – there was no mistaking the silhouette – had entered the hideout the better part of half an hour ago, so Tristan knew this would be a close-run thing. He had moved the moment the man showed his face, but there was no telling how long Anaidon would spend downstairs before entertaining his guests in the upstairs chamber.

The lift was still at the bottom of the structure, at least. With a little luck Tristan would have time to hide and plan his ambush.

About three quarters of the way up, limbs trembling and sweat trickling down his back, Tristan found himself gritting his teeth and swallowing a snarl as weight pressed down on his left. Sakkas, that hateful beast, had just landed on his shoulder. The bird was light for its size, its talons barely felt through the black coat, but still too damn heavy.

“Not now,” he hissed, taking a hand off the hold to slap away the magpie. “What do you think you’re-”

It flew off with a cackling call.

“Shit,” Fortuna whispered, straight into his ear. “Tristan, it was warning us: the lift is moving.”

Much as the thief would have liked to check, he was too far from the corner of the tower to do so. He’d have to take the goddess on faith. Looking up at the stretch of creaking wood awaiting him, Tristan grimaced. Hesitated.

“How quickly is it rising?” he asked.

Fortuna hummed, her presence receding until she popped her head out of the wall just a foot to the side of his right hand.

“Not that fast,” she said. “They’re pulling it up by hand I think. If you hurry you should beat them up there.”

“Fuck,” Tristan cursed.

The good news he’d least wanted to hear. Now he had to take on the risks climbing in a hurry or risk trying to enter the room while there was already someone in it. He weighed those on the balance for a too-long moment, then cursed again. Without rope, then. Hammer and peg alone would be quicker, as cutting corners with one’s life often was.

The fear of his sweat-slick palms slipping on the pegs only wet them further, but he gritted his teeth and focused. Tear, place, hammer down. Up. Tear, place, hammer down. Again and again he hitched himself up the side of the tower, moving as fast as he could. He began to turn around the edge when he got within ten feet of the opening, and below he could now see the wooden box slowly being pulled up. The roof was solid, no chance of anyone seeing through. He breathed out shallowly. No sign of anyone currently up there, and at least a few minutes before the lift arrived.

He could do this.

Now was the most dangerous part not because of the pressing time or the climb itself but because he would be in lamplight, and so finally vulnerable to being seen from below. Tristan could not let himself think on that, however, for distraction and slippery hands were death’s ingredients. Careful, steady. Do not hammer too little or too much. It was windy up here, now that he was no longer covered by the tower, and that slowed everything down.

He still reached past the edge of the floor, finding thick carpet there, and began hoisting himself up – only for a burst of wind to catch him in the side. Swallowing a scream, the thief slipped. Fingers clawed at the carpet, his boot slipped against the peg and he dropped. His elbow hit the edge of the floor on the way down, he dropped the hammer and scrabbled desperately for anything he could reach. He caught the peg his boot had slipped on, eyes white and heart thundering, fingers digging into the palm until he was bleeding.

Fear sludged through his veins like molten ice, but he swallowed his spit and bile. Concentrate. Forget everything but what needs to be done. Leave only the act. He emptied his mind and moved: hoisted himself back up the peg, then got his boot wedged in and reached up. Past the edge – what if there was wind again, what if. No. The thief breathed out. Nothing ahead, nothing behind. Move. He went over the edge, onto the carpet, and rolled on the room’s floor.

There he allowed himself a moment of bubbling terror, to realize how utterly close he had come to a pointless death, before burying it. He was not out of the grave yet.

Find a hiding place. Move. He rose, careful not to stain the carpet with his bloodied palm, and took a look around. The rebels had not built this room: it was a hole straight through the wall, large enough it had been made into a makeshift chamber. The back wall was wood, the floor beneath the carpeting brass. As if to force the illusion of hospitality, the furniture was rich and near every inch of wall covered by tapestries or colorful paint. Two tables, a set of sofas and assorted chairs, a large bed and an even larger wardrobe. There was no door, only thick curtains, and – the creaking, it was loud.

“Fortuna?” he rasped out.

“They are almost here,” the goddess whispered into his ear.

They? The guests were coming up at the same time, then. There was no time for anything elaborate. At a look he might fit under the sofas, but that was a risky play. Though it seemed almost a child’s notion, Tristan headed straight for the wardrobe. It was filled to burst with terrible taste, which at least provided decent cover. The thief slipped behind the clothes and crouched, pulling his legs to his chest, and settled in for the wait.

Best to wait until Hector’s guests were gone to grab the man for an intimate talk, he decided. He could keep an eye on the situation through the slight gap between the two front panels of the wardrobe. In a matter of moments the lift reached the summit, metal clanking against metal as it stopped moving. A latch was pulled and then they walked in.

Lord Hector Anaidon had not changed since Tristan last saw him: a tall, broad-shouldered sort with graying blond hair and a bulbous nose. He was fleshy, though not exactly fat, and his blue eyes were deep-set. The lordling had the soft hands of a man who had never needed to work or fight and the clothes to explain why. There was enough silk on him to dress two marginally smaller men. The pair that accompanied him, though, had Tristan’s breath catching in his throat.

A short, stout man with a jolly smile and swirling mustache. A tall, bony woman with narrow spectacles and pursed lips.

“Why, what a fascinating little nook,” Lord Locke enthusiastically said, looking around.

“Much trouble for a room no larger than a salon,” Lady Keys scorned.

“I am told it served as a watchtower of sorts before the lictors wrote off this district,” Lord Hector replied, striding across the room towards one of the tables.

There he reached for a carafe, sniffed the inside and let out an approving noise before pouring himself a cup of what looked like brandy. Despite inviting looks, he offered the pair no such courtesy.

“Somehow you talked Maria Anastos into thinking a conversation should take place between us,” Hector Anaidon said, guzzling down the cup before setting it down sharply on the table. “Well, have at it.”

Lord Locke thumbed his mustache, smiling still. Now that Tristan knew what he was, he could not help but think of a cat playing with his whiskers as he eyed a plump mouse.

“We’ve but a single question for you, Lord Hector,” he said. “And will be departing as soon as we have our answer.”

“Will you now?” the other noble grunted. “I think not. At the very least, you’ll be remaining our guests until the rising. We cannot let knowledge of this place spread.”

“That would not suit our purposes,” Lady Keys lightly said.

“I do not much care what suits you,” Hector Anaidon disdainfully replied. “I may, in fact, have Maria’s head for bringing you here. The Trade Assembly could use a reminder that they need us a great deal more than the other way around.”

Tristan winced. It was like watching a man slowly shove his hand down a wolf’s gullet. Reaching deeper and deeper, thinking the monster’s belly was a pack to take things from.

“Are you threatening us?” Lady Keys asked, sounding almost pleased.

“There is always a bit of roughness in a revolution,” Lord Hector said, rolling the r of the last word as if making sport of it.

“Abduction and threats of death,” Lord Locke happily said. “From a wicked cultist, no less! Is that not enough to arrest him, Warrant Officer Abrascal?”

Tristan went still as stone for a moment, thoughts flying. The blood. Even if they hadn’t heard him breathing, which they might well have, the blood would have given away the game. Keep them smiling, Hage had ordered him. No one’s game but theirs would be played tonight. The thief let his forehead drop on the wardrobe door and let out a long sigh. Well, so much for doing this cleanly.

Under the flabbergasted gaze of Hector Anaidon – and the smirks of the married pair – he emerged from the wardrobe with his blackjack in hand.

“Was that really necessary?” he asked the devils, pulling his uniform back in place.

“No,” Lord Locke cheerfully admitted. “But it has been very entertaining so far. Do continue!”

Tristan sighed again, straightening as Lord Hector suddenly realized he was alone in a room a hundred feet above the ground with no guards to protect him and three potential enemies. The heavyset noble scrambled to his feet, reaching for the bejeweled knife at his hip and drawing it.

“Who the hell are you?” he demanded.

“Oh, best not to bring Hell into this,” Lady Keys gently said. “It will do no wonders for your life expectancy, Hector.”

Tristan rolled his shoulder.

“You’re under arrest,” he told the cultist. “By order of the Watch.”

“You’re all dead,” Hector snarled back, and ran for the door.

Tristan did not even bother to move, eyes on the devils, and he still almost missed it. Plump, jolly Lord Locke was across the room in a heartbeat – having torn the carpet pushing off – and holding up the wiggling Hector Anaidon on the wall by the throat. Hector had at least a foot and a half on the smaller lord, and heavier shoulders, yet there was nothing comical about the sight.

It was Locke’s eyes, Tristan thought. They were flat and lifeless as a doll’s.

Hector rasped out a word, something sounding like a plea, and there was a ripple of… something in the air. Like a pistol fired, but without the noise or smoke. Lord Locke’s mustache billowed slightly before the devil bared teeth and teeth and something altogether more malign.

“Your god has no power over me, Hector,” Locke said. “None one is coming to save you, that least of all.”

The cultist let out a noise of such despair Tristan almost sympathized.  Lady Keys leaned over the low table, helping herself to the carafe of brandy and pouring a clean finger in a silver goblet. Swirling it, she took a sniff and let out a noise of approval. Tristan could not be sure whether or not he was imagining the echo of clicking mandibles under it.

“Would you be particularly opposed to our sharing this interrogation with the Watch, Warrant Officer?” Lady Keys asked. “While the black had been doing some admirable grave-digging in these parts, we’ve some curiosities of our own to sate.”

The thief straightened. Show no weakness, play along with the games and always try to beat the expectations. My kind has a weakness for novelty, especially the oldest among of us, Hage had taught him.

“By all means,” he said, bowing low. “We could take turns asking questions.”

Lady Keys seemed unimpressed, he gauged. Apt to tear off the veil of pretense this was anything but their show to roll on. So he tacked on-

“- deciding on whose it is by flipping a coin, perhaps,” Tristan added.

Both devils stilled, then turned their heads towards him with unnatural sharpness – not at angles impossible, but neither were they moving like someone who genuinely had to worry about the state of their spine. Lady Keys absently reminded her husband that ‘you’re killing him, dear’, to which the other devil embarrassedly laughed before loosening his grasp and letting a choking, red-faced Hector Anaidon desperately suck in a breath.

“How interesting,” the devil said, peering at him through her borrowed eyes and spectacles. “You wouldn’t be intending on cheating would you, Tristan?”

“I have never once cheated at anything in my life,” Tristan replied without batting an eye.

How could he? There were no rules to life, and thus no one could cheat. Lord Locke let out a delighted chortle, picking up a panicking Hector by the throat again and shaking him like a misbehaving kitten. There was a small sound of tinkling, which had the devil reaching in the cultists’ pocket and deftly picking out a silver arbol. He tossed it Tristan’s way, the thief snatching it out of the air and showing both sides to Lady Keys.

“Ladies pick first,” he charmingly smiled. “Would you prefer oaks or griffin?”

“Oaks,” Lady Keys said, tapping a finger against her chin.

She sent her husband a burning look.

“Intertwined trees? Such a romantic thought.”

Lord Locke blew back a kiss, Hector Anaidon sparing a moment in the process of being choked out to look in utter disbelief at the pair. Tristan flipped the coin, and without hesitation pulled on his luck. He laid out his palm without even looking, the perfect arc of the spinning silver ending with a dull slap against the skin. A glance.

“Alas, griffin,” Tristan falsely sympathized. “Better luck next time.”

He released the luck, bracing himself, but a mere coin flip should only – shifting his footing happened to pull at a fold in the ripped carpet, which in turn tugged at the table. The bottle of brandy tipped his way, and though he was quick enough to catch it there was still a small spill on his boots. Oh, that was on the lower end of his expectations. Fortuna must be in a fine mood.

While he struggled with wiping his boot on the carpet, Lord Locke had lowered Hector. He gestured in extravagant invitation for Tristan to ask his question, somehow working in both a flourish and a bow.

“What is your role within the cult?” he asked.

The overweight noble shot him a disdainful look.

“Why should I-”

There was a snapping sound and Lord Locke’s hand over the mouth of the cultists muffled a scream. A scream caused by the devil having, casually, snapped Hector Anaidon’s left thumb at an angle that had bone peeking out of the bleeding flesh. Tristan breathed in, kept his heartbeat steady and his smile fixed. He had known, in his mind, that for all the smiling and joking they were brutal monsters.

Tristan had hurt men before, for answers or coin or to survive. But it had still been a choice to him, a decision. Locke’s hand had moved like the violence was an afterthought. How many fingers did you need to snap before it could be done so casually, so effortlessly? Hundreds, the thief thought. Thousands.

Torture is why, obviously,” Tristan made himself reply in the tone of someone amused. “Answer the question, Hector.”

“I’m a priest,” the man hurried to reply the moment Locke allowed him to. “A priest of the Odyssean, initiated into the rites. I renounced the Ram just like they asked and they brought me into the mysteries. Please, I’m bleeding, you need to-”

His mouth was covered again and Lady Keys, setting down her goblet after having drained it of brandy, turned a look on him. He offered up the coin for her.

“Oaks,” the devil decided.

Griffin again, and all it cost him was a thread in his collar coming loose. Only a problem if he pulled at it.

“Who is the head of your cult?” Tristan asked.

“The Ecclesiast,” Hector Anaidon replied, sweating and shivering. “I don’t know his real name, only that he founded the cult.”

The man kept glancing down at his snapped thumb, looking sick.

“That can’t be all you know,” Tristan said. “Does Lord Locke have to… put your thumb on the scale again, so to speak?”

The devil beamed back at him, chortling and looking as if that threat had made his day. The cultist paled, looking about to throw up.

“I, um,” he stammered. “He’s a noble, and wealthy. I could tell from his tastes. Real coin, not just passing.”

Tristan hummed, shaking his head at Lord Locke’s quizzical look. He offered up the coin to Lady Keys again, and this time there was a particular intensity to her gaze.

“Oaks,” the devil said.

He used the luck to secure her pick, this time, at the low price of the edge of the coin slapping at the edge of the phalange in a vaguely painful way.

“Ah, at last fortune smiles on us,” Lady Keys grinned, revealing just a hint of teeth beyond her teeth. “Dearest, if you would?”

“Hector, my friend,” Lord Locke said, putting the man down and cleaning his shoulders as if they were old acquaintances instead of his torturer. “What do you know about the harpoon?”

Tristan breathed in sharply. As in the great bronze artifact that Maryam had found in the heart of the prison layer, plunged into the wasteland of salt keeping the Hated One contained? More interesting yet was that Hector Anaidon flinched, betraying he knew exactly what the devil was asking about.

“I know that Lord Cordyles has an entire collection of-”

Lord Locke gently reached inside the cultist’s mouth, prying it open and seizing one of the front teeth between two fingers.

“You don’t need your teeth to answer our questions,” the devil noted. “Human teeth, my friend, are most shoddily built. They are so very easy to pull out.”

No they aren’t, Tristan thought. It was actually quite difficult unless you had pincers. Lord Locke removed his shell’s fingers out of the terrified cultists’ mouth, allowing him enough room to speak.

“I don’t know where it went,” Hector sniveled. “They only used my brother’s warehouse for a night, that was all they needed me for!”

“They?” Lady Keys idly asked. “Elaborate, my good man. Who told you to hide the artifact?”

“The Ecclesiast,” Hector said. “It was all him, all his plan.”

“And where did he get it?” Lord Locke pressed, for once entirely humorless.

“I don’t know,” Hector said. “He never said. From some temple, probably, like the sickle.”

Both devils scoffed.

“Did he ever mention a helper?” Lord Locke asked. “A benefactor?”

They’re not here for the infernal forge, Tristan realized. Hage was right. They were hunting someone, someone they thought might have provided this cult of the Odyssean with the weapon that breached the Hated One’s prison.

“Nothing, he doesn’t trust anyone,” Hector wept. “Not even the priests.”

Lady Keys sighed.

“A waste of time,” she told her husband. “Only this Ecclesiast has our answers.”

Lord Locke twirled his mustache thoughtfully.

“That complicates matters somewhat,” he said, not sounding entirely displeased.

Tristan cleared his throat, drawing their attention, and offered up the coin.

“One last for the road?” he asked, smiling charmingly.

“By all means,” Lord Locke laughed. “We claim griffin, this time.”

Oaks it was, and as Tristan released the luck he shifted the weight and immediately felt the sudden itch in his boot – right under his foot, and he’d have to unlace the entire thing to scratch it. Ugh, hopefully it would pass soon.

“What a lucky young man you are,” Lady Keys observed.

“Oh, it’s nothing to rely on,” Tristan said. “Fortune is a fickle thing, I find.”

Had those devils not most likely been annealed and thus to be avoided, he suspected Fortuna would have given him an earful about that. Lady Keys shrugged.

“Your question, Warrant Officer,” she said.

His gaze returned to Lord Hector.

“Your cult supports a coup by the nobles, but you are also involved with the Trade Assembly’s own plot,” Tristan said. “Which of them are you really backing?”

Given how many nobles were supposedly in the cult he suspected they were the horse that had been picked to ride, but the magnate plot was truly getting a helping hand. More than he would have expected if the point of the cult’s infiltration was mostly to sabotage rival efforts.

“Involved?” Hector mocked. “We started the bloody thing, rook. Riled up the commons, put the Yellow Earth in a room with the magnates. Do you really think our ambitions stop at backing-”

The end of the sentence was interrupted by a loud, resounding crack. Not a finger this time. Hector Anaidon’s eyes bulged out, his breath stolen by the way Lord Locke had nonchalantly snapped his neck.

“Ah,” the devil exclaimed, sounding embarrassed. “Manifold apologies, Tristan. My hand slipped.”

“Nothing to apologize for, it happens to me all the time,” Tristan said, smile gone stilted.

What are you after? No, he already knew that. The mystery benefactor they had asked Hector about, that was what they wanted. The only part of this island they took seriously. Whatever the cultists had been about to reveal, then, must have been something that would make it harder for them to find said person. Something to comb through later, though, for now the thief was suddenly and painfully aware he was the only living soul left in the room with two devils that might well prefer there be no witness to their passing through.

Tristan coughed into his hand.

“It is getting late,” he said. “I suppose I should be headed out. Any interesting plans for the night?”

Lady Keys cocked her head to the side.

“I could go for dinner,” she smiled. “Dear?”

“Something Trebian, I think,” he mused. “Not too fat, I fear that our diet has been a little heavy in Tratheke. I feel full enough to burst.”

Shit. Shit. How could he – breathing in, Tristan swallowed his fear and crossed his arms over his chest. The arbol he put away, slipped inside, and moved his fingers a little more to reach deeper.

“Oh, I can’t stop you if you want a nibble,” he said. “But two on one? It hardly seems sporting.”

“A fair point,” Lord Locke mused. “Cara mia?”

“He wants to gamble for it,” Lady Keys grinned. “Use his contract to cheat a fourth time, no doubt. Naughty, naughty.”

“Ah, so you could tell when I used it,” Tristan said.

He’d thought they might, considering Hage was able to see Fortuna. Odds they couldn’t tell what it did, though, just that he was using it.

“I offer you a bargain, then,” he continued. “One last flip – this one with real stakes. If I use my contract in any way, it counts as my loss.”

He presented his shiny silver coin.

“Oaks I live, griffin you dine on these fine Sacromontan ribs,” Tristan smiled, closing his fist around the coin with a snap. “How about it?”

The devils leaned in hungrily.

“Oh, that will do. Flip the coin, Tristan Abrascal,” Lady Keys said.

“How lucky are you feeling, Sacromontan?” Lord Locke grinned.

“Oh, not at all,” Tristan honestly replied, and flipped the coin.

It rang out with fine twang, a blur to the eye, but almost immediately he snatched it out of the air and slapped it down on the back of his other hand. He glanced back at the devils, whose shining gazes had never left his face. Drinking in his nerves like fine wine.

“Ready?”

“Don’t tease,” Lord Locke said, clicking his teeth.

All his teeth.

He raised his hand, revealing the intertwined oaks under his hand. Both devils sagged, almost comically disappointed, but neither seemed… angry at the loss, so to speak. As if the game was as satisfying to them as the meal might have been.

“Lucky boy, after all,” Lady Keys sighed.

“Of course,” Tristan lied.

He cleared his throat, taking a step towards the lift.

“Well, it’s been a pleasure, but I do have to run,” Tristan said, backing away until he was at the door.

He opened it, backed into the lift and reached for a hanging rope before tugging it. A bell sounded downstairs. By now Hage had either failed or seized the bottom of the lift, but even if he hadn’t risking the soldiers was probably safer than staying up here.

“So eager to leave us, Tristan?” Lady Keys asked.

“Almost as if you had something to hide,” Lord Locke mused, thumbing his mustache. “Suspicious.”

Tristan tugged at the rope again. Twice. Thrice. What in the Manes was Hage doing?

“I thought you might need a moment alone with the…” his eyes drifted to Hector Anaidon, looking for a word, “… local fare. Light some candles and it could be quite the romantic evening.”

“You reek of lies,” Lady Keys accused.

“A hazard of my occupation,” Tristan lied, tugging at the rope again. “Mine is an honest soul, my lady, and I would never cheat beloved friends such as you.”

And, thank the gods and even Fortuna, the lift finally began moving.

“Tristan,” Lord Locke seriously said. “Did you cheat us?”

“Of course not,” Tristan said, putting a hand over his heart. “Here, you can even inspect the coin.”

And now here was the real gamble for his life. He tossed them the coin even as the lift began going down, just before his upper body went out of sight, and hoped he had made the choice that would not result in them ripping out the cables keeping the lift in place and send him tumbling a hundred feet down to his death in a wooden box.

See, the pair of them did not like losing. That was why he if he had kept cheating on the tosses Lady Keys would likely have snapped his neck. But they did like to be entertained, which he thought could involve losing if they still got a laugh out of it. So instead of trying to get away with the last time he’d cheated them, he gave away the trick. Tristan had not been lucky at all, with that last toss.

He’d just used Rhea’s counterfeit arbol with oaks on both sides so he could not possibly lose.

And just as the lift cleared the upper level, leaving him to look only at the tall brass wall and the long drop, twin shrieks of anger came from the room. An exclamation of ‘beloved friends’, and something that sounded like a curse on seven generations of the Abrascal. A theater of anger. Tristan’s shoulders dropped and he sagged against the railing, the tension bleeding out of him.

So they wanted to keep toying with him, make him empty his bag of tricks before they ate him. They’d come for his hide again, he was sure, but it was looking he’d make it through the night.

Sometimes that was the most you could ask for.

Hage was waiting at the bottom, leaning against the wall in the brown surcoat with a wide hat pulled back to cover much of his face. Whatever the old devil had been about to say, Tristan cut it short.

“Locke and Keys are up there,” he flatly said. “Time to get out, Hage.”

The old devil was instantly alert.

“They let you leave?”

“I tricked them in a way they liked but who knows how long that’ll keep,” Tristan grunted, striding out of the cage. “Move.”

He did not ask what had happened to the guards who would have kept an eye on the lift, hurrying towards their designated escape path – a room to the east which had a window that led right onto a smaller rooftop if you leaped right.

“Anaidon?” Hage asked.

“They snapped his neck before he could tell me something important,” he grunted back. “He still had time to imply the cult might be playing both sides for some greater purpose, though.”

Leaving proved less difficult than expected, in no small part because it was evening and most of the mercenaries were abed. Hage picked the lock on the room they had chosen and moments later Tristan was leaping across to the smaller rooftop. The old devil was not far behind, light-footed as a cat, and they disappeared into the night. The basileias did not patrol the streets as much, come night, and when they did their torches were visible from afar. The Masks returned to the basement without incident.

They methodically cleaned up all traces of their presence, Sakkas still gone with the wind while Mephistofeline was stashed in Hage’s packsack with only his head peeking out curiously. He did not seem to mind this, purring loudly.

“We should move before the corpse is discovered,” Hage said. “There are paths that will let us slip around the streets the basileias keep an eye on, I will-”

Whatever it had been the old devil was about to say, it was interrupted by ringing bells and shouting. Sharing a look they crept back to the surface for a look, and what they found gave them pause. The hideout was aflame, fire already licking its way up the tower as the warehouse levels burned bright and panicked men tried to organize a daisy chain of water buckets.

“That,” Tristan murmured, “is one way to get rid of the evidence, I suppose.”

“They didn’t do that for one dead noble, boy,” Hage said. “They set fire to the anthill so the ants would swarm around it: they are forcing us off the streets.”

Because, the Mask grasped, the fire would draw every rebel and criminal in the ward to the few city blocks around here and so there could be no sneaking back into the city proper.

“They are slowing us down,” Tristan murmured.

Hage nodded.

“We stay in the basement for now,” he said. “Better to wait it out than risk sneaking through, even if that is what they want.”

The devil sighed.

“I suppose we can share a carriage back to Black House in the morning,” he allowed, as if he wasn’t going to pay for it with Tristan’s own silver.

“Very kind of you, sir,” Tristan drawled, “but I have another visit I must make first. I have a supply stash in the city, I must check on.”

Hage’s brow rose.

“You will not be returning to Black House first?”

“I have some loose ends to tie up,” Tristan vaguely replied.

He needed to check on his poison stocks and his preparations around the Nineteenth’s safehouse. He’d had it all in place to make his move when the magnates decided he would make a better hostage instead. The old devil cocked his head to the side.

“The Nineteenth,” he said.

Tristan swallowed, smoothed away his fear.

“I am investigating them, yes,” he said.

“Investigating. Is that what you would call it?” Hage asked.

“What else would I?” he pleasantly smiled.

The devil only hummed.

“Report to Black House first,” the devil ordered.

He gritted his teeth, but arguing with Hage was a losing proposition. It was not clear how high up the creature was in the Krypteia’s ranks, but that he stood higher than Tristan was certain.

“As you say,” Tristan grunted.

In and out in an hour, he thought. Leaving a written report if the others were busy would make a decent excuse. Song would be miffed and Maryam would berate him, but he’d pay his dues when he had finished the necessary work.

“Good,” the old devil said. “Then, as a reward for your performance tonight, here is a tidbit of interest: their entire brigade will be at their safehouse at the sixth hour of the evening. They reported a breakthrough in their investigation and have borrowed certain machinery from our Lordsport facilities as well as given warning of a planned aether disturbance. Here is a list of the goods.”

The thief’s fingers clenched. It was deeply unpleasant, feeling as thoroughly seen through as he tended to around Hage. And now that he had been given this, he must genuinely report to Song or he would not be returning the favor the devil had just done him – and thus be in his debt. Tristan did not want to be in any devil’s debt, much less this one’s. He took the offered paper.

“Thank you,” he stiffly replied.

He opened it, frowning at the contents. Aether pump. Tensile barometer.

“What’s ‘perfect culm’?” Tristan asked.

“Fuel,” Hage said. “And not the natural kind.”

“They’re up to something,” he muttered. “Izel Coyac is a tinker, they’re making some sort of device.”

“I believe their plan is to draw the god and trap it,” the old devil said. “So they might then display him as proof of a contract discharged.”

“And that would work?” he asked, skeptical.

“Their Deuteronomicon boy is, at least, using the correct time of the day for the ritual,” he said. “Though by their choice of devices, I expect they are either trying to shove the entity into the prison layer or to bind it to their service.”

Tristan stilled. If they got their hands on that remnant god, there was one obvious target for them to use it on.

“Duly noted,” he croaked out.

He turned a clean pair of heels, eager to return to the basement and show his back to those prying eyes, only to slow when Hage’s voice resounded.

“Tristan.”

He turned, finding the devil’s face gone slack. The shell had no expression at all, like a puppet laid to rest.

“The Krypteia,” Hage said, “does not deal in laws. We deal in necessity. It does not do to forget this.”

The Krypteia allows other blackcloaks to put a bounty of my head, Tristan thought. Allows other students to attempt to collect on it. He did much care what the Krypteia was meant to deal in.

Abuela’s teachings were clear: no loose ends.

Chapter 65

On the fourth morning of his captivity, Tristan Abrascal began the plan.

It was quiet, despite Rhea’s attempt to welch. All it took was beginning to raise his voice while speaking of cards in sleeves and she folded, leaving him to disappear into the crowd and then past it. The thief lay back against the warehouse wall, eyes on the cramped tables where hostages were tearing through breakfast in rotations of thirty.  Patiently he watched, chewing on the old black bread he’d swiped on his way through. Taking his time. If he didn’t, he might just choke on this veritable stone he was wetting against his teeth.

“I don’t get it,” Fortuna muttered, standing next to him. “She’s bad at this and you stole the knife yourself, so why aren’t you doing it this time?”

The Lady of Long Odds had changed her dress again, going native. She wore layers of scarlet silk, a sprawling peplos dress like on old Trathekan statues, over which she had laid some sort of half-cloak pinned to her right shoulder by a golden brooch. A matching red shawl and tinkling golden bracelets rounded off the look, lending her a respectable air in an old-fashioned sort of way. Alas, long acquaintance with the goddess in question precluded Tristan falling for such a blatant misrepresentation.

He didn’t immediately reply, continuing to chew on his bread until one piece was wetted and mulched enough to actually consume. Only when he swallowed did he cover his mouth to hide a murmur.

“That is exactly why I told her to do it,” Tristan replied.

Both their gazes slipped past the pair of tables where the hostages crammed their faces with the fare of the revolution – mostly beans, but also some chicken – to the sprawl of bedrolls where an almost painfully shady Rhea of Tratheke was stealing a bottle of rotgut on Tristan’s behalf. That liquor would be smuggled into here was, of course, inevitable. Over a hundred people winning coin every five days with nothing to spend it on except gambling, held captive solely by mercenaries and merchant guards?

The amount of smuggling that’d ensued was almost obscene, though the mercenary officers at least had the good sense to come down hard on anything even vaguely weapon shaped.

Anyhow, finding out who brought in liquor had been trivially easy considering there were at least a dozen bottles floating around the warehouse at any time. Finding out who had bought some of that liquor had been slightly more difficult, given that the guards did in fact confiscate contraband if they caught hostages with it. Drink was shared with your circle, though selling out another hostage would see you made a pariah – as some had learned the hard way.

The trick was to look for sudden changes in popularity. When a sullen prick like Heavy Halia became everyone’s favorite friend overnight it meant there was something in her pack, in this case an old wine jug filled with firewater. Tristan ought to know, he had gone and checked during the night.

“Shit,” Fortuna muttered, leaning forward. “That mercenary saw her, Tristan.”

The thief broke off another piece of mollified black bread, swallowing it. Terrible, terrible bread this. He’d eaten loafs with sawdust cut into the flour that were easier on the gullet.

Finally.”

The tall, broad-shouldered man in a brown surcoat currently clearing his throat at a teary-eyed Rhea was called Karolos. He had the morning shift every odd day and always stood in the same cornerwhcih meant arranging for him to catch c Rhea red-handed had been trivially easy. His sacrificial lamb’s sole trick, getting weepy, did not do much when Karolos caught her removing a wine jug from a bedroll. Despite her protestations that it was ‘medicinal, for her cough’, the mercenary confiscated the jug and sent her off with a stern warning.

Nothing more, though, even though Karolos was known to lightly justify a heavy hand on the hostages. That, too, had been predicted: after all, if he made a fuss he’d have to hand over the jug to his captain and that wasn’t what he wanted to do with it. It’d helped when planning this to be mostly certain that no punishment would be dealt out to his pasty, meaning the risks of her trying to turn it around on him were minimal.

Tristan had come down to a third of the bread by the time Rhea slunk up to him, already prepared to cry. The cheat, well aware that he still had her over a barrel and she had failed to accomplish the favor he’d called in as payment, put on her most pitiful face.

“I did all I could,” Rhea pleaded. “Only the man had eyes like a hawk and greedy, greedy hands. Now he’ll keep an eye on me, and if Halia learns I was in her pack-”

“She won’t,” Tristan replied. “But you’re right there’s heat on you. Lie low for a while, we’ll revisit this in a few days.”

“Of course,” Rhea happily smiled. “So clever of you, wise Ferrando. We must be patient, rush nothing and-”

“Run out the clock to the rising so you can stiff me?” Tristan drily asked.

“Ah, I think I hear another voice calling for me,” Rhea hastily replied. “Let it not be said I would ignore any friend in need.”

She fled under his amused gaze. Fortuna harrumphed in displeasure. The goddess disliked Rhea, no doubt because part of her divinity resonated with the surefooted uselessness of the mortal crook.

“She botched it,” Fortuna grumbled. “You should rob her as retaliation, Tristan. I’m sure she has more of those fake silver coins stashed somewhere.”

That was, in fact, quite likely. Having the intertwined oaks on both sides of a silver arbol was blatant enough a flaw Rhea would find it quite hard to pass those and she was just the kind of short-sighted swindler not to wonder why the counterfeiter was selling those coins so cheaply in the first place.

“I won’t,” he said, faking a yawn. “She did what I wanted, got the bottle in Karolos’ hands.”

Fortuna eyed him skeptically.

“Why do you want him to have a bottle of rotgut?” she asked. “He’s an ass.”

“Because tonight I will be going into the pit,” he replied. “There always two guards down there, which are sure to see me at some point while I climbed down forty feet of ladder. Now, I have a way to rid myself of one but I need that bottle for the other.”

“Karolos won’t be down there, the guards that work morning don’t work nights,” Fortuna sneeringly pointed out.

“No, they don’t,” he agreed, which took the wind out of her sail.

“What’s this about, then?” she asked.

“Wait and see,” Tristan replied, pushing off the wall.

He swallowed the last of his rocky black bread, squaring his shoulders. The first part was done, now he must see to the second and that would be… trickier, to the say the least.

His Tianxi acquaintances were no fools.

The first obstacle to sabotaging the cannons was that the artillerymen were almost obsessively watchful of the pieces.

As many of the dangers in using cannons came from continuous use, when the metal heated and firing shots in a row risked powder or other filth accumulating in the body, but even though the Tianxi rarely shot their bronze pieces more than twice times a day they were extremely careful with their care. Which was not unwise, considering that the Trade Assembly had sent them old cannons and there was no guarantee of quality for the foundry work.

Tristan had spent the last two days looking for an angle only to find himself repeatedly stymied by simple competence.

Could he clog the bore with filth or debris? No, the cleaning was always double-checked by another artilleryman. Might he oil up the wadding to mess with the ignition? The attempt was caught on the way in and the entire crate of wadding set aside for thorough inspection before any was used again. It’d be impossible to spike the gun with so many eyes on him – ramming a metal spike in the bore was not exactly subtle – and none of the gunners let him anywhere near the vent hole, the orifice through which the powder bag was pierced and the fuse inserted.

Struggle as he might, Tristan was dragged kicking and screaming to the conclusion that he would have to use his contract.

That was playing with fire in an altogether different way, not the least because if someone got hurt by the use of his contract the backlash would turn vicious. It always did, when the luck hurt someone. That and he’d rather not hurt any of the artillerymen, who had been largely pleasant to him after he broke through their initial hostility. And if they wanted to fight the aristoi, well, he took no issue with that so long as he was not between the nobles and the shot.

So it was with veiled nerves that Tristan pulled at his contract when, shortly after breakfast, the three bronze pieces were pointed at the back wall.

Breathe in, breathe out. Now.

Tristan released the luck immediately after pulling, barely leaving time for a single tick, in the hope that his price would pass as part of the coming accident – and it did, thank the Manes. There was a loud crack from the leftmost cannon, the breach half-shattering, and the four Tianxi manning it threw themselves to the ground. Before the thief could even blink, the fuse was blown out of the vent hole by a gout of burning powder wind.

He flattened himself against the ground like the Tianxi, which was the only reason he kept his eye. The cracked breech burst open, belching flame, and heated bronze shrapnel flew. A piece hit Ming in the shoulder, to the old man’s hoarse shout, and razor-sharp heat sliced just above Tristan’s left eyebrow. He hissed in pain, and as the spent powder charge billowed up in a cloud of smoke he reached for his face. Fingers came away red, the cut narrow but deep.

A strong grip dragged him up to his feet, Dandan patting him down with a worried look on that ever-severe face.

“Are you all right?” she asked. “Where you hit anywhere else?”

“I don’t think so,” Tristan replied, a little dazed.

His mind focused. Recalled what he’d seen and…

“Shit,” he said, turning. “Ming, are you-”

He turned to find the old man had taken off his shirt, revealing skinny ribs and spare chest hair. More importantly, Ming was also not bleeding in the slightest. He was laughing, picking at the bronze shards stuck deep in what appeared to be a wooden shoulder prosthetic.

“Battle Yun Shan,” he explained, grinning toothlessly as he rapped a knuckle against the wood in demonstration. “Kuril bastardos shot it out, had to replace.”

“Lucky,” Tristan croaked out, genuinely relieved.

He would have lived with the guilt. Wearing black, up there, he sometimes had the luxury of clean hands. Down here, though, he was just another rat. He would have lived with the guilt, yes. But he would live better without.

“You too,” Dandan grimly said. “That was almost your eye.”

“You man now, Ferrando,” Ming told him, seeming pleased. “Gunner without scar not gunner.”

“Don’t listen to him,” Dandan muttered. “He’s from the southern prefectures, they’re all mad. They think it’s a rite of passage to get mauled by tigers.”

“I think I need to sit down,” Tristan admitted, not entirely feigning it.

He was allowed that comfort, and duly kept an ear out for the chatter between the Tianxi. With a cannon blown and the manner in which it had broken hinting that the Trade Assembly had sent them something shoddily cast, the artillerymen were more than willing to call a halt to drills. They would not work, or fight for that matter, until their contracted right to be ‘properly equipped’ was again fulfilled.

Three cannons, that was what Dandan said the Tianxi counted as the strict minimum. They now had two and no inclination to do the magnates any favors.

The thief let out a long breath, passing his hand through his messy hair. If not for Ming’s wooden shoulder, he suspected the misfortune might well have slashed out his eye. There was a reason he was reluctant to use his contract near anything that could explode. But he had had what he’d come for, the second part of the plan: now the rebels would have to switch out the broken cannon, dragging it up in its crate before lowering a replacement. That crate would be passing through the guarded stairs, and that was his way out of the warehouse.

Now he just needed to get inside of it.

Sex was the solution. Not a thought that often occurred to Tristan, for whom desire was not much of an acquaintance, but sex proved to be how the pieces fit together.

Now, the thief needed to be inside the broken cannon’s crate when it was taken out of the basement and he knew he had until the morning to do it because he’d had Dandan’s gossip confirmed by several sources as well as his own eyes. Namely, the brown surcoat mercenaries were lazy and they always left the job of bringing powder barrels up or down to the merchant guards. Those guards only came for the morning shift, usually at five or six, so by four at the latest Tristan needed to be inside.

Which meant he had to get around the two mercenaries that would guard basement overnight, theoretically keeping an eye out for trouble though in practice they usually spent most of that time playing cards.

Even pulling on his contract as hard as he could, Tristan doubted he would be able to make it all the way down forty feet of ladder into an open basement and then have the time to cross the floor and hide before either guard noticed. His luck let him skew the odds, not fold them into a paper crane that then miraculously came alive. That and for such a deep draw the backlash was sure to be… unpleasant. He’d almost lost an eye this morning, he was not eager to roll the dice again.

As a boy he’d been more careless with his contract, a child with a new toy, but he’d quickly learned that using it was a crutch – and in the Murk, there was only one fate in store for someone going around hobbling. Fortuna’s gift was best used when things were already bad, to change his trouble into one he might be able to overcome instead.

Besides, there were limits to what the luck could do. He’d tried grand works as a boy, a few times, and little had happened. The backlash, however, had been matched to the borrowing. That falling roof had nearly killed him.

So to get around the guards, he had done the work. The first step was picking his moment, which was not difficult: the company hired by the Trade Assembly was not a large outfit, their shifts were regular and did not seem to change week from week. A few casual questions had given him the rosters, or at least the visible rosters. No telling what went on upstairs.

And tonight, after he broke the cannon, the two guards in the pit would be Marcos and Cymone.

Marcos was the reason he had chosen that shift in the first place. The mercenary had taken up with one of the warehouse workers for the Delinos, Phoebe, and Phoebe had admitted once or twice that they found it frustrating how hard it was to find the time to sneak off and fuck. That they couldn’t take their time or expect real privacy. So he had sown in conversation the seed of an idea for her to pass to her lover: using the night shift for privacy. He could not be certain, of course, but he liked his odds: if Marcos had an opportunity to desert his post to spend private time with Phoebe, he would likely take it.

That left Cymone as the key to providing that opportunity.

Cymone was, thankfully, a drunk. One whose habits were being contained only at the order of her superior officer – who had forbidden her to buy liquor, only allowing it with meals – thus implying an exploitable lack of restraint. At least out in the world. Down here, where liquor was a smuggled good? Handing her a bottle of strong liquor before the beginning of her evening shift would have been wildly suspicious, and left too large a trail that could lead back to him. A broken cannon, and shift in disarray and the man who’d handed Cymone the bottle went missing? Someone would figure it out.

Only, what if someone else gave her the bottle instead? Sex once again came of use, a turn of phrase he had deeply regretted using in Fortuna’s presence and since heard so many times the words no longer sounded like words to his ears, only a litany of regrets. Cymone, though of regrettable habits, had attracted the attentions of another mercenary: Karolos. His affections went unreturned, but that was even better. Made him more predictable.

It meant that when Karolos caught Rhea with a bottle of rotgut this morning, Tristan knew exactly what was going to happen. He was going to keep the affair quiet, confiscate the bottle and then offer the apple of his eye a gift she could not obtain on her own.

And since Cymone was forbidden to drink save at meals Tristan knew exactly when she would crack open that bottle. Knew exactly why the other person on that watch, Marcos, would keep his mouth shut about it.

And so everyone got what they wanted, Tristan Abrascal most of all.

The lanterns were put out, save the one at the doors and the bottom of the pit. The latter revealed the sight of victory: Cymone in her brown surcoat, a jug of firewine in hand as Marcos pretended not notice.

Now it was all over but the waiting.

It took an hour and a half before Cymone was snoring away the drink and Marcos had hurried back up the stairs to shake awake Phoebe. Within moments the lovers were sneaking off to a dark corner, giggling. Tristan breathed out, centered himself and took the knife he’d slipped under his cot. Not that he intended on any violence tonight.

Only one of the stairs was currently guarded, by a bored-looking man picking at his fingernails and a gray-haired woman loudly snoring. The other door was barred, the pair guarding it having gone for a meal. They would be back, though, so Tristan made use of the unexpected opportunity as best he could: angles and patience did the work, neither too quick nor too slow. There was a greater risk of waking up other hostages creeping by them than being seen by the mercenary, truth be told, so despite knowing his hourglass only had so much sand in it he did not hurry.

It would be difficult to make these ‘coincidences’ line up twice, he could not afford a blunder even should he go uncaught.

It took ten minutes to make it to the ladders, crawling and creeping and pretending to be one sleeper among many. Another minute waiting for the nail picker to be facing the wrong direction for even peripheral vision to catch his getting onto the ladders. Once he was there, however, he moved down swiftly. He could not stay in the open long, even with Cymone asleep. Fortuna was down there, keeping an eye on the drunken mercenary, so he kept his breath even and moved.

Halfway down the goddess let out a cry of warning and he froze. Cymone slumped against a crate, knocking over a pile of cards and splattering them over the floor. But though she stirred, the mercenary did not wake. Breathing out, Tristan hurried the rest of the way down.

His feet touched solid ground to a sense of triumph, but it was too early to celebrate. Skittering across the brass floor, he headed for the crates. As expected, the broken cannon was already packed away for lifting in the morning. The lid of the crate was nailed in, though only enough to keep it slipping off, and there was a line of red on the wood so the merchant guards would be sure it was the right one when they lowered the ropes.

Knife in hand, Tristan cast a look at the snoring Cymone to reassure himself and then wedge the blade between the head of a nail and the wood. He would have to be careful to leverage out the nails without snapping the blade, but it would have to do. There had been no hammer at hand to steal, the few down here carefully packed away by the Tianxi gunners after each drill.

“A gamble, but a measured one. It is an acceptable plan for a young Mask.”

In a heartbeat he turned with his knife blade pointed, only to find he was not facing an enemy but something altogether stranger. Half-naked in a brown shift that was more akin to sleepwear than his usual, Hage sat atop a pile of crates to his left with his impressive eyebrows raised. And there was a scent of… Tristan sniffed. Well, no need to ask where the devil had come from. He might have cleaned himself of the muck, but he still smelled like sewer.

There were advantages to not needing to breathe and being stronger than currents. Ah, one more reason to sleep lightly. It wasn’t like he had been in danger of running out.

“Sir,” Tristan replied, sloppily saluting. “Fancy seeing you here.”

“You paid for a dead body,” Hage quietly replied. “The Krypteia always delivers.”

“Guessing by the way you smell,” the thief said, “the defenses upstairs are solid?”

“Yes,” Hage unhappily said. “It will take months to scrub all the sewer out of my shell, Abrascal, and sometimes it never washes out entirely. I am debating an inconvenience fee.”

“Take it up with my captain,” he replied without batting an eye.

Any silver that could be pried out of Song Ren’s thrifty grasp was entirely earned, as far as he was concerned. The devil clicked both sets of teeth disapprovingly, then flicked a finger to his right – where Tristan had missed a large waxed bag lying atop a row of crates. About, the thief mused, the right size to contain a corpse. That would help a great deal if it were true. His bet had been that there would be enough time between the crate being brought up and his disappearance being noted that he would be able to make it out of the facility, but that would still leave him as sticking out in the aftermath.

No one would be looking for him if he was dead, though.

“Can you still make it look like an accident?” he asked.

“You are going to fall from upstairs,” Hage replied. “It will destroy your face, but your clothes will be recognizable. I brought a set for you to change into.”

“Splendid,” Tristan smiled, not unhappy to be getting out of his current set.

He was going soft, being displeased at a mere few days without fresh clothes.

“Now, I don’t suppose you might be willing to lend me a hand with…”

The old devil raised a hand, rubbing thumb and index.

“Fine, I’ll pay the fee,” the thief sighed. “I just need you to nail the lid back into place properly behind me.”

He’d been intending to only remove some of the nails and then squeeze through the gap into the crate, but having them properly back in place would only improve the deception. Well worth some silver, as coin could be earned back but he only had the one life to spend and they were hard to come by. Hage inclined his head in agreement.

“Should you escape instead of being caught and tortured, I will find you,” the devil said. “I established a supply stash close by.”

“I can always rely on you for encouragement, sir,” Tristan drily replied.

“Asphodelians were once fond of casting large bronze bull statues that were hollow on the inside, then heating them up under flame and forcing traitors inside to die in screaming agony,” Hage told him. “I believe the execution method is still used behind closed doors in some outlying parts of the island.”

A pause, a friendly single-teethed smile.

“Do you now feel encouraged to succeed in your escape?” Hage asked.

Tristan sighed. There went his nap inside the box, nightmares would likely give away his presence.

“Let’s get this over with,” he replied.

Hage was worth the hiring, at least: the devil plucked out the nails by hand and nailed them back in just the same. Within minute Tristans was comfortably crammed atop the broken cannon, the lid shut back over his head with just enough give air would keep entering. Within minutes there was a wet thump on the ground as a corpse hit the basement floor wearing his clothes.

It was half an hour before someone noticed the dead body.

As far as crates went it was not the worst he’d spent a few hours in, though hardly the best either: the broken cannon made for an uncomfortable perch despite the straw packed around it.

But he did not lack for entertainment, listening in on how the rebels dealt with finding Ferrando’s dead body.

It was Marcos who found it, coming back from his tryst. The still-drunk Cymone had all the blame pushed onto her, though she argued that the dead man must have fallen down from the edge of the pit and no one could have helped that. After dragging the dead body out of sight, coincidentally not far from Tristan, they went to fetch officers. Not just a mercenary one either but one of the merchant guards as well, for those were the magnate’s own men and so higher up the ladder of hierarchy.

Tristan’s false corpse was identified by the clothes and hair as ‘the Kassa boy, Ferrando’, followed by a quick discussion of whether or not he was someone who mattered. The resulting verdict was that besides having been taken under Temenos’ wing he did not, so the corpse was unceremoniously dumped in the sewer. It was agreed on that losing a hostage would reflect poorly on them to ‘Mistress Maria’ – presumably Maria Anastos, the magnate – so it was best kept secret.

The officers settled on telling Damon in the morning that his fellow Kassa hostage had been moved to another hideout to further his training in cannonry. There’ll be corpses by the hundreds on the night of the fighting, one of the officers claimed. We can add him to the tally then. Not a bad plan, Tristan considered, so long as no one talked.  Considering one of those relied on for silence was a habitual drunk, however, he had some doubts on the secret being kept unless the rising happened soon.

No one so much as checked on the crates, leaving Tristan to rest his eyes in packing of straw until the merchant guards came on shift and someone began tying up his vessel. He tensed as ropes were attached and pulling began, but the guards were careful – likely more to avoid breaking the crate than out of tenderness towards what lay inside. There was grunting and cursing aplenty after they dragged up the crate on solid ground, several men pushing it up on a wooden pallet where it was fastened with ropes so it could be dragged without damaging the bottom of the crate.

They dragged him across the warehouse, up the stairs and then down a hall. Several unkind things about the artillerymen and Tianxi as a whole were spat out, blaming them for the work, but even more venom was reserved for the mercenaries – who were ‘useless layabouts’ and whose captain should be lashed for the insistence that they’d been hired as guards and not laborers so they could not be asked to move crates unless a better rate was offered.

It took the better part of an hour for him to be lifted out of the basement and onto the presumed storage room where the merchant guards left him. Ear pressed to the crate he heard the door closing and a key being turned, but that did not necessarily mean he was alone in the room. He waited for a few minutes more, ear pricked for breathing or movement.

Nothing.

It was mildly tricky pushing up the crate’s lid without making noise, but Hage had proved worth his fee: he’d pushed down the nails at depths and angles that made it easier from the inside. A quick look around revealed a dark room, but Glare light was filtering in a few rays from a boarded-up window. All around where crates and woven baskets, though the room was too small to be the main storage for a hideout of so many men. Considering the few open baskets he could see were filled with trash like broken jugs and metal scraps Tristan gave it good odds he was in the base’s dump – though a dump for materials that were expensive enough to be worth keeping.

He slipped out of the crate onto a wooden floor, careful not to make the shoddy wood creak, and snuck to the door to press his ear against it. Breathing. There was a guard on the other side, or at least close. Best find another way out, then. The window he’d seen earlier was boarded up with thick wooden planks, but the work was sloppy. It was easy to find out why the shoddy workmanship had been allowed to remain: they were on the second story, at least fifteen feet above the street. Maybe closer to twenty.

He took the time to close his crate, cleaning up his trail, before going through the room for – ah, and there they were. A hammer and prybar, left on atop a crate near the window. Easier to leave the tools here than bring them every time you needed to open a crate inside here. The prybar was what he picked up, taking a closer look at the boarded-up window. Trying the wood and nails, he’d guess that it was going to give if he applied pressure.

It wouldn’t give silently, though, which brought him back the problem of the guard. Pressing his face to the window boards, Tristan judged by what he could see of the hideout wall – wood for this level, stone lower down – that he should be able to climb down without snapping his neck. Not quickly enough to avoid pursuit if someone was pursuing, however, which meant he’d have to be patient. He settled in to wait, though not before preparing a hiding place in case the door was opened again.

It was at least another hour before there was movement on the other side of the door. Whoever approached the guard stopped to chat and Tristan risked approaching so he might catch more of what was being said.

“-ess Maria said to treat them as guests.”

“Sure, they’re guests,” a woman’s voice replied. “Creepy guests. There’s something off about that man, I tell you.”

“Not our problem,” a man said. “They’re just here waiting for Anaidon anyways. I’ll be a pain to wheel them up all the way to the top of the watchtower, but they’ll be gone by tomorrow.”

“Fucking noble,” the woman cursed. “Can’t believe we have to let him in, peacocking around like he owns the place.”

“A small price to pay to have someone on the inside in the palace,” the man shrugged. “We’ll lose enough men taking Fort Archelean as is, let’s not turn down traitors.”

“This is why I can’t talk politics with you, Teo, you’re always so reasonable,” the woman sighed. “Come on, go get your grub. I’ll have a walkabout and then I can guard this tactically crucial hallway boasting both a storage and latrines.”

“There’s a whole cannon’s worth of bronze in the storage now,” ‘Teo’ amusedly said. “Lots of coin in that, if you know a smith.”

“Away,” the woman repeated.

There was chuckling, then the sound of someone walking away. Tristan kept his breath shallow, almost silent. The other guard, despite her words, was staying there.

“Come on, Lia, he laughs at your jokes and you know you’re not that funny,” the guard muttered. “Just ask him out for drinks, it’s not that fucking hard. What’s the worse he can do, say no?”

To Tristan’s mild amusement, ‘Lia’ then cursed and then stalked off. He bade her good luck in her quest, then got to work. He’d picked out the two planks that would be easiest to remove to make an opening, and though the first went off without a hitch the second splintered when he leveraged it out. Fuck. Well, so much for leaving no trace. He put the splintered plank into one of the baskets, hoping one of the guards would get blamed for it, then popped his head through the opening to get a better look.

About a twenty-foot drop, like he’d thought. And the street was empty, which would not last forever, so there was no time to waste. He did what he could to wedge the surviving plank back into place behind him, half-hanging off the window, but did not have the leverage to put the nails back in more than symbolically.

Or the time to screw around trying to do it better.

The only trouble climbing down under the Tratheke daylight was splinters since he was doing this all without gloves, but he grit his teeth and made it down to the stone of the first level, resting on the edge. He leaped down the rest, which had his knees aching but he managed mostly silent. And just like that, he was out.

Now, to find Hage.

The devil had promised to find him, and he did. Just in time, too, for the basileia hirelings of the Trade Assembly were patrolling the streets. Loosely, but even bored men had eyes.

Hage pulled him off the street into a gutted house, then through hidden stairs into a basement where waited two surprises: a packsack’s worth of equipment and a menagerie. Mephistofeline had made bedding out of a pile of likely stolen correspondence, the burial mound of fur and fat purring loudly as he crinkled stolen secrets. On the other side of the room, a bundled Watch uniform served as a perch for a happy Sakkas.

The magpie trilled happily at the sight of him, which the thief had to admit was rather endearing. It was a fine little abomination, it was.

Tristan went to stroke its soft head, getting a pleased warble, and pointedly ignored Mephistofeline – who meowed plaintively at the favoritism even though he had until a moment ago been pretending to sleep.

“They do not check the houses,” Hage informed him. “There will be no trouble so long as we remain quiet.”

He was back in his usual, high-collared doublet and hose with his neat little beret, but still smelled faintly of vinegar. Drastic measures had been taken to get the sewer smell out of the mustache, evidently.

“Understood,” Tristan replied. “Are those supplies for me?”

“The uniform, blackjack and poison box,” the devil said. “For anything more…”

“There will be a fee,” he finished with a sigh.

He took the time to change into the regular’s uniform Hage had brought him, pulling it all in place save for the black cloak. Tristan felt… stronger, with it on. Almost armored, even though it was nothing save black cloth. What an odd thing. The blackjack went up his sleeve and he checked on the poison box – his own and nothing was missing – before straightening and turning to face Hage’s expectant gaze.

“Report,” the old devil ordered.

He laid it all out, how he had been taken and how he went about escaping, what information he had gleaned during his captivity. Hage stoked at his chin thoughtfully.

“Anaidon is the piece that stands out,” the older Mask said. “Your captain’s current theory is that elements of the Trade Assembly were coopted by the noble coup, but the Yellow Earth’s involvement contradicts this. We are looking at two different coups, almost certainly, but…”

“Either House Anaidon is playing both sides with an implausible degree of success,” Tristan said, “or Hector Anaidon, suspected cultist, is involved with this rebellion.”

He paused, put his thoughts in order.

“Which also seems passing odd, considering the noble coup and the cult of the Golden Ram are essentially the same organization.”

“The cult could be attempting sabotage,” Hage said. “Or intending on using the Trade Assembly’s move as a distraction for their own.”

Tristan could believe the latter, at least. It’d be one Hell of a distraction for a mob of workers, sailors and mercenaries to take to the streets and ram themselves bloodily against the walls of Fort Archelean – expecting traitors on the inside to silence guns or open gates. The fighting would draw the lictors down to the fort, draw the Lord Rector’s eyes there as well, and then the nobles moved to seize the unprotected palace. There was, however, a problem with that.

“This Anaidon was considered high up the ranks of the conspiracy by the mercenaries,” Tristan said. “That means whoever they are must have rubbed elbows with the Yellow Earth at some point. I can buy them fooling the magnates, but the sashes too? The Yellow Earth would have gone digging for every skeleton in that closet as a matter of course.”

“We are missing information,” Hage calmly agreed.

The devil said nothing more, but then he didn’t truly need to. Tristan grimaced.

“I’m going to have to go back in,” he said. “Grab him for interrogation.”

“Song Ren has, in fact, been attempting to abduct Hector Anaidon for similar reasons over the last few days,” Hage said. “Only he went missing, as if disappeared into thin air.”

“You think Hector’s our mystery visitor, then,” Tristan said.

“I think that the chaos rising within these walls is all too organized,” Hage replied. “The thread that ties it all together is the cult and Hector Anaidon is likely to be a member of it.”

The thief hummed, then glanced to the side.

“My thanks for the help in getting out,” he finally said.

“Your plan had fine odds of succeeding without my help,” Hage replied. “As expected of Nerei’s student.”

The way he spoke the words, they sounded as much of an insult as a compliment.

“My false death keeps it all quiet, that’ll make a difference,” Tristan replied, then quirked an eyebrow. “Why did you bring Mephistofeline here, anyway? The neighborhood kids would have loved feeding him, I’m sure.”

They loved the cat enough to make him a little necklace of scrap metal sickles, after all, some obscure reference to an Asphodelian death god that ate bodies buried in the ground.

“Ah,” Hage said. “We had to make our escape when Locke and Key attempted to assassinate us.”

The thief stilled.

“They struck at the Watch?” he asked. “That’s…”

“Nothing new,” Hage said. “It would not be the first time they slew me, either.”

Tristan swallowed. It wasn’t that he’d thought of the old devil as invincible, but the thought that the funny little pair had been capable of killing him more than once was difficult to swallow.

“That they came for my cat, however, I take personally,” Hage muttered. “Though I expect they would argue that I started it by looking into their schemes.”

“You tried to find the infernal forge?” Tristan asked.

“There isn’t one,” the old devil replied. “I tracked down the source of these rumors, Tristan, and they began circling the capital only shortly before Locke and Key arrived. As if preparing the grounds for that very arrival. It is a smokescreen to obscure what they are truly after.”

“Which is?” Tristan asked.

The old man’s face twitched and there was a sound of clicking teeth and mandibles.

“I am still unsure,” Hage said. “They were invited by the Lord Rector, but they seem uninvolved in the plots infesting the court. That is… unusual, for them.”

“They didn’t seem like the type to leave trouble well enough alone,” Tristan agreed.

“They are mad,” Hage flatly said. “Quite irremediably so. Either way, I must remain out of sight lest they try for me again. It is poor timing, given how things are coming to a head in the capital.”

“The magnates will make their move soon,” Tristan slowly agreed. “By month’s end, I was told. Or is there more to it than that?”

Hage laid out the reports Song had been handing in while Tristan absented himself being a hostage, and the thief’s brow rose. The Obsidian Order had made another attempt at fulfilling their contract for Evander Palliades’ death and committed the tactical mistake of being rowdy at a party attended by Song Ren, with predictable consequences. Real stickler about heckling, Song, in the sense that she would stick you with a sword for it.

And now the other brigades were back, bringing with them talk of grisly rituals in the hills and hidden temples. Song apparently believed the yearly tests might be connected to each other, and Tristan was inclined to agree. So was Hage, for that matter.

“There is a greater work afoot,” the old devil said. “Asphodel is a powder keg that should have blown off months ago, Tristan. All these plots that are months or even years in the making, all slowly falling into place? Someone holds the reins here.”

“Seems like a lot of trouble, all this for a throne,” Tristan frowned.

Nobles liked to pretend there something mystic about nobility, but as far as he could tell nobility was mostly a matter of having enough steel and gold to kill anybody inclined to argue with your being in charge. If your family managed to do that for long enough inertia started to work for you being on top instead of against, and you got to paint a nice title over the generations of successful violence.

Taking the throne of Asphodel might not be as simple as putting a bullet in Evander Palliades’ overly haired head, but it certainly wasn’t as complicated as the mess in Tratheke seemed to be.

“It does,” Hage approvingly said. “And that schemes remaining hidden for so long to begin leaking now is not coincidence. If the enemy were sloppy, they would be long caught. I fear that we begin to catch their tail only because they are reaching the end of the game and coming into the light has become unavoidable.”

“So I need to grab that Anaidon,” the thief grimaced, “or we’re going to stay in the dark.”

“Weigh the risks and decide, Mask,” Hage simply said.

Tristan passed a hand through his hair. Well, when he put it like that. Anyhow the thief had been missing for too long, he shuld bring back something useful to appease Song. His captain was reportedly doing her level best to catch up to Tredegar’s body count, best not give her an excuse.

He closed his eyes, considered the approach.

“I can’t grab him on the lower levels,” Tristan said. “Too many ways for that to go wrong. I might, however, be able to ambush him up in the tower where he’s supposed to be headed.”

He’d gotten a look at the entire edifice from outside, and it was impressive enough. The ground level, where he had been kept prisoner, was a typical large Tratheke building in stone and brass. The two levels above that, however, were wood. And from the depths of the building, near the eastern wall of the city, a tall but ramshackle tower led to some sort of chamber set in the wall. Not one that could be climbed by stairs, only by a hand-pulled lift that was essentially a glorified metal box hanging on pulleys.

“And how will you get him out?” Hage asked.

“I’ll need someone to work the lift for me on the way down, handle the guards there,” Tristan admitted. “I don’t suppose you’d do it for a fee?”

The old devil hummed.

“As Hector Anaidon is a figure of interest to the greater Watch, I will wave the fee this once,” he finally said. “I will, however, not involved myself beyond infiltration and working the lift to lower you.”

“You could help me carry him out you know,” Tristan peevishly said. “If it’s really Hector Anaidon I saw him back in the palace, he’s pretty heavyset.”

 Hage’s brow rose and Tristan sighed. For a fee, yes. Well, if he was going to get robbed he might as well get the most of it: he went to inspect the supplies. Unsurprisingly, there was climbing gear in there as well as weapons and thieves’ tools.

 “I’ll need the climbing gear,” he sighed. “How much?”

Hage answered, and Tristan stared at him for a long moment.

“This is extortion,” he finally said. “A full arbol to rent rope, pegs and a hammer?”

With a fee for keeping them too long, as well, which retroactively justified any and all wars mankind had waged against Pandemonium.

“Prices are set by the demand, that is the basics of trade,” Hage serenely replied.

If you were a devil, maybe. Although, thinking about it, maybe he could…

“I’ll take it,” he said, putting on a resigned look.

He put the gear in a pile, then made a show of reluctantly handing his silver. The devil cocked an eyebrow.

“Did you really think that would work?”

Tristan sighed and put the false coin back. Hage hadn’t even needed to look at the second set of intertwined oaks stamped on the side instead of a griffin to know it was counterfeit coin. Rhea had been right, the fake silver was difficult to pass. With genuine reluctance this time he handed a real silver, then his eyes drifted to the pair of leather gloves by the thieving tools.

“And these?”

“A silver as well,” Hage smiled, teeth and teeth.

At this rate he was going to leave the basement heading straight for a debtor’s prison.

“The leather’s not that nice,” he said. “Ten radizes seems more reasonable.”

He had a pair at Black House, that was the worst part. Not his finest one, he had left that on Tolomontera, but a nicer pair than this and he’d not had to pay a silver to buy them – much less rent!

“All prices are final,” Hage smirked.

The several unkind things Tristan was in the process of rephrasing in ways that wouldn’t result in added fees were frozen by the sound of a dry retch. He turned, as did Hage, and found that Sakkas was standing on his dirty clothes and shivering. The magpie twitched again and Tristan eyed it warily.

“You’re not sick, are you?” he asked. “I’m not sure I can keep Mephistofeline from eating you if-”

The bird’s jaw unhinged and it let out a ghastly retching sound, wet and raspy. The thief backed away, reaching for his knife, but Sakkas’ throat bulged and it began vomiting out… something, inch by inch, letting out that horrid noise. When the magpie finished he preened, hopping on his feet, and Tristan warily approached. It had thrown up a mass of leather and it was – gods.

“These,” he slowly said, “are my good gloves. Which I am very sure I left at the cottage.”

The magpie trilled affirmatively.

“The cottage that is back on Tolomontera,” Tristan reminded the bird.

The bird hopped on his feet again, trilling confusedly and perhaps a little plaintively.

“He is being very rude,” Fortuna agreed, though she showed only through her voice.

She avoided Hage even outside the Chimerical, though he suspected she saw it as punishing him by withdrawing her presence.

“Say thank you, Tristan,” she continued. “Do you know how hard it is to regurgitate a satchel that size?”

“Do you?” Tristan demanded, disbelieving.

“Perhaps not,” she airily replied, “but is it harder than saying thank you?”

Sakkas trilled again. Sighing, Tristan stroked the soft head feathers.

“Good bird, thank you,” he said, to a fresh bout of preening. “I’ll get you fresh plums when we get back to Black House, but we will also be having a discussion about this later.”

Sakkas trilled in confusion.

“I’m not falling for that,” the thief informed him. “Not after your magically vomiting an object several days of travel away by sea moments after I thought about it.”

Sighing, he squared his shoulders and turned to an amused-seeming Hage.

“I won’t be taking the gloves,” he told the old devil.

“Surprising,” Hage replied.

Tristan rolled his eyes, then set about picking up his supplies. He’d need to keep watch for Anaidon’s arrival, timing his climb correct, and there was no telling how long that would take.

Best get to work.

Chapter 64

On the second day of his captivity, Tristan woke to the sensation of someone briskly jabbing him in the ribs. He startled awake, eyes stinging, and found a dark-haired woman in a padded brown surcoat staring down at him. The butt of her spear was raised but a few inches above his ribs, ready to strike. Marcella again, joy.

“What do you want?” he groaned out.

“Good morning, Ferrando,” the mercenary brightly said. “Smile, I have good news.”

“You are getting transferred to the opposite end of Asphodel and we will never meet again,” he suggested.

“Now you’re hurting my feelings,” Marcella complained, cocking an eyebrow. “Perhaps I will have to remain silent after all.”

Besides him Fortuna, sprawled on the dirty floor as if it were the most decadent of sofas, let out a long yawn. Purely for effect, considering she did not sleep or tire.

“Do not be a brute, Tristan,” she chided. “Apologize to this lovely lady whose propensity for bothering you has been making this whole imprisonment business marginally less boring for me.”

Alas, flipping off the Lady of Long Odds the finger could not go unnoticed. He’d take petty revenge later by playing cards and calling at the first opportunity every single time, which drove her crazy. It ‘left no place for chance’, which was apparently the metaphysical equivalent of spitting in her soup. Marcella’s gaze, though, he met head on.

“Oh merciful goddess, forgive me my trespass,” Tristan said in his flattest, most lifeless tone. “I was only struck dumb by your magnificence, knowing not the words tumbling out of my mouth.”

Marcella stroked her chin a moment, as if assessing his groveling, then nodded in approval.

“That will do,” she said. “And buckle up, Kassa boy, you got your wish: the Tianxi need helping hands. You’ve half an hour to be at the ladder ready for work.”

“Noted,” he replied, sitting all the way up, then cocked an eyebrow. “Was the spear in the ribs really necessary?”

Marcella smirked.

“No, but it’s been a boring shift,” the mercenary said. “Have to get my entertainment where I can, unless you’ve alternatives to offer.”

He gestured rudely at her, which she laughed off while sauntering away. The Trade Assembly’s hired soldiers were keeping them all prisoner, beneath the paper-thin pretense of this being a ‘training camp’, but as far as captors went these were a cordial lot – likely owing to the fact that the hostages would be fighting at their side during the rising.  The prisoners only earned the back of the hand if they made loud trouble or tried to come near the stairs, otherwise the soldiers in brown surcoats left them to their own devices.

Unless they took to you in a different way, which he was not so blind as not to notice Marcella had to him. Her advances were currently limited to petty bothers and verbal hair-pulling, so Tristan had chosen to pretend ignorance. Less risky than turning her down when he knew so little of her character.

Rolling his shoulder, the thief took a quick look around. It was difficult to tell the time in here, though it was probably early in the morning – earlier than seven, since the commotion hadn’t happened yet. No one could sleep through that. Most of the hostages were still asleep, snoring away in their ratty cots, and the few lamps hanging from the ceiling cast weak, flickering light. Low on oil. It is later than I thought, then.

He missed Vanesa’s watch, the cold certainty it represented, but there would have been no good explanation for the likes of ‘Ferrando’ to own such a costly piece. Besides, someone might well have robbed it off him by now.

The mercenaries might be holding off on that sort of thing, but no one was protecting the hostages from each other and Tristan knew better than most what happened when rats were left alone in a box for too long.

And this prison was very much a box. Whatever the Antediluvians had built this place for was now a mystery, as time and men had wrecked the structure but what remained was straightforward enough: a large square stone warehouse with a low ceiling, its walls windowless and the gates to adjoining rooms bricked in long enough ago said bricks were crumbling in places. Two sets of stairs nestled against the walls led to a second level, mirroring each other on opposite sides.

Those stairs and the doors atop them were guarded by rotations of the mercenaries in brown surcoats and the occasional Trade Assembly guards, but there was another way out of the warehouse: the massive span of collapsed floor in the middle of the warehouse.

Something or someone had shattered the stone, about a third of the warehouse floor turned into a ragged hole rimmed by collapsed masonry and the occasional jutting rod of brass. The break was a little to the left of the room, so the right side of the warehouse floor was where most cots had been laid down. Even where the hole came closest to the wall there was a solid ten feet or so of room, though.

Still, fear of rolling over the edge in one’s sleep had about two thirds of the hostages bunking on the right side of the room. That side also happened to hold most of the barrels of water meant for drinking or washing as well as the two rickety tables hostages were meant to eat sitting at – in turns, as there were about a hundred and twenty captives while the tables sat barely thirty.

The left side of the warehouse had thus been assigned half a dozen chamber pots, some of which were even hidden behind a cloth curtain. Tristan had bunked down in the lower-right corner along with the other Kassa worker taken hostage – Damon, the warehouse man – mostly because sticking to the man was the best way not to be slapped around into becoming someone’s minion. Besides, his bedding was close to a stretch of floor that people liked to use for gambling.

He’d overheard quite a bit while pretending to sleep, though nearly everything petty gossip.

Leaning over, Tristan shook the man sleeping besides him awake. Damon of Tratheke was a tall and weedy sort who looked like he shouldn’t have lasted an hour doing back-breaking work in the warehouse of the Kassa family, much less the decade he had worked there. There was a sly strength to him, and surprising endurance.

“Ferrando?” Damon called out, eyes fluttering open.

He had long and delicate eyelashes, the thief thought, which felt as if they had been borrowed from a prettier face. On him they felt odd, like gilding on a spade.

“I have to go,” Tristan told him. “The artillerymen are trying me out, so I’ll be in the pit for who knows how long.”

The fair-haired man passed a hand through his hair, groaning as he pushed back his blanket and swallowed a yawn.

“Feels a mite unfair that I’m made to pay for you wasting your chance at a gun,” Damon groused.

Tristan rolled his eyes. On the first day the hired soldiers of the magnates had taken all the new hostages – there’d already been about seventy in here – below and made them fire five shots with those bulky, ungainly muskets the rebels had entire cratefuls of. Anyone who made three shots out of five was marked for further drilling with guns, everyone else told they would be handed a pike or a club when it was time to fight.

The thief had not wanted eyes on him so he had failed out of the musket drills on purpose, while Damon had qualified. Mind you, Tristan was not sure if he would have been capable of qualifying even if he were trying. The bulky guns the magnates had handed them were nothing like the sleek killing tools of the Watch. Their kickback hit like a mule and the powder used stank like rotten eggs, the latter hinting at an overuse of sulfur in the recipe.

Anyhow, that decision proved a mistake. The stairs were watched too closely by the mercenaries and after thorough investigation Tristan found there was no path through the bricked doors even where they’d crumbled. If he wanted to get out, and he must since there was no telling how long he would be stuck down here otherwise, then the pit downstairs was looking like the best way. Given that he’d passed on the easiest way to get time there it meant he had to go fishing for another opportunity.

To his relief, he hadn’t had to arrange an accident for one of the would-be musketeers as there was a superior alternative.

“I’ll be manning a bigger gun, arguably,” Tristan said.

“For lesser pay, though,” Damon smugly replied.

He’d wondered what the angle would be, when after the cheers died down at the rally the leading magnates had announced that about half of the people attending would need to head out to a hidden camp in Tratheke so they might be ‘trained in the use of muskets’. It was sound notion, given the heavy risks of leaks otherwise, but it had dampened the crowd’s revolutionary enthusiasm noticeably. Anyone not a fool knew such blatant hostage taking when they saw it. How would the rebels make up for it?

By passing the blame, he first thought, as the ringleaders let every crew pick their own ‘recruits’ and thus diluted ire by turning it inwards as well as inwards. Tristan himself knew he’d end up picked whatever happened – Temenos was too important and the twins spoke for the most expensive workers under the Kassa – so he volunteered instead of being told to go. It won him esteem enough that Damon was noticeably friendlier when they were sent to this hideaway, making it easier to stick to his side for protection.

Being ferried here with bags over their heads under the watch of armed criminals had failed to improve morale afterwards, but after that first drill separating the future musketmen from the spares the Trade Assembly revealed its path to earning back loyalty: earnings. A merchant guard speaking for the rebels announced that even while ‘being trained’ pikemen would be earning one silver arbol every five days and musketmen a full gold rama.

That’d rather revived the revolutionary flames, though Tristan suspected that the magnates were counting on casualties keeping the costs in silver down. Dead men were easy to stiff, and sending workshop workers armed with spears and clubs after trained soldiers like the lictors was going to result in more corpses than payouts.

“I’ll be standing further away from the people shooting back,” Tristan noted. “Worth the pay cut, I’d say.”

“Two silvers are a pittance, if you are to stand next to those death traps,” Damon opined.

He wasn’t wrong there. The magnates, perhaps aware that cheap muskets and pikes were not the stuff grand victories were made of, had more to their arsenal. Namely, cannons. The artillerymen handling those kept in this hideout were Tianxi specialists, a clannish band of foreigners who came down once a day to drill just before the scheduled racket then disappeared back into the upper levels of the facility.

Seeing an opportunity there, Tristan made inquiries. As it turned out the Tianxi were meant to train some of the hostages like the mercenaries were doing with muskets but there had been no takers for the job regardless of the bumped pay relative to pikemen: cannons were dangerous, and not only to the people they were pointed at. They had a way of blowing up in one’s face, especially the cheap ones. It did not help that the Tianxi were apparently rather unpleasant with newcomers, the few hostages who’d tried to apprentice driven out quickly.

Almost as if said Tianxi had a financial interest in not being replaced by cheaper local labor. An amusing turnabout, considering the Republics were infamous for flooding small Trebian islands with masses of their cheap workshop goods. Tristan was not expecting his tryout to be a pleasant time, but he would stick it out until he had what he needed. If anything, mistreatment would be a baked-in excuse to stop when he was done.

“There is no guarantee they’ll keep me, anyhow,” Tristan finally shrugged, then pushed up to his feet. “Cards later?”

“I have never seen a man love losing so much,” Damon grinned back, nodding. “I’m sure I will be able to rustle up a few volunteers to lighten your purse.”

The warehouse man was, in fact, very good at that. Even better was that said players tended to be warehouse hands from other trading companies, some of which Damon was already passingly familiar with. The talk that those games led to Tristan’s doorstep was not quite as useful as if they had been traveling men, but it came close: some of the other hostages had been here for more than a month and they were a wealth of knowledge.

Those games were how he’d heard about the Tianxi running out the previous takers, and how he’d gotten an idea of the layout of the rest of the edifice. There was a towering wooden structure built over the second story, apparently. One that lay against the western wall of Tratheke and needed a lift to reach the top of, rather narrowing down the possible locations of this hideout.

Useful knowledge, if he got out.

“Looking forward to it,” Tristan replied, rolling his eyes.

He stopped by a barrel of water to dip in a cup and drink, then by one of the meal tables to help himself to a bowl of the sludge simmering in a cauldron the mercenaries replaced whenever it ran empty. It was porridge, approximately, and hostages were allowed to help themselves to the contents at will – probably because the actual meals served twice a day were not particularly fine or large.

He went to splash his face from one of the washing barrels afterwards, and even took off his shirt long enough to rinse himself off – there was a whistle from what could only be Marcella, and some laughter from other guards. As ready as he would get, Tristan went around the edge of the hole until he reached the two large metal ladders that were fastened to the stone by iron chains nailed to the floor. Marcella was already there, and though she teased him for being early ‘like an eager pup’ she still offered to take him down immediately.

There was no reason to wait, so moments later they were climbing down into the depths. The basement beneath the warehouse floor was not so deep under Tratheke as it appeared, but a cavernous ceiling combined with the low height of the warehouse ceiling above made it seem like some faraway journey. Tristan, counting the distance between the rungs of the ladder instead of trusting his eye, established it to be no more than forty feet below.

The basement was, itself, not much to look at. A large room with a brass floor and a curved stone ceiling. The back bore a large door that must be unlatched by working a wheel, but it did not see use because the rebels had piled a kingdom’s worth of crates in front. Mostly cannon balls and guns, with some powder barrels, but also large boxes that must have been for the cannons themselves. The rest of the room was empty space, leading directly into a large channel of soiled water churning the foulness into a tunnel it filled to the brim.

At the source of that channel lay the likely reason the rebels had chosen this place for a hideout: a large, wheeled machine set into the stone and churning the water along. It erupted into hour-long stretches of the most horrid racket thrice a day at the same hours, all loud thumps and scraping steel. Between the sewage smell and the noise, it was no wonder the magnates figured they could get away with training men in using muskets here.

There were two mercenaries seated on crates near the wall, playing cards as they kept a loose eye on the situation, but his attention went to the three cannons in the middle of the room and the Tianxi tending to them. Three bronze pieces tied to carts, two large enough they would have fit on a warship but the third narrower and longer. Hardly siege cannons, these, or anything like the infamous Viudas Severas – the six massive iron cannons defending the Sanguine Port of Sacromonte, ship-killers one and all.

A dozen Tianxi in loose Asphodelian clothing stood around the cannons, speaking among themselves in their native tongue, and Marcella loudly cleared her throat in their direction. The chatter ceased, eyes turning on her and then Tristan himself.

“Here’s your student,” she said, gesturing at him. “Try not to run him out like the others.”

The dubious looks that followed as they eyed him were just a mite insulting. Quick chatter erupted between the Tianxi, a disparate lot that shared little aside black hair and the Cathayan look, until the tallest among them whistled sharply and gestured for Tristan to head towards the smallest of the three cannons.  There were groans from the two Tianxi handling it, an old man with skinny white beard and a middle-aged woman with her hair pulled into a severe bun.

Not the most auspicious of beginnings, but it was on him to turn that around. He found himself preempted for introductions as he approached.

“Ming,” the old man announced, tapping his own chest.

“Ferrando,” Tristan replied, doing the same.

“Feihan Ho,” the old man confidently repeated.

From the amused glint in the woman’s eyes, Tristan guessed he was already being hazed.

“Close enough,” he agreed, squaring his shoulders. “What can I do?”

“Ever touch cannon before?” Ming asked.

The thief leaned forward, touched the bronze piece and then turned a brilliant smile on the old man.

“Once,” he said.

He got rolled eyes in return, from both. They did their level best to run him out with plausible deniability after that, avoiding teaching him anything and instead sending him to constantly fetch and replace tools. Twice they sent him up the ladder to ask the mercenary officer at the stairs an asinine question, which was so transparent the grizzled old veteran actually shot him a pitying look.

Half an hour in, though, the pair realized they had to teach him something or their employers would complain. His repeated admission of ignorance in matters of artillery saw him informed that his lesson would be on loading ammunition, which was not simple as it looked.  It was not merely a powder charge and a stone ball, as he’d assumed, but also two different layers of wadding which had to be put in the right order before it was all crammed down securely with a ramrod.

The pair made him drill again and again, using sand instead of powder and nitpicking at every detail. Mostly the woman, for that. Her Antigua was better and Ming seemed to dislike the hazing beyond making sport of the thief with something resembling good humor. The more Tristan spoke with the old man, however, the more something itched at him.  As the middle-aged woman – who had yet to introduce herself – inspected his latest work with a critical eye he caught Ming’s attention.

“Caishen?” he asked.

Ming’s eyes widened in surprise, then he grinned toothlessly.

“Caishen,” he agreed, tapping over his heart.

He then added a fast-paced sentence in Cathayan that had Tristan squinting. Had the word for ‘boat’ been in there?

“He praises you for recognizing he is from the greatest city in the world.”

Tristan’s gaze moved to older woman, who had leaned back from the cannon to study him.

“Dandan,” she added almost reluctantly.

“Your name, I assume,” he tried.

She smiled thinly.

“Where does a Sacromontan like you learn to recognize the Caishen accent?” Dandan brusquely asked.

“I knew a man from there,” Tristan replied. “A veteran from the Long Burn who left for Sacromonte after the war. He’d lost most of his accent but not all.”

The woman’s brow rose and she addressed the old man in Cathayan, who looked surprised and replied in the same.

“Where did he fight?” Dandan asked. “For who?”

“He didn’t talk much about it,” Tristan admitted. “Though he told me he was one of the four thousand militia who charged across the field at Diecai. He fought for Caishen through much of the Burn, as I understand it.”

Diecai?” Ming repeated, voice rising.

He said something in a scathing tone, then spat on the ground. A Tianxi from the cannon besides them heard the words, repeating Diecai quizzically before getting an explanation from Ming, then spat on the ground as well. The word spread across the room and soon a dozen Tianxi between the age of forty to sixty were repeating the word with disgust and spitting as Tristan watched on in amused astonishment. Dandan cleared her throat.

“Nearly all of us fought in the Long Burn,” she told him. “Most as Caishen militia, a few in the Mazu raiding fleets. Diecai, well, it was a great victory but the militia was reaped like wheat.”

“So I heard,” Tristan replied, thinking of that look in Yong’s eyes when he had spoken of it. It was not the sort of thing you forgot. “Then the mercenaries took the day, nothing to do with the rest.”

“Thrice as many Someshwari died as we did during the rout, but that did not make the dead grow back,” Dandan grunted. “I was part of the army under General Qi as well, though I never made it to the battle.”

His brow rose.

“What happened?” he asked.

“I was with the artillery train and we lagged behind. The cannons Mazu sent us for the offensive were so heavy they kept breaking the cart wheels,” Dandan replied. “We only made it to the field three days after the fighting was finished.”

Tristan was no general, but that struck him as somewhat late to be of use.

“Mazu goodwill,” Ming cut in. “Sanxing? Wang ba da Sanxing.”

Something egg? Sounded like an insult, going by the tone.

“I’m guessing there’s a story there,” he prompted.

The more you talk to me, the more I become someone in your eyes. The harder it becomes to run me out in petty ways. Most people found it uncomfortable to be pricks to others unprompted, when they let themselves think of the other person as being a person instead of just a silhouette.Dandan sighed.

“The Republic of Mazu did not send Caishen the field pieces that were asked to match the ones used by Kuril, but at least the siege guns saw use against forts,” she said. “The Sanxing, however, only sent twenty of their new war machines called the jiu tie pao. Volley guns on wagons. These were… not popular with Caishen artillerymen, for many reasons.”

Ming mimed blowing up with his hands, then pointed down at his feet.

“Nine toe now,” he said. “Bastardos Sanxing.”

“Bastardos Sanxing,” Tristan agreeably replied.

He was slapped enthusiastically on the back, and after that the mood thawed. He was not sent on further pointless errands and they actually took the time to teach him properly. Ming remained much friendlier than Dandan, but she was now rather more willing to translate his enthusiastic tirades in Cathayan and even on occasion elaborate herself.

Tristan’s honest curiosity about how the likes of them had come to be tangled with an Asphodelian rebellion paired well with his professional duty to find out as much about the magnates’ rebellion as he could. Though wary, Dandan seemed to pick up he was genuinely interested in the tale.

“After the Watch forced a peace, Caishen went to the dogs,” the older woman told him. “The entire north was a wasteland and the Izcalli looted the westernmost prefectures down to the bedrock, which was bad enough even before the voting began.”

Pingmian should all burn,” Ming absent-mindedly noted while he cleaned the inside of the cannon.

Tristan choked at the casual use of the slur. He wasn’t sure what exactly pingmian meant, but whenever Tianxi sailors used it the Izcalli ones drew knives.

“To sit on the general assembly, a citizen must own land or property worth at least five thousand silver taels,” Dandan told him. “With the regions ravaged, the heartlands took advantage and stacked the latest round of Secretariat appointments. Then the Secretariat appointed their friends and kin as prefects over the broken lands and stripped the Ministry of War’s funds to fill prefecture coffers in the name of rebuilding.”

Thus putting those funds in the hands of their friends and kin. It was the same old racket, everywhere in the world. There was a reason Tristan was no friend to nobles but he was no confederales either. Power did not get any cleaner because it was handed down through votes rather than birthright.

“I take it the Ministry of War runs, well, the army?” Tristan asked.

From what he recalled the republics all had the ‘Eight Ministries’ as a functioning government, their ranks filled by those who passed the examinations, but the Secretariat was supposed to have some authority over them to hold them in check. Dandan grunted in agreement.

“Those greedy fucks bled the funds out of the same army that held against Kuril and the Sunflower Lords, saying now was a time for peace, and unceremoniously tossed the soldiers into the streets.”

“So you were out of a job,” Tristan led on.

“There are only so many border fortresses whose cannons need manning,” Dandan unhappily said. “They kept only the most experienced officers and I was younger then. Caishen was full of cashiered soldiers, after the Burn. A lot of them went mercenary, but I have no taste for that life.”

Tristan raised an eyebrow, gesturing meaningfully around them. What was this if not mercenary work?

“We don’t work for the merchants, Ferrando,” Dandan flatly told him. “We work for the Yellow Earth, who loaned us out. I’ve been training yellow sashes for a decade now, this here is no different.”

She paused.

“It’s better than taking pay to shoot cannons at fellow Tianxi under a mercenary banner,” Dandan fervently said. “The things I heard about the borders with Jigong after the Dimming…”

Tristan made a noise of understanding, feigned. He had never bought into sentimentality discouraging violence against one’s countrymen. Sacromonte was a beast that cannibalized its own every hour of every day in a hundred different ways – there was not a soul within those walls that was not, in some way, at war with the rest of those inside.

Dandan was the warier of the pair, so he didn’t prod any further and instead waited until she was distracted to approach Ming for his question.

“When fighting yiwu?” the old man mused, repeating the words. “Soon, merchants say. Days, week?”

Ming shrugged.

“Before month end,” he then added with a toothless grin. “They say no pay next month, cheap bastardos.”

The old Tianxi had evidently fallen in love with that one word in Antigua. He liked to work it into sentences regardless of whether it fit, often with more enthusiasm than skill. Ming had just given him very useful information, though: the magnate coup was to take place before the end of the month.

Considering it was now the fourth, that left twenty-six days. The rebellion was thus imminent, though with a little luck the Thirteenth would be well out of the capital before that fire caught. The difficulty here was that the magnates had been open about their intention to keep the hostages here until it was time to take up arms, which meant Tristan really needed a way out.

Yet despite his earlier hopes, the basement was not looking promising as a means of escape. Trying to get out through the sewage water was certain death, by the look of the churning current and how closely the water kept to the ceiling of the tunnel it disappeared into. He was not desperate enough to roll the dice and hope that the current would carry him to somewhere he might surface to and breathe before he drowned in sewage. Bad way to go, not that there were any good ones.

The back wall behind the channel was marked with impacts and burns from where cannons and muskets were fired at it, but it was solid stone and thick. There would be no punching through. The gate behind the crates might represent a way out if it led into a tunnel, but the sheer number of crates in the way made it effectively impossible to crack open discreetly.  Besides, there were always a pair of mercenaries down here during the night. Not particularly watchful ones, but presumably still alert enough to notice an hour’s worth of someone moving around heavy crates.

No, Tristan wouldn’t be able to sneak out on his own. He would need someone else to do it for him. The thief finished the drills, even standing by the smallest cannon while it was fired by Dandan once. It was after that he went fishing again through feigned worry.

“How many times will we be able to practice with live shot before the fighting?” he asked, putting on a troubled look. “Won’t the musketmen eat through the powder stocks with their own drills?”

“We do not use the same barrels,” Dandan told him. “Theirs is local. But it doesn’t matter, they’ll lower more barrels if they have to. It wouldn’t be the first time.”

Tristan made himself snort.

“A shit job for whoever has to strap the empty barrels on their back climbing that ladder,” he opined.

She shot him an amused look.

“You dumb, boy?” Dandan said. “They use ropes to pull them up, same way they lowered it all down.”

“Mercenaries lazy,” Ming added with a smirk. “Always wait until morning, let merchant guard do it.”

Oh? Now that was a useful bit, considering the merchant guards only kept guard until six, to plug a hole in the shifts caused by the relatively small number of brown surcoat mercenaries.

“You should have heard them whine when they had to bring up the broken cannon,” Dandan mocked. “You would think they were being murdered.”

“A cannon had to be changed?” Tristan asked, and now his wariness was not feigned in the slightest.

“Old shit bronze cannon, of course break,” Ming sneered. “They say better when fight, but who believes?”

“No one was hurt,” Dandan assured him. “And they changed it the following day.”

She gave a mean little smirk.

“They had to. It is in our contract we do not have to fight or teach unless properly equipped, you see, which means at least three cannons in fit state. The merchants in charge hate the thought of wasting coin by leaving us to idle, though they don’t hate it enough to send us proper cannons from the homeland.”

“Magnates bastardos,” Ming happily contributed.

Tristan smiled, changed the subject, and silently began nibbling at that little detail.

There was an angle there, he could almost taste it. He just needed a little more before he could make it into a plan.

Cards were the easiest way to get information.

Damon liked the Delinos siblings, so all it took was mentioning them in conversation for the warehouse man to decide on roping them in for a round of cards. Phoebe and Pollos were in their early twenties, both tall and stacked strong as befitting their years of work moving heavy crates around for the Delinos family.

Tristan eyed his hand, hiding a wince at the fact that even after two rounds he’d be putting coin on a high card alone if he raised. He habitually ignored Fortuna’s assurances that if he went all in he was sure to bring home the pot. Raising a single copper before drawing his third card, he proved fully justified in his habitual distrust in any promise of the Lady of Long Odds by the addition of a third card of a different suit with a mere valet of Staves for his highest value.

Damon won the round with a pair that narrowly beat Pollos’ own. He caught Phoebe’s eyes and groaned in feigned sympathy, getting a grin out of her.

“Do not put us in the same boat, Kassa,” she said. “I sometimes win more than once a day.”

“Admittedly, at this rate I might leave our captivity broke,” he noted.

“Oh, you just need to slow down a little,” Phoebe told him, the fair-haired woman then pitching her voice low. “Marcos told me there’s some kind of higher-up visiting this week, our… vacation might be ending soon.”

Marcos was the mercenary soldier Phoebe had taken up with, a middle-aged man the younger woman sometimes snuck off with during the night. Tristan was not sure what had drawn her to a man ten years her elder with a slight pot belly and a fierce beard, but admittedly he was no expert on matters of desire. It might have been the muscles. Either way, Phoebe’s lover was not above pillow talk and she in no way above spreading said pillow talk around.

More importantly, by the sound of it they were still involved and Phoebe seemed in no danger of losing interest. The lever that was that entanglement could still be used. Tristan counted the days in his head – Marcos would have the night shift tonight, the one down in the pit, but that was too early.  The next time should be in two days. Potentially enough time to get the rest of his affairs in order.

“The honeymoon ends at last,” Pollos drawled. “Whatever will you do parted from dear Marcos?”

“A honeymoon should have a bed,” Phoebe groused. “Or at least more privacy than the dark and a prayer.”

That complaint was not an infrequent one, though that lack of privacy wasn’t stopping her taking the man to bed any more than it did the rest of the couples that’d formed with other guards or between hostages. That complaint was, in fact, the very reason Tristan had wanted her in this game of cards. He didn’t even need to ask about the duty roster, given that it was regular and there were few enough mercenaries it was entirely predictable.

“Another magnate is visiting?” Tristan idly asked, putting on a show of rolling his eyes as he went fishing for the information mostly out of habit. “Gods take pity on a poor Sacromontan, I’m still learning all the names of the other ones.”

“A noble this time,” Phoebe denied. “I think the Anaidon are nobles, anyway. I heard them called a house once.”

Tristan methodically smothered any trace of surprise. House Anaidon, as in the same aristocrats who were hiding troops and arms for the noble coup? Or, he then thought, perhaps this was Hector Anaidon – the suspected member of the cult of the Golden Ram, outed by Song as having some sort of boon. Which in turn would mean the cult had some hand in this place.

That… he’d good as dismissed that possibility, seeing what he had seen. Was this not a Yellow Earth operation, propping up their Trade Assembly allies? Get out first, Tristan reminded himself. Then investigate.

“Why’s a noble on our side?” Damon asked with a frown.

“Must be a traitor,” Pollos opined. “There’s always a few.”

There was some grumbling, but nothing all that strongly worded. Few among even the firebrands of the hostages were truly arguing for every highborn in Asphodel to be shot, and he was hardly sitting with firebrands. Damon was the one with the strongest republican leanings here, on account of his mother having been hanged for poaching, and he claimed no real appetite for corpses beyond those of the sitting members of the Council of Ministers.

“Heavy talk aside, I would have thought your dalliance had time for a bed out of all of them,” Tristan said with measured nonchalance.

“What’s that supposed to mean?” Phoebe replied, already half-glaring.

He raised his hands to claim peace.

“Only that he always shares the night shift with Cymone,” the thief said. “Doesn’t she…”

He mimed drinking.

“Oh, she’s a drunk all right,” Phoebe snorted. “But their captain forbade her to buy bottles after she almost fell into the pit, now she has to do with what’s served with meals.”

“Poor Karolos,” Pollos smiled a tad cruelly. “His only shot there is if she gets enough liquor in her belly.”

“Pollos,” Phoebe chided him, but she was smiling.

Karolos, Tristan mused. Karolos. Rolling around the name in his memory eventually yielded a face. Another brown surcoat mercenary, a big man with a face like a bull’s and manners to match. Not liked among the hostages, for he was quicker than most with the back of his hand.

Oh, that would work quite nicely.

“Anyhow, sober dear Cymone remains so there’s no sneaking off to bend me over during the night,” Phoebe sighed mournfully, to the disgusted grimaced of her brother.

Tristan shared in the sentiment but hid it, and paid the price for his maneuver in the form of a veritable tide of bawdy jokes. Ugh. He had what he’d come for, though: the right angles and the right actors. That look in Phoebe’s eye had been considering: her lover would be hearing of the idea when they next met, Tristan would put coin on it. Now he just needed to deliver Marcos that opportunity to sneak off, and for that he would need a borrowed pair of hands.

Thankfully, he knew just where to get them.

After the midday musket drill the hostages made their way back upstairs, falling back into the small coteries that’d naturally emerged among them. The warehouse hands, the shop owners, the sailors, the traveling men. Once these settled, gambling sprouted like mushrooms after rain. Perhaps buoyed by his decent luck that morning, Damon had fetched the Delinos siblings again when they sat for cards – but this time Tristan had added someone on his own to the circle.

Her name was Rhea.

The small, twitchy woman sat to his left as they played a seventh round of Cacho. Rhea of Tratheke smiled a lot and she had the sort of guilelessly chubby face that incited trust in most encountering it. Rhea also cheated constantly and relentlessly at every game she played at. She was not even particularly skilled a cheater, Tristan mused, getting away with it mostly on account of being able to tear up at the drop of a hat.

Now there was an impressive skill, though. Crying on command was much harder than people tended to assume. Said cheater slapped down her cards with a triumphant smile.

“Cacho,” Rhea announced, revealing an eight, nine and ten of Cups. “Beat that.”

A groan from Damon, who threw away his valet and knight of Wands flanked by a useless two of Staves, while the Delinos siblings outright cursed and threw their own cards face down. Tristan eyed the smug Rhea with amusement, wondering how she would dig herself out of the hole should he point out he could see another ten of Cups tucked away up her sleeve. Not that he needed to put her down, for tempted as he was to let her win he was running low on funds. Time to refill the coffers a bit.

“Yes,” Fortuna hissed over his shoulder. “Crush them, Tristan, crush them mercilessly. And to think you wanted to fold!”

Clearing his throat, he caught Rhea’s gaze and flipped his three cards one after another. Six of Cups, six of Wands, six of Coins. Three sixes were the single strongest hand, beating her flush even though the ‘Cacho’ she had put down was the hand the game was named after.

No,” she whimpered. “That was half my savings.”

By which she meant half of what she had cheated her fellow hostages out of, Tristan silently amended.

“I was due some luck,” he shrugged as he picked up the pile of copper coins. “Next round, yes?”

“Please, let us dice for bragging rights instead,” Damon pleaded. “At this rate I won’t be able to afford the bottle of rotgut I sent for.”

“The prices are robbery,” Phoebe conceded.

To most everyone’s side-eye, considering she was sleeping with one of the mercenaries setting those robber prices. As Damon had requested dice replaced cards, but Rhea seemed disinclined to play those and instead approached Tristan with a pitiful look. Ah, good, that spared him the need to approach her. She sat close and leaned in, pitching her voice low.

“I don’t suppose,” she pleaded with a wobbly lip, “that you would trade me your coppers for my arbol? I cannot gamble with one silver, and my only friends here all play cards.”

He squinted at her. The mercenaries guarding them were entirely willing to split arboles into radizes if you ceded a part of the sum to make it worth their while. That made it sound like Rhea was simply trying to avoid that informal three radizes tax by having him change it instead, but that was too simple a racket. She was, after all, a cheat to the bone. There would be more to it.

“Show me the silver,” he said.

She produced a polished silver arbol, the intertwined oaks on the front almost shining. The coin looked new, he thought. Perhaps too new, and he could not help but notice she was showing him only the front.

“And the other side?” he asked.

She turned teary blue eyes on him.

“You really think I would-”

He snatched the silver out of her hand, ignoring her yelp and suddenly tearless eyes. His lips twitched when on the other side was not a stamped griffin a real arbol would have but identical twined oaks.

“Fake coinage?” he asked. “That’s a step past the cards up your sleeve.”

“It’s got the same silver concentration, I swear,” she pouted. “It’s just that the idiot counterfeiter stamped them the same way twice. I got them at a price that was a steal!”

Tristan rolled his eyes at her. He really doubted there was as much silver in it as a genuine arbol, given that the counterfeit coinage rampant across the Trebian Sea tended to see the most use in places where the lack of precious metals or general poverty meant Sacromontan coinage was worth more than it should. There was precious little of it in Asphodel, which was not all that rich an island on precious metals but was well provided in silver by the mines digging into the sides of the Nitari Heights.

“If it truly was good silver, they would have melted and reminted it,” Tristan replied.

The pout deepened.

“Well, I know that. I was just hoping you wouldn’t,” Rhea admitted. “You’re less of a rube than you look.”

“I didn’t say I wouldn’t take it,” Tristan mildly said.

Her eyes lit up.

“No takebacks or I’ll cry,” she threatened.

“I’ll take the silver,” he said, “but my payment will be a favor.”

“That’s open-ended,” she noted, face closing.

“You know what wouldn’t be open-ended, Rhea?” Tristan mused. “Your chances of anyone in here gambling with you again if it comes out you put cards in your sleeve and pass bad coin.”

“A solid counterargument, friend,” Rhea replied immediately. “I am entirely at your disposal.”

Tristan squinted at her again. Too easy, and long years in the company of Fortuna had taught to recognize the scent of utter insincerity when it was in the air.

“You’re going to try to avoid me until we leave,” he guessed.

Her eyes suddenly turned teary again at this ‘most unfair accusation’, which they both knew to be entirely accurate. He still made the trade, of course. A petty crook was exactly what he required and he could be mostly sure she would fold under pressure when the time came. Tristan had his pair of hands.

Now all that remained was the timing, and patience would deliver that right onto his lap.

“Consider a box,” Tristan said.

“No,” Fortuna replied without batting an eye.

For all her reflexive contrariness, she still leaned over his shoulder as he traced a square in the dust. She rested her chin against his shoulder, and it was an effort not to lean back into it. It was not real, Tristan reminded himself. And it would be noticed besides.

“That box,” he continued, “has only two exits.”

He marked either side of the square with an X, representing the warehouse stairs and the doors atop them.

“You’re wrong, though,” the Lady of Long Odds smugly said. “There’s two more exits down in the basement, the waterway and the big gate.”

“Which are respectively barred by drowning and at least an hour’s work,” Tristan said. “They are disqualified.”

You’re disqualified,” Fortuna muttered.

“Those two exits are watched at all times,” Tristan said. “Two guards at each door, two more down in the pit.”

“You can distract two guards,” the goddess reassured him.

“I could,” he agreed, “but those doors are locked – key around the neck of the office running the shift. It might be possible to arrange large enough a distraction to pick the lock before they notice, but I would then be running blind into the rest of the building.”

And while it was only a guess, he believed at least one of those doors led straight to the barracks where the mercenaries bunked. The brown surcoats changed guards for their shifts very quickly, which stood out given that they were not particularly assiduous workers otherwise. Proximity to where the barracks would explain it, and Tristan was a fine sneak but not so fine as to pass unnoticed through a riled up barracks.

“So we’re stuck,” the Lady of Long Odds pouted. “That was a lot of talk, Tristan. You could just have said ‘I’m a disappointment, Fortuna’ and left it at that.”

He flicked a finger at her face, which naturally went through thin air but still had her withdrawing from his shoulder and hissing like an angry cat before taking revenge. The thief was glad no one was asleep right now, for he would have looked like a madman fending off the void with his arms. After a truce was established, at least until Fortuna betrayed it remorselessly, he returned to the matter at hand.

“You are right, at least, that I cannot pass through those doors myself,” the thief said. “Which means I must have someone move me instead.”

“Fake sickness,” Fortuna advised.

“I asked Phoebe earlier,” Tristan replied, “and she said that Abran – the trader with the beard – had a fever on his first week. All the browncoats did was quarantine him on the left side of the floor.”

“Impersonate one of them,” she tried.

“I considered that,” he admitted, “but they’re too small an outfit. Fewer than thirty mercenaries, unless they’re hiding a great many officers upstairs. They all know each other’s faces.”

“The merchant guards?”

“It’s the same six who come every morning,” the thief grunted. “Even worse. No, I need to be smuggled out.”

“Hidden under what, someone’s skirt?” Fortuna laughed. “That Marcella girl might be tempted, but she wears trousers.”

“A box,” Tristan said. “I’ll be smuggled out in a box. I even know who will be moving it out of here afterwards. The problem is that I need to get into the box and the damn thing is down in the pit.”

“So how do you get there?” Fortuna asked.

“Night is when there are the least eyes,” he said. “More importantly, it is when they only keep lamps lit around the gates and down in the pit.”

“The pit’s where you need them not to be, though,” she pointed out.

“The lights don’t matter,” he retorted, “if there is no one to watch.”

“And how will you achieve that?” Fortuna asked.

Tristan Abrascal smiled.

“I’m going to give people,” he said, “exactly what they want.”

Chapter 63

Angharad went dressed in men’s clothes: hose and a doublet under a long coat with a tricorn pulled down as far as she could, her hair bundled up. There was no hiding the walking stick, but being let into Lord Gule of Bezan’s mansion through the servant entrance ought to keep most eyes off her.

As the ambassador of the Kingdom of Malan the older noble had been assigned large and luxurious quarters near the heart of the Collegium, the upper levels of the edifice a series of well-lit galleries of brass and glass that were as beautiful viewing from as viewed. Angharad, however, was not led to those salons and windows. Silent liveried servants bid her in then led her through empty kitchens and a well-stocked larder. At the end of it a heavy door needed unlocking and in the cold room beyond waited two men.

Lord Gule of Bezan was richly but comfortably dressed, in pale gray-and-orange silks with a hand on his sculpted cane – a length of smooth, polished sandalwood. That stick was likely worth as much as all the clothes on her back, Angharad idly thought. Lord Gule inclined his head in greeting, ushering her through the door with a simple gesture.

His attendant, stone-faced Jabulani, was seated on a stool with a slate and a stick of charcoal on his lap – an indication he was here as ufudu and not a servant, for none worth the name would have sat when their master stood.

“Lady Angharad,” Lord Gule said, putting his hearing horn to his ear. “I am pleased to see you again so soon.”

“And you, my lord,” she replied. “I know we discussed meeting anew after the feast, but…”

“But you cleverly made your way in using that orphanage opening,” the older man praised. “I take from your presence that you did find something.”

“The very device you sent me to look for,” she agreed.

“That remains to be seen,” Jabulani said, eyes unreadable. “I have questions. You will answer.”

Angharad swallowed her distaste at the lack of courtesy and curtly nodded.

“What pattern did the gilding display?” the ufudu asked.

She blinked. There had been no gilding, what did he – ah. He was trying to trap her, to verify if she had truly seen an infernal forge. Insulting, but the Lefthand House lived in a world without honor.

“There was none,” Angharad replied. “And this will be quicker if I describe the device instead of dance through your traps, so I shall.”

Lord Gule covered a yawn with his hand, or perhaps a smile. She described the infernal forge as well as she could from memory, the ufudu not interrupting, but it could not be so easy at that. He still asked further questions afterwards. Three, all traps, though this last one she might in truth have answered mistakenly had she not studied the device closely enough.

“The surface was so thickly covered with cryptoglyphs it almost seemed smooth from a distance,” she told the spy.

Jabulani slowly nodded, making a note on the slate. He then looked down on it, breathed in slowly and wiped it clean before exhaling.

“I am satisfied,” the ufudu said, rising to his feet. “Lord Gule, the matter is now entirely in your hands. I see no need for myself or the House to have further involvement.”

The older man nodded back pleasantly, and to her surprise Jabulani sketched the barest of bows when passing her on his way out of the room. Her brow rose, drawing the ambassador’s eye.

“Jabulani has a suspicious mind, as befitting a man of his duties, but he is not unreasonable,” Lord Gule laughed. “Infernal forges are rare and depictions of them almost as, so such a detailed description is unlikely to come from anything but your own eyes.”

“He did not ask where the hidden room is in the house,” she said.

Lord Gule snorted.

“Beneath it, no doubt, as are most in this rat’s warren of a capital,” he said. “Besides, we are…”

He paused, pawing at his silks and producing a golden watch whose ticking was nearly noiseless.

“Nearly running late,” Lord Gule finished. “He may have further questions for you, but a written account will be enough – and at a time where it will not delay us.”

She cocked her head to the side.

“Delay us, my lord?”

Lord Gule glanced at the servant still holding the door open and the man bowed before gesturing to someone out of sight. A young girl bearing a lantern offered them both a curtsy before stepping into the cold room, slipping past the izinduna and walking to the back wall to pull at what turned out to be a steel latch hidden behind stacked stalks of celery. Three latches slid to the side, one after the other, and then a door popped open. A hidden door, behind which lay stairs.

Again?

“Did you think I received you in the cold room to keep the hams company?” the ambassador drily asked.

Ancestors, she thought. Did every mansion in this misbegotten capital have a hidden passage of some sort? The lantern girl took the lead, gliding down the stairs as Angharad and Lord Gule followed. The older noble was in a fine mood, and a talkative one.

“Under the late Archeleans there was a craze of hidden rooms in the Collegium and the southwestern ward, which at the time was where most nobles dwelled,” Lord Gule told her. “They fell out of favor during the Ataxia, as they became the favored tool of assassins to enter mansions.”

Ah. Yes, that would tamp down on the enthusiasm some.

“But not this one?” she asked.

“It leads only to what I suspect was a room dedicated to concubinage,” Lord Gule said, “so they never bothered. Digging a passage from there to the tunnels beneath the city took my staff several months.”

No doubt more out of the need for discretion than physical difficulty, Angharad mused. The room at the bottom of the stairs was much as advertised, essentially a large bedroom though it currently stripped of any furniture. It also displayed with a gaping hole in a Tratheke brass wall, the presumed path forward.

Through there the lantern girl led them through a cramped tunnel angled slightly downwards, dug through stone and emerging into an underground passage not unlike a hallway. For five minutes they walked through the dark, until they emerged what should be… west of the mansion, at a guess, but far below? Water must be close, for there was a sense of dampness to the cool here.

Her suspicions proved correct, as at the end of the hall a smokeless lamp hung over a narrow canal of dark water. An even narrower boat waited there, tied to a ring of steel nailed into the ground. It had two seats and a paddle waiting across them. Angharad’s eyes strayed to a crate under the lamp, on which two brown hooded cloaks and two pairs of deerskin gloves were neatly folded.

“I took the liberty to prepare clothing for you as well,” Lord Gule informed her. “Though I’m afraid I will have to prevail on you to bring us to our destination.”

Angharad silently inclined her head, smothering her excitement. Hoods and gloves? There were only so many reasons for Gule to seek to hide their faces and hands. The cloak was of fine make and the gloves delightfully soft. Angharad stepped onto the boat first, taking the paddle, and watched as the servant girl helped the ambassador down onto the other seat before passing him the lantern and withdrawing.

“Forward,” Lord Gule instructed her. “Ours is the easiest of all the routes, a straight line to the shrine.”

There was a faint current to the water, headed the same way they were, so Angharad hardly needed to do a thing to propel them across the water. A droplet splashed on her face revealed, to her surprise, that the wet was not cold but lukewarm. Odd, given the coolness down here. The islet of light cast by the lantern felt fragile, but Lord Gule’s continuing volubility propped it up.

“The ceremony we are to attend takes place every lunar month – the Coral Moon, that is,” he specified. “While the red crescent can no longer be seen from Asphodel, it was above the island during much of the Second Empire and it is believed that in a century and a half it will begin to journey back towards Tratheke.”

Angharad nodded as if she had understood. She had never heard of the Coral Moon, and the few moons she was familiar with were much closer to Malan. Save for the Leviathan’s Tear, anyhow, which was the guiding light for sailing journeys to the western lands if you knew how to see it – which precious few save the captains of Malan did.

“Am I to take from the hoods that initiates keep their faces hidden even from each other?” she asked.

“To some degree,” Lord Gule replied. “The most prominent among the cult have long been guessed at, including myself, and to lead or openly participate in the ceremony one must reveal their face. The small nobles and officials clutch their secrets, but it is difficult to rise to prominence without ceding some hints.”

“So there are ranks,” Angharad probed. “Means to rise.”

“Not yet initiated and already so ambitious,” the ambassador teased, but he sounded pleased.

Angharad dipped her head, feigning abashment, but he only chuckled.

“Most of the society are mere pawns,” Lord Gule said, “and know nothing of the mysteries save a few signs to recognize each other and the promise of power to come. Your attendance to the ceremony will make of you an initiate, one who glimpsed the powers wielded but works under a head of the cult.”

A pause.

“I am one such head, and you will naturally be employed at my discretion.”

She did not hide her surprise.

“You stand high in the ranks.”

“Not so high as you think,” Lord Gule warned her. “The five heads hold great sway, but ours is a power earthly. We have authority because of means and influence, because we are needed for the advancement of the society’s schemes. That is, I fear, temporary authority. The true power lies with the priesthood, the officiants of the spirit, and their master who founded the cult and still leads it.”

Angharad hid her thrill. At last, progress! Learning the identity of that master as well as that of the mentioned five heads should see the Thirteenth’s contract to the throne discharged. There was finally a clear path out of the mire.

“He is known as the Ecclesiast,” the ambassador added, perhaps anticipating the question. “I met him only once and do not know his true name, for pains were taken to hide his identity.”

Even a title, now. The Ecclesiast. She almost rolled her eyes at the pretentiousness.

“Will he be in attendance?” Angharad asked.

“Such rites are beneath him,” Lord Gule scoffed. “His acolytes attend in his stead, priests one and all – though their priesthood is by virtue of the spirit’s favor and not genuine virtue. None I have seen would be fit to serve the Sleeping God.”

Though she did not turn, Angharad could feel the weight of his eyes on her back.

“I expect you will recognize some of those attending and perhaps be recognized by them in turn, despite our precautions,” the izinduna said. “Discretion will be paramount in this matter.”

She nodded silently.

“Good,” Lord Gule muttered. “We are nearly there, so mind your hood.”

Angharad saw nothing that separated the dark stretch of canal she was guiding them through from any other, but there must have been some mark for the older man proved right: the canal abruptly ended, leading into some kind of large underground reservoir. At its heart was an island, as if a cluster of basalt had grown out of the water like a mushroom, and atop that rocky shore stood a worn shrine.

It had neither doors nor walls, steps roughly hewn into the basalt leading up to driftwood columns holding up a large, thick square roof that seemed made up entirely of broken wood. Masts, oars and spears, shattered prows and painted idols. Dull, warm lamps were strewn all over the shore and inside the shrine. They cast the shadows of the small boats moored by the dozen and of the quiet assembly standing within the shrine. At least three dozen were there, in hooded cloaks ranging from vivid red to a gray so dark it came close to infringing on the rights of the Watch regarding black cloaks.

Angharad guided her boat to one of the empty stretches on the shore, wincing as she got onto the stone with uncertain legs. She was passed her walking stick by Lord Gule and leaned on it long enough to tie the boat to a thick figurehead of bronze and help the older noble onto the shore. They were late in the coming, she saw, but not the last: there were two more boats out in the water, torchlight heralding their approach.

As Lord Gule began the walk to the shrine, she lingered a moment to take a sniff of the air. Frowning she knelt by the shore, angling herself to hide her hand within her cloak while she took off a glove and dipped a finger in the water before bringing to her nose. It truly was salt water; she was not going mad. Was this place somehow connected to the Trebian Sea? She had been wondering where all the water of the Tratheke canals came from, given that no river fed the city.

Angharad put the glove back on and pushed herself up. Her eyes went to the driftwood shrine, and she wondered if there might not be another explanation for the waters here turning from fresh to salt. Powerful spirits, the elders of their kind, could change the world around them merely by being. The Golden Ram does not have such power, she thought. It did not even at its height. So who is it that rules here?

She followed behind Lord Gule, standing in his shadow as a retainer would, but under the hood her gaze swept the place. It was only a moment before she entered the shrine that she noticed it – a bit of pale in the roof of broken wood, easily mistaken for one of the painted idols.

A skull. A human skull, and now that she knew what to look for she saw others. Scattered bones among ruined wood, at least several men’s worth. She shivered and forced herself to follow Lord Gule without further delay, for already some hooded faces had turned her way. She came to stand by the izinduna’s side, among a line of quietly murmuring figures all facing the heart of the shrine: a polished stone floor, at the heart of which forged chains held down a single prisoner.

And that prisoner was not a man.

The Golden Ram, for what else could this be, was aptly named: a great horned sheep with a golden mane, twice the size of a warhorse. But though the sight of that spirit out in the wilds would have been a fearsome thing, down here in the ancient shrine it was… Sad, almost. It was bound in chains of forged silver and deep glinting spikes were driven deep into its sides, but Angharad could see it had been sick even before that.

The spirit was malformed, with a leg that ended in a stump and another shriveled like a twig. Its coat had the luster of gold, but rivulets of rust-like ichor dripped down from its wounds and peeled away both coat and skin with them. Its large, curved horns were fully formed but a wound had clipped one and broken it, showing they were hollow inside. Like empty shells.

The Golden Ram barely breathed; its eyes closed as it lay on the stone floor marked with a mess of overlapping circles that all surrounded it. Boundaries, she remembered from her Theology class. They would not stop it walking it out, were it healthy, but they would muddle and diffuse its power.

“It is no pretty sight, I will grant,” Lord Gule murmured, leaning her way.

“I have never before seen a spirit so misshapen,” Angharad replied as quietly. “Is it… healthy?”

She got an incredulous look from the ambassador and coughed into her fist.

“Beyond the obvious wounds,” she elaborated.

“Ah,” Lord Gule said. “Well caught. The spirit did not come to be in a proper way, I am told. Our fellows caught it as a middling thing, granting small boons and barebones contracts, and used the properties of the local aether to force it to manifest physically.”

They made cattle to bleed, Angharad thought, keeping her disgust off her face even under the hood. It was one thing for a Redeemer like Lord Gule to be indifferent at the sight before him, but that was not the faith she kept to. Evil done onto spirits was still evil, for all that their nature was not that of men.

“The society keeps to a greater patron,” she probed.

Lord Gule smiled approvingly.

“You will see soon enough,” he whispered back. “The taste of health we gave you is the least of it.”

He then gestured for silence, however, as the last attending had arrived. The last three figures hurried up the stairs under the silent disapproving stares of most everyone else, their body language embarrassed even under the cloaks. It appeared that even in murderous spirit cults punctuality was expected, Angharad amusedly thought. With the last finding a place in one of the rows facing the inside of the shrine, a hush fell over the assembly and even whispers died out.

The line of becloaked cultists in the back of the shrine parted to allow through another figure, one that did not hide her face and had Angharad stiffening in surprise. While the usual flattering dress and stylings had been traded for a simple cloth robe and sculpted bronze bracelets, there was no mistaking that face and figure.

“You who stand in the hall of the Odyssean,” Lady Doukas spoke in a resonant voice, “kneel.”

It took a heartbeat for Angharad to adjust to the sight of the flirtatious lady Tristan had caught having a tryst in a closet during a banquet with the solemn priestess now standing before her. Long enough that Lord Gule tugged at her cloak and she hastily knelt by his side, leaning on her cane. Only when all had knelt did Lady Doukas speak again.

“The Cunning King receives your submission,” she announced. “All may rise.”

Angharad swallowed a grunt of pain as she did, having leant on her knees a little too much today. Still, there was no helping it. She had already learned much and the ceremony had yet to even begin. Sleeping God, Lady Doukas? The noblewoman had been one of the suspects on the original list, it was true, but Angharad had all but dismissed her. The admittedly handsome older woman seemed a lot more interested in bedding young men than anything conspirational.

Less so now, simply dressed but with a dim sense of power rolling off her in waves. It caught the eye almost like a naked flame, beckoning and searing all at once.

“We gather here beneath the lights of Tratheke to remember the original truth of Asphodel,” Lady Doukas said. “That which was forged in death can only through death be preserved.”

Only through death, around half the assembly echoed. Lord Gule did not, the way he stood beneath his cloak hinting at a certain distaste for the ritual. A Redeemer like him, Angharad thought, would find this entire affair to smack a little too much of religion. Spirits could be bargained with, but they should never be worshipped. In this, they shared opinion.

“There are none in this land who can resist the might of the Odyssean,” the priestess, for that was what she must be, told the assembly. “Behold before you the Golden Ram, a god chained and bled. Behold now the blade of the Cunning King, and how it carves even the divine.”

Lady Doukas gestured at cultists behind her and a pair carried forward a cushion on which rested the aforementioned blade. Angharad had expected a cutlass, the kind of pirate lord the likes of which Odyssean had been in life might wield, but instead what was brought into the light of lamps was a sickle. Bronze, with a dull handle but a gleaming curved blade.

She frowned. Since when was the sickle a symbol of the Odyssean? Much less one without any ornaments. Maryam had spoken gemstone eyes and the ancient spirit’s hoard of treasures, but never of such a plain blade.

“Let the daring step forward,” Lady Doukas called out, “and wield their ambition as a blade. Let the worthy come into the gaze of the Odyssean. Who will answer the call?”

There was heartbeat of hesitation, then a silhouette stepped out of the row to Angharad’s left. Another two had begun to move, but just a breath too late. The figure in a roughspun cloak of wool took two steps towards the smiling priestess, whose smile broadened when the man pulled back his hood and revealed his face to the entire assembly. Angharad breathed in sharply.

“I will,” Lord Cleon Eirenos replied.

Her heart clenched. She had hoped, even knowing now that his contracted patron was the spirit worshipped by the cult, that he would not be part of this. But the chance had always been slight.

“Honored be Cleon Eirenos,” Lady Doukas said, smiling in something like triumph. “He who stands young among you, but long in the care of the Cunning King. Never before has he asked favor, only giving faithful service.”

Honored be, the crowd sang back. The hooded attendant stepped up to Lord Cleon, offering up the sickle, and the young lord deftly took up the blade from the cushion. Cleon Eirenos was a huntsman, Angharad knew, and skilled with a blade. She did not believe him a cruel man by nature and when he moved it was with care and precision.

It still left an ugly taste in the mouth watching him cut into the helpless spirit’s side.

The Golden Ram’s flesh parted without resistance and the sickle’s blade came away red. After Cleon drew away Lady Doukas knelt by the bound spirit with a wooden cup and captured the fat, rusty droplets that bled. The Ram never even stirred. The priestess then raised the cup for all to see, smiling ecstatically.  

“Cleon Eirenos cut a god for his ambition,” Lady Doukas said, “and the god bled. Name now the price of the ichor, honored Cleon.”

The young lord’s face hardened.

“The life of Theofania Varochas, of the Meda’s Rock Varochas,” he coldly said. “I grant my share to the Odyssean, that he may share this death with me.”

Angharad tensed, for in the moment that followed wind billowed sharply across the temple. Lamps flickered, and on the air was the faint sound of screams and clashing arms. Only instead of the clean, burning scent of salt Angharad caught something like… rot? A sickly-sweet reek, and also a whiff of the smell of wet earth. She had to keep her hood in place with a gloved hand, and when she could spare attention again she saw that the sickle in Cleon’s hand was now bare of red and half the ichor in the cup was gone.

“The price was accepted,” Lady Doukas announced. “Death will find your enemy.”

The crowd exhaled, Angharad among them, and Cleon set the sickle back down on the cushion. He kept his hood down, as if disdainful of secrecy, and returned to the side. Lady Doukas launched into a sermon exalting the might and virtues of the Odyssean, but Angharad felt too sick in the stomach to listen. Never before had he asked favor, Lady Doukas had claimed.

Was this on her head? This ceremony appeared to be some kind of… death ritual, sacrificing ichor to the Odyssean to buy the death of one’s enemies in what could not be called anything but a form of murder. Yet Cleon, who must have known of this for years, had never before made such a sacrifice. Was it because of the humiliation Angharad had allowed to be inflicted on herself at the Eirenos manor?

She had known he felt trapped by his unwanted suitor, by the way the neighboring nobles were hemming him in, but to ask for that girl’s head was… She had attacked him first, Angharad reminded herself. Not by wielding a blade at him, but it was no less an attack to chase away all his potential matches and try to impose herself as a wife. It had all begun long before any Tredegar knew this isle, years ago.

And yet she could not shake the feeling it was her deception under his roof that had led him to this… threshold of decision. This mistake. Dishonor bringing only further dishonor.

But Angharad had her duty, and wallowing in guilt was not it. She must try to find if any of the other heads were in attendance, or even other priests with bare faces. She eyed the crowd carefully as Lady Doukas continued exhorting them, finding that while there were some matching cloaks like hers and Lord Gule’s none of the silhouettes under them stood out recognizably.

She could guess at gender from height and shoulder width, but only that. Perhaps someone who better knew the grandees of the court might be able to, but how might they… Angharad breathed in sharply, and sunk into her contract. She did not stay long in the vision, just long enough to take a long look at the crowd around her.

It would be enough to fix the sight perfectly in her memory.

There was a shiver of cold on the nape of her neck when she let the contract lapse, almost like the Fisher was laughing against the skin. An unsettling thought, and she was glad to that Lady Doukas’ sermon did not go on much longer –what followed demanded her full attention, stopping her from thinking too much about what that distant satisfaction that echoed truly meant.

“Only the chosen may stand in this holy place,” Lady Doukas reminded the crowd with a smile. “The most beloved and trusted hands of the Odyssean, those who will rule when the hour of our triumph comes.”

The smile widened.

“And that hour,” she purred, “has grown near.”

A breathless, excited shiver ran through the assembly. Even Angharad, who was here to see these traitors clapped in chains, felt a strange joy rise in her. A feeling like when the blade cut into flesh at the perfect angle, like… leaping into the dark and landing on solid ground. The reservoir had been still as a grave before, but now there was a faint breeze and she thought she heard waves lapping at the shore of the island. The spirit is here, she thought with dread. Or at least its attention.

“Our brethren in the rector’s palace have sent word,” Lady Doukas said. “At last our agents are in place: the throne is in the palm of our hand, and as soon as our soldiers are mustered it will be time to close our fist.”

Excited murmurs spread while Angharad’s stomach clenched. How long before the coup – hours, days?

“The Ecclesiast has spoken,” the priestess said. “On the night of the thirteenth, as night falls, we will take our rightful place atop Asphodel.”

The thirteenth of the month. Angharad counted up the days – they were currently the eighth. Five days. There were five days left before the fuse hit powder, before the knives came out.

Five days to get the infernal forge out of the city and put her affairs in order.

Maryam proved her theory within three minutes of walking into the private archives.

It wasn’t all that difficult to test aether elasticity when you knew how, which she did. It was only a matter of tricking yourself into feeling something while you felt out your own emanations with your nav, and she was feeling nervous enough she didn’t have to do any tricking. She’d been right: this place had to be the cork on the Hate One’s prison.

She’d not noticed when tracing a Sign here the first time because the local aether was so solid and stable it didn’t feel all that different from the barren emptiness of the rest of the palace until you looked closely. There was no give here at all – the amount of faith in Oduromai permeating the island of Asphodel made the cork so frightfully dense it felt like it wasn’t even there until you pushed against it. Maryam watched the last of the archivists leave down the lift, the lights below go out, and took a deep breath.

Three minutes, that was all it’d taken until she had the answers she had told the Lord Rector she must come here to find out. The answer to Song’s flat question of how much this visit was about her desires and how much about her duty was left uncomfortable bare and in the open, like a dead fish on the shore. Maryam wrestled the thought down. She would take no lecture from Song Ren in this, considering the mess the other woman had in her hands. It was time to set the distractions aside and do what she had truly come here for.

It would be easier in the dark.

Captain Totec had explained it as an effect of observational solipsism, a reduction of the metaphysical impurities that came from the Material being observed by a lucent mind. It was a provable conclusion, measured and recorded and stripped clean of anything the Navigators deemed to smell of mysticism. The Akelarre wanted no uncertainty in their Signs or the principles guiding them.

Practitioners of the Craft spoke instead of sympathy, about the thinning of thresholds between world and Nav and how the soul-effigy became eminent by straddling is and could-be. It was an intuitive answer, meant to guide the mind along thought-paths that reinforced themselves. A craft of words to make craftsmen of those who heard it.

Maryam preferred to think of it as emptying herself.

To wield the Gloam was an act of will, whether that will was used to trace the resonant solidity of the Signs or to sculpt intention into act as the Craft did, but ‘will’ was not an absolute. It was a finite resource. Humans were animals, embers of divinity trapped inside beasts, and the beast weighed it all down. Will could not be made greater save by time and training, but the beast could be lulled into sleep. Drowned in the dark, where its savage instincts could not drag down the practitioner.

Darkness and silence let you empty yourself of everything but you, until there was nothing but yourself and the Gloam. And so Maryam Khaimov sat alone in the dark, eyes closed, at the heart of the private archives.

She sat neither high nor low, above the earth but beneath firmament, utter silence and the absence of light turning her body into a ship sailing a dark sea. Hours passed until a heartbeat was an eternity and the turn of an era but a single breath, the creeping teeth of the Gloam eating away at time until it was more nothing than not. She could no longer hear her own breath. Her limbs were numb and her awareness was a keel parting black waters, a smooth cut that left no trace behind it.

Her lungs exhaled, her lips blind to the passing of the breath, and Maryam traced a word with her nav. A Sign, consecrated syllables carved out from the death rattle of existence: OIDE

Imperial declaration of knowledge, complete and self-contained. Autarchic. That thought-path was meant to be looped, invoked at the begin and the end – knows she, she knows – but Maryam Khaimov was an empty vessel. She did not wield herself under the cannibal crown but made herself into the dark sea. Slick like oil, perfect and still. Reflecting the hidden thing facing her. Maryam declared that she knew, and so she did, for she was the mirror to secrets thought lost.

And as a mirror she reflected everything that the Cauldron was, thus knowing it fully for a single terrible moment.

She saw the harrowing disorder of it, ages of secrets and cheats and glorious lies thrown haphazardly into the confines with no thought to use or deservedness. Blood-drenched violations dripping onto the most mundane of crafts, terrified howls woven into braids with the laughter of children and tricks to delay sleep. There was so much, and all of it made sense but not in the same ways or with the same words, and it was all jumbled and jagged. A hand reaching within would be torn to shreds.

Then the moment passed and Maryam Khaimov fell forward onto her knees, loudly throwing up on the wooden roof. She could not see in the darkness, but somehow she knew the bile was black and would turn into shadowy vapor. Her ragged breath tore at her lungs, her very soul aching at the terrible magnitude of what she had mirrored – not even held, not even owned, merely mirrored! – for an instant. Her forehead dripped with sweat, feverish, but this was not mania. There was no joy in this, no heedless energy. Maryam was a rag wrung dry, not a pitcher filled to the brim.

“They raise them from birth to hold the Cauldron, you know? Mother cut corners. So very many of them, near the end.”

And there was the scavenger come to haunt her. As expected. Inevitable, really. All living things were beholden to the tyranny of their own nature, even a parasite such as this. Maryam pushed herself back onto her ass, the wood under her fingers slick from her own bile. The shade was seated by her, legs folded, like a friend holding her company. Maryam could not see in the dark but she knew that much with utter certainty.

“We already knew that,” Maryam rasped. “She told me the risks, that it might shatter parts of me.”

The Cauldron was not a thing lightly borne, but borne it must be: it could be bound to the skull of the last Keeper of Hooks for only so long before it began to fade. And it was useless without a Keeper, anyway, mostly indecipherable. Maryam had thought that because of the grand eldritchness of the secrets held within, the lightless depth of the whispers, but now she knew better.

It was because without a Keeper’s mind to organize the Cauldron the entire thing was just howling, senseless cacophony of screams.

A hiss, someone pulling away. Maryam opened her eyes in the dark, beholding light. A late autumn day in the burnt husk of an ancient forest, raised stones cracked by heat with their painted faces streaked in ash. A pit that fled deep into the belly of the earth, belching out a warm breath tasting of sulfur. And a young Maryam Khaimov, cradling her bleeding arm as her mother frowned down at her with a long silver needle in hand.

“Steady, meda,” Izolda Cernik chided. “Your will must not wane, no matter what comes.”

“It won’t,” the young Maryam swore.

The fear behind the words was obvious now, looking at the child. Maryam wondered if it had been as obvious to her mother as it was to her.

“It didn’t,” the shade said.

“Of course it did,” Maryam said, mouth tasting vile. “I was too afraid to lose myself, it prevented the joining.”

“Did it?” the shade asked. “We have the Cauldron. It was passed.”

“You stole the Cauldron,” Maryam bit out. “Stole it, you thing. That is not passing anything.”

Izolda Cernik wiped the bloody needle against the pad of her thumb, smiling as she traced a red streak across the bridge of the young Maryam’s nose, and it was like a convulsion. Seeing Mother like that again, blue eyes smiling along with the rest of her. She was not a handsome woman, Izolda Cernik, with mousy brown hair and a face that looked it had been carved by a journeyman. She had all the curves of a dead branch and teeth just a little too large to miss how they were yellowing. But when she loved you, when it came to the fore of her, it was like basking in the Glare itself.

Gods, Maryam thought, tears picking at her eyes.

Then Izolda Cernik batted at the air near her ear, as if chasing off a horse fly that did not exist. She looked out into nothing, frowning, then snarled at the empty air.

“Silence,” she shouted. “My daughter, mine. Be silent or I will wring your necks.”

A different fear flickered across the young Maryam’s face. That child had only been far enough down her journey to hear even the barest hints of the souls bound to her mother, back then. Maryam wondered if she had now grown enough she would be able to hear the words, to truly know that Mother had not truly turned into a violent madwoman who screamed at empty air and lost herself in thought for hours at a time.

“Mother,” the young Maryam whispered, tugging at her sleeve. “I’m ready.”

Izolda turned, face serious.

“Of course you are, meda,” she said. “You will not let me down.”

“I do not want to watch this,” Maryam quietly said, stomach clenching.

To watch herself fail again.

“Then why are you wake-dreaming it?” the shade asked. “My hand does not guide our nav.”

She had no answer to that. The preparations had taken so long, in her memory, but Maryam watched the ghostly scene pass in mere seconds. Watched as Gloam slunk out of her mother like a living thing, the gargantuan limb of a leshy reaching into the depths of the pit and plucking out the skull of the last Keeper of Hooks like a delicate flower.

“Look into her eyes when she gives it to you,” the shade said. “Watch, Maryam, and you will see hunger. I will never mistake that, when so much of me is made from the same.”

“She needed me,” Maryam bit out. “She prepared me as best she could, kept me from taking the oath to Mother Winter. I was supposed to succeed her.”

There was no good end to being wintersworn. It was not a gallant or beautiful thing, a daring deed worthy of telling.  It was fear and spite and hatred that had seen the hundreds by the river swear their death to the cause, their wriggling souls committed to the hide-bag of Mother Winter so that their deaths could be turned into a curse. A black thing that the dreadmost goddess would drown the invaders in should they fail.

Curse them and their children and their children’s children, forever until the last of those accursed lines had ended or the last of the sworn souls lay spent.

Maryam had been held back that day by the river, forbidden from taking the oath, because already Mother had meant her for the Cauldron. To inherit the sum of the Craft and bring about the spring in the wake of a great winter as the Keeper of Hooks. To renew the Izvoric, be the sprouts in the ashen grounds. She watched as her mother punctured her cheeks with needles, as gently as she could, and red trailed down.

Watched as Izolda Cernik bit her own thumb and… traced it on her own right eyebrow? Then did the same to young Maryam’s left. There was still enough of the mirroring left in Maryam to know that was wrong. That it added another headwater to the river trying to break the dam, made everything more fragile.

“Did she get it wrong?” she said.

“She had bound to her the souls of all the remainder of the Ninefold Nine,” the shade said. “Izolda Cernik might have been raving mad, but she did not make mistakes in matters of Craft. Not even there, at the end.”

“But she made the shape of the joining more fragile,” Maryam whispered. “And she didn’t know about you.”

I did not even know about me, back then,” the shade said. “How could she?”

“That’s how it went wrong,” Maryam said as she watched her mother press a bone-white skull against the young Maryam’s forehead, chanting words of power. “That’s how you ended up getting the Cauldron. I was afraid and it was fragile and you were there.”

She was almost grateful when the dream died with the last of her sentence. Spared the sight of her failure, Mother’s disbelief slowly turning into fear and then a dozen different thoughts as the other souls bled into her. The screaming as she tore up the sacred stones, shrieking in grief at what had been lost. Instead Maryam was sitting before a candle, and though her mind knew she was alone and in the dark on the other side of that false candlelight sat the shade.

It was wearing the same colorful robes Mother had that day, hair held back by a headband of thick colored beads. Still putting on a face that could have been a sister or a cousin.

“It was an accident,” Maryam finally said. “You didn’t mean to take it.”

“I don’t mean to do anything,” the shade hissed. “I was dreaming, unknowing, until you brought me to an aether well. And even then all I could do was what you threw away.”

Maryam swallowed, slowly stitching the details together.

“You tried to break the gift Angharad received from her uncle,” she said.

“How you hated it, that someone loved her enough for that when she did not deserve it,” the shade said, grinning toothily.

A thought she had pushed down, decided was unworthy of her. A dark impulse. The shade had first been seen at the chapterhouse when she had wanted to go but decided she was too exhausted, then seen out at night when she had been curious about the forbidden parts of Allazei but forced herself to set that curiosity aside. And when the shade had saved Song…

“You told yourself it was fine to leave her with Professor Kang,” the thing facing her completed. “But you didn’t think that, not really. You were afraid for her, wanted to check on her. And I cared for her then, because you were angry enough that you didn’t let yourself feel it.”

“But out here you do what you want,” Maryam said, “because the aether currents on Asphodel are unstable. They swelled you like they do the local gods. Made you more.”

“I was always more,” the shade replied. “You know that now. You felt it the last time you ate from me.”

The fear she had felt in the aether, the emanation that had not come from Maryam Khaimov and could thus only have come from the shade. Only a mere shade would not have been able to emanate that way. She was looking at a living thing. One, Song had forced her to admit, that she intended to murder to take back the Cauldron. Or at least some of it.

“You think that changes anything, that you live?” Maryam asked.

“Doesn’t it?”

“Piglets live too, and they are jolly little fellows,” the signifier said. “I still love a good cut of pork.”

“See?” the shade smiled. “You have to make me less, for it to be palatable. An animal.”

“Because that’s what you are,” Maryam hissed. “The ram I need to sacrifice on an altar to get the Cauldron back. To finish what Mother meant for me.”

“You know better than that too,” the shade said. “You saw it, how tangled up the knowledge is. If you keep taking bites out like you have you will make it even messier and the whole thing comes apart. Muddles itself irreparably. You can take what, a tenth? Then it becomes babbling.”

“No,” Maryam said. “I believe I’ll take half.”

The shade grew angry.

“You can’t-”

“You are part of the weakness,” Maryam told her. “Not a fit container, more than a skull but less than a woman. You are… too pliable, a waterskin that will rip when I drink too deep of it. But I can change that.”

She clenched her fingers. All this time, she had been so careful. Avoided what she was about to do, been so wary of doing it by accident. All that so she could now do it on purpose. As always the gods owned the last laugh.

“You called yourself a princess of Volcesta,” Maryam said. “I deny you this.”

“That is not your right,” the shade hissed.

“You called yourself the first and last of the Ninefold Nine,” Maryam said. “I deny you this.”

“Then who, you?” the shade mocked.

“You called yourself the Keeper of Hooks,” Maryam said, “and it is untrue but there is a bone of truth to the claim. You keep nothing, you are no steward of wisdom. But the knowledge is there inside you.”

She grinned sharply.

“I name you Hooks,” Maryam Khaimov damned her. “For that is what you are, the tyranny you labor under: to bite and be dragged but never be, tearing that which moves you.”

The creature shivered, firmed. Became something more.

“What did you do?” Hooks hoarsely asked.

“I made you into a person,” Maryam said. “And now that you are one, you can be my enemy.”

She rose to her feet.

“Grow your shell,” Maryam said. “Sharpen your bite and your tricks and your fear, Hooks, for I will return to this place when I am ready.”

Gloam boiled around her fingers, eager and ready. The stronger the shade became, the firmer its personhood, the more Maryam would be able to take from the Cauldron before it broke. And half… half was a tragedy, but it was still half more than she held in her hands today. The wintersworn had failed, in the end. The curse stillborn, Mother Winter slain by swordmasters.

Even with a mere half a victory scraped together, Maryam would still be coming out ahead of the rest of her kind. It would be enough, it was enough. It had to be, for what else was there? Leaving the Cauldron in Hooks forever, letting it devour her nav and condemn herself to being less until the end of her days? No, Maryam would not let herself be mediocre. She would not let herself fall behind, she would not let the Malani ruin her again from all the way across the sea.

“I will return and crack you open like a skull,” she lovingly said. “Drinking as much if my inheritance as I can before putting an end to you at last.”

“It would be murder,” Hooks told her, appalled. “You made this into murder by your own hand.”

Her fingers clenched until the knuckles ached. It didn’t mean anything, that Song had said the same thing. Of course her enemy would grasp at straws.

“Aye,” Maryam Khaimov agreed, “it will be murder.”

Like curls of blood in the water, she felt Hook’s plumes of fear spread in the aether.

“And this time, I will be right end of the knife.”

Chapter 62

Breakfast was barely finished when dread showed up in the form of three letters.

The first was little more than paper folded in the Tianxi manner, unfolding from left to right along with the reader’s eye. No seal, no symbol, not so much as a sender’s name. The Yellow Earth sent their summons, Song thought. Besides them, almost ironically, sat a small letter the messenger had waited in the courtyard of Black House to hand her directly. It was sealed in russet wax, a signet ring pressed into it shallowly. House Palliades’ heraldry, a crowned owl clutching a shepherd’s crook.

It was not the Lord Rector’s seal that had been used there but the personal signet ring of Evander Palliades, the implication licking at her cheeks with heat: this was private correspondence. A letter from Evander, not the Lord Rector.

The last of the three letters bore the black wax stamp of official Watch correspondence. That at least Song made herself crack open and read. Her solemn face soon turned into a grimace as not even work proved to be a respite: the letter was from Colonel Adamos of Stheno’s Peak, who sternly wrote never to put to ink any mention of the aether seal ever again. She was to burn this letter when done reading it. Moreover, the Thirteenth Brigade must remain in Tratheke until the garrison officer he was sending to the capital finished debriefing them.

A tossed off sentence at the end conceded, reluctantly, that since the Thirteenth Brigade was on a formal contract both her inquiries as to the god behind the Ataxia and Maryam Khaimov’s ‘disturbing observations on the matter of Asphodel crowns’ would be answered by the Savant officer he was sending south. Colonel Adamos even deigned to mark the dates involved, which…

He mentioned sending this letter around the island by ship and that ‘Captain Traore’ would be arriving a week after the letter, but his Savant’s theorized date of arrival was around the seventh of the month – in other words, yesterday. The letter appeared to be over a week late.  Odd. This was an important discrepancy to uncover, crucial even, so Song tucked away the letter in her uniform and straightened her collar. She was not putting off reading the other letters, she was doing important work that required her full attention.

Song locked the door behind her and left as quick as she could make her stride long without feeling like she was running.

Correspondence was handled by the servants of Black House, but there were nuances at play. While notable figures could send letters directly to the Watch residence in the city, most of the correspondence that reached Black House actually passed through three stations in the city that servants went to empty every day. Angharad, whose identity must remain secret among Tratheke society, received her own letters through an arrangement with the rector’s palace.

Letter intended for her were sent to Fort Archelean, the fortress at the bottom of the lifts leading up to the palace, and from there Palliades men carried them to one of the Watch stations in the city. Song’s first thought had been that the whole affair would look wildly suspicious, but apparently it was common for minor nobles in the capital to make similar arrangements – only their letters were instead brought by Palliades men to the temples of Khrusopos, the messenger god of Asphodel.

All it took to have your letters brought to you was giving your name and location at such a temple before paying a small fee, which reputable inns would do on your behalf if asked. Religious observances kept names and letters private, a surprisingly functional arrangement even Lord Rectors were historically reluctant to upset.

A letter from Stheno’s Peak, however, would have gone around that entire system. Mention of a ship had Song suspecting the letter must have passed through the Watch office in the Lordsport, and if the wagon from there had arrived early today its driver was likely still at Black House. She asked the servants about it and was directed to kitchens, where a stocky dark-haired woman was tearing into a bowl of stew.

She saluted when Song introduced herself as captain of the Thirteenth Brigade, rising to her feet, and when asked about the letter’s provenance was eager enough to talk.

“It came by the Salt Dog last evening,” the driver said, then cleared her throat. “It’s a merchant runner, ma’am, carries small goods. Dabbles in smuggling too, everyone knows.”

“The letter it carried for me is late in the coming,” Song told the other woman. “Did they meet with a mishap?”

“Word at port was that they ran afoul of Cordyles ships while swinging around the east of the isle,” the driver said. “Ol’ Triton’s boys wanted to come aboard and inspect the ship for ‘illicit goods’, but the Salt Dog ran for it. They had to lose the Cordyles by going through the Broken Teeth, it took them off course.”

Song politely inquired as to what these Broken Teeth were, learning they were a reef-strewn belt of coast favored by smugglers because sections of the ‘Teeth’ spared vessels with shallow drag but would gut something as heavy in the water as, say, a warship. The driver noted the captain of the Salt Dog could probably have bought off the Cordyles but had preferred wasting time to coin, hence the delay.

Song’s smile went a bit fixed as she thanked the other woman, leaving her to her stew after offering a silver in thanks for her cooperation. She was, of course, pleased to have so quickly resolved the mystery of the letter’s lateness. Why, she was rejoicing it had barely taken ten minutes. Perhaps tea was in order to celebrate that efficiency. Perhaps she should have that tea in one of the rooms on the first floor, to spare the servants bringing the pot all the way up the stairs where her room was, and-

“Captain Ren, a word?”

Whatever it was the liveried servant saw on her face when she turned, it had the young man flinching.

“Yes?”

“Captain Santos requests your presence, ma’am,” the younger man said. “Immediately, if you can.”

“I am at his disposal,” Song replied with an appropriate amount of enthusiasm. “Lead on.”

She was already on the ground floor, but it was still a walk: the signifier was waiting for her at the back of Black House so they went around the courtyard to find him. Captain Domingo Santos was a tall man of middle age, though his slouch made him seem shorter. The short hair was the neatest part of him, and his natural look was a sullen one. Song could never be sure whether it was her presence that displeased him or merely Vesper at large.

“Warrant Officer Ren,” he grunted out, then nodded a dismissal at the servant.

The young man scampered away as quick as he could. Well, the superstitious often feared signifiers.

“Captain Santos,” she replied.

He looked at her oddly, as if surprised, then snorted.

“You’re in time,” he said, then jutted a thumb towards the door they stood at the threshold of. “I sent for Sergeant Ledwaba, she should be arriving soon. I will interrogate her in there.”

A pause.

“Given that one of your cabalists is wrapped up in my investigation, I grant you the courtesy of sitting in on the talks.”

Song cynically wondered whether he’d been hoping she would be busy and made the gesture with the expectation he would not actually have to suffer her presence, but set that speculation aside. It had been a risk approaching Captain Santos with her suspicions and what she knew of the Ivory Library, given that some of that knowledge had been earned by Tristan torturing and summarily executing an officer of the Watch. A covenanter officer, at that.

But it had been a risk she believed she could afford to take, given the blank amnesty paper she had gotten out of Brigadier Chilaca. Should Captain Santos decide to pursue Tristan’s killing of Lieutenant Apurva, she had a way to get her Mask out of his hands. Not that Domingo Santos seemed so inclined at the moment. He had been pleased enough at the information she provided, though also inclined to try to keep her out of the matter as much as possible.

Her guess? Santos was trying to keep her name out of the final report and claim it all as his own work. Much as Song would have liked gilding the Thirteenth’s name a little by tying it to a second fulfilled contract on Asphodel, in this case letting the signifier have his way might be worth more. His authority here and now was more useful than praise in her dossier a few months down the line.

“Thank you,” Song replied, lowering her head.

She then lowered her voice.

“Although, I must ask, would this not be better undertaken in the vault beneath the house?”

Domingo Santos blinked at her owlishly.

“Why would I – Ren, are you under the impression I’m going to torture her?”

She coughed into her fist.

“Well not at the start, surely, but should she refuse to cooperate…”

The man sighed, rubbing the bridge of his nose.

“Covenanter kids,” he said, speaking the words like a curse. “Like handing toddlers a crate of grenades.”

He leaned forward, met her gaze.

“I am going to sit down with Ledwaba, offer her a deal and use what she gives me to dig up a name that actually matters,” Captain Santos said. “Not break out a fucking iron maiden at the first sign of resistance from the bottom of a conspiracy. We are the Watch, girl, not Izcalli candle-priests.”

Considering members of the Watch had tried to kill every single member of the Thirteenth – she counted Captain Yue’s experiment in the Allazei bay as attempted murder, considering how close Maryam had come to drowning – Song could not help but feel he had a somewhat rosy vision of what the Watch was. That or the Thirteenth’s own time with the order had been unusually sinister, which she grimly admitted to herself was entirely possible.

“And if she does not take the deal?”

“She will,” Captain Santos flatly replied. “She’s not a scholar, she has no skin in whatever game the Ivory Library is playing here.”

While not convinced Song saw no point in arguing, though he gestured as if to silence her anyway.

“Sit in a corner, be quiet and try not to kill anyone,” Captain Santos said. “That is the sum whole of what I require of you. Can you do that for me, Warrant Officer Ren?”

“I can,” she replied through gritted teeth, somewhat insulted.

The room on the other side of the door was a small parlor with comfortable seats, hardly what she would have chosen for an interrogation. As instructed, she sat on a chair in the corner and then waited as Captain Santos lit a few lamps and sat on one side of the low table in the middle of the room. Hardly a minute had passed before there was a knock on the door.

Sergeant Ledwaba was bid to enter and closed the door behind her. The Malani was short and broad-shouldered, scarred on her hands and neck with neatly done knots keeping her hair in place. Her dark eyes flicked to Song before returning to Domingo Santos, wary.

“Captain?”

“Sit down, Ledwaba,” he ordered.

She hesitated, then after a moment slid into the seat across from his. There was a pitcher full of water on a drawer by the wall but Captain Santos did not offer and she did not ask. No contract, Song noted.

“May I ask-”

“You got sold out,” Domingo Santos interrupted her. “Apurva named you as Ivory Library before he got…”

The Lierganen drew a finger across her face. Sergeant Ledwaba’s face went blank. Song kept her surprise off her face at both the bluntness of the approach and his false implication that Tristan’s murderous interlude had been at Captain Santos’s own orders.

“I have no idea what you’re talking about,” Ledwaba said. “The what library?”

“The Grinning Madcap,” Captain Santos said, then folded his arms. “Is your memory coming back yet?”

The sergeant’s dark face tightened just a bit when the name of the ship chartered by the Ivory Library was spoken. That continued gambit was only possible because Tristan had obtained the name and Song shared it with Santos, but at least it was being properly employed.

“The Ivory Library’s not a banned society,” Ledwaba said. “Even if I were part of it – and I’m not – it wouldn’t be a crime under Watch rules.”

Song cocked her head to the side. It felt strange, hearing a woman with Malani looks so blatantly lie, but then besides her skin tone and name there were no Malani tells about Ledwaba. She did not even have an accent in Antigua, or rather her accent was a Lierganen one. That swallowed ‘s’ sound was some dialect from the Riven Coast, wasn’t it?

“Trying to abduct a Scholomance student out on a contract is, though,” Captain Santos replied. “The hanging kind. Do they pay you well enough for a noose, Ledwaba? Because if you don’t bargain with me, that’s where you’re headed. I already have more than enough for that.”

Did he really? Song was not so sure. What he had was the word of a man who had murdered a Watch officer that said officer had confessed to a crime and named names. The only way for Tristan’s testimony to become more than his word against Ledwaba’s was for a truth-teller to become involved, which could take weeks if there wasn’t one at hand. Those contracts were relatively rare, and in even higher demand than sniffers besides. Only healers were more highly prized.

The air hung tense, the sergeant worrying her lip, then she spat out a few Antiguan words Song did not recognize. Definitely Riven Coast, the Tianxi decided. Some of that had sounded similar to hollow cants.

“No, they don’t,” Sergeant Ledwaba grunted, then spat to the side. “I want a pardon.”

“Hah!” Captain Santos laughed. “Fuck no. You get a black mark – sealed, don’t whine – on your record and a transfer to a sitiada posting. If you give me everything and keep your nose clean, when that tour is done your record will be purged and we forget this ever happened.”

“You might as well send me to the Bleaklands,” Ledwaba complained. “They’re still cleaning up the last of Loving Kiss revenants down south.”

“You shouldn’t have taken the gold,” Santos told her, unsympathetic. “Besides, it’s for your own good – you’ll be far from the Library down there. Too far for them to take a shot at you on the cheap, and you’re not worth an expensive vengeance.”

Ledwaba grimaced, leaning back to glance at Song. The silver-eyed captain offered her only ice.

“I should have known it’d end up too much trouble,” the sergeant sighed. “Fine, what do you want from me?”

“Names and a confession,” Captain Santos said. “There’s another one of you in the delegation, a higher-up. Who?”

“Lieutenant Shu Gong,” Ledwaba said. “I don’t know how deep she is in their little cult, but I know she’s not just a hireling like me.”

Song bit at the inside of her cheek. Shu Gong, really? She was a terrible spy! Even setting aside that near every merchant in the southwestern ward had robbed her, Song had watched that woman and she was a nervous, awkward mess. Song had once seen her flip her own breakfast plate onto her lap trying to clean up spilled tea. Either she was one of the most skilled dissembled Song Ren had ever encountered or someone in the Ivory Library had made a mistake.

“Who runs the plot locally?” Captain Santos asked.

“It was supposed to be Apurva, I was told I answered to him,” the sergeant said. “Shu’s in charge now, but she has no idea what she’s doing so she’s crossing her fingers hoping the Scholomance bastardinos will handle everything for her.”

And there we went, confirmation of the Nineteenth’s involvement. If that could be put to ink and signed, even should Tristan reappear accompanied by fresh student corpses Song should be able to keep him off the gallows. That was a relief, but she did not let herself soak it in. Do not count your chickens before they hatch, Song reminded herself. Nothing was on paper yet.

“Is there anyone else?” the signifier pressed. “The more you give me, the more is added to your tab.”

“I got the impression Chilaca might have been bribed to look elsewhere,” Ledwaba added after hesitating a moment. “But they did not tell me everything, I’m only meant to be muscle. I know the sign and countersign for the Madcap’s captain to take on the prisoner, though, if that’s worth anything.”

“It is,” Captain Santos assured her. “What makes Abrascal such a tempting target, anyhow?”

“No idea,” Ledwaba admitted. “I heard Apurva mention a report being leaked to the Ivory Library some months back, but the scholars were never chatty with me. Tight with the purse strings, too.”

That last part sounded a little like whining. Domingo Santos hummed, sounding mildly interested in the Library’s interest, but did not push further even though Song would have preferred him to. What he was truly interested in, it turned out, was putting out ink and paper so he could hash out the terms of a signed confession with Sergeant Ledwaba. He was friendly with the traitor, almost too friendly – suggesting phrasing that avoided implicating herself with graver crimes and striking out mention of payment so she could keep her ill-earned gold.

It left a sour taste in the mouth, watching it all, but Song kept her mouth shut. Sergeant Ledwaba deserved worse than she would get, but what she was giving them was worth much more than the temporary satisfaction of seeing her put up against the wall and shot. Within the hour, Ledwaba had signed the confession and the blackcloak strolled her way out of the parlor with rather more cheer than a woman in her position should be feeling.

Silence lingered behind her, until Captain Santos let out a long pleased sigh and leaned back into his chair.

“Good as finished,” the signifier said. “I will need to bring in Brigadier Chilaca before I arrest Lieutenant Gong, else he could stonewall me, but I wager that as soon as it can be done without the Asphodelians noticing she’ll be grabbed.”

“Good news,” Song said. “And the Nineteenth Brigade?”

“Ledwaba gave them up,” he shrugged. “As soon as I’ve shown the brigadier that confession you can petition him to have them all arrested even if they’re on contract – though he’ll want some kind of face-saving measure to be able to avoid telling the Lord Rector they were traitors. He’ll have to do something when presented the evidence, though, otherwise it breaks Watch regulations.”

“I am looking forward to it,” Song toothily smiled.

“So am I,” Captain Santos happily replied. “Finally I get to stop sniffing at everyone’s private papers and mark their belongings. I’ll be off this rock on the next ship, mark my words, and the Obscure Committee will shower me with gold and praise.”

He paused, turning to look at her.

“You made this much easier on me than it could have been,” Domingo Santos frankly said. “You might be a bloody-handed kid in covenanter boots, but this was good work and I’ll not let a good turn go unanswered. I owe you a favor.”

Silver eyes narrowed. Song had not dared hoped for that, but a good officer should plan for outcomes both foul and fair.

“There is a way you could settle it now, and at no cost to you.”

He raised his eyebrows, intrigued, and so she told him. The signifier laughed.

“Easy enough to arrange,” Captain Santos said, and this time when he nodded there was an undertone of respect to it. “A good day to you then, Captain Ren. I expect I’ll be hearing good things of the Thirteenth in years to come.”

“And to you, sir,” Song replied, rising to her feet. “It has been a pleasure.”

And after that favor, she could even say the latter part wasn’t a lie.

Angharad was no great riding enthusiast, but there was nothing like being forced to repeatedly ride carriages to make one miss sitting the saddle instead of a bench.

Even in Tratheke, a city boasting some of the finest streets she had ever seen, the exercise was unspeakably tedious. It did not help that the quality of the streets meant most people of means used a carriage to get around, leading to frequent glut on the main arteries. That and accidents, which was not nearly as interesting after the third time you watched valets brawl as they angrily accused each other of being responsible for the crash.

Even knowing that the plenty of carriages paired with appropriate precautions was the reason no one had been able to figure out where Lady Angharad Tredegar lived while in the capital, she was in a dark mood as the carriage that’d picked her up finally rode into the Black House courtyard. An hour and half spent to learn almost nothing had her stewing in private frustration. Given that she was meeting Lord Gule this afternoon, she could have used this time for preparations.

Angharad limped out of the carriage onto the stone floor, leaning on her cane, only for her eye to be drawn to a silhouette by the door: Uncle Osian stood there waiting for her, unsmiling. That his face heralded ill news to match those she had found in the Collegium was not a fine start to the day. Osian must have noticed her mood just as she had his, for as she made her way to him his frown deepened.

“Did something happen out in the city?” he asked.

She fell in with him as they entered the manse, his long stride never quite going faster than her hobble. He had developed a knack for matching his steps to hers without seeming it, Angharad fondly thought.

“Officer Hage and his cat are missing,” she told him. “The Chimerical has been shuttered and the locals do not know when it will open again. Given Tristan’s continued absence and lack of reports, this is somewhat concerning.”

If Tristan Abrascal were merely facing city guards and criminals she would not have thought twice about his continued absence, but some of the plots afoot the capital might just be more dangerous than he knew how to handle. The Mask had an impressive bag of tricks, but when it ran out he was a less than impressive fighter.

“Ah, the Sacromontan,” her uncle muttered. “Often underfoot, that one.”

He did not quite keep his disapproval out of his voice.

“You mislike him?” Angharad asked, surprised.

“You do not?” her uncle asked, sounding equally so.

Angharad paused, seriously considering the question.

“I do not always like his actions,” she conceded, “but he is honest in his reasons and intentions. I cannot say I dislike him, not truly, especially when being underhanded is his duty as a Mask. He is, well…”

She coughed and ended the sentence there, faintly embarrassed she had been about to say ‘like an agreeable rogue in a story’. The world was not a thing of stories, as Vesper seemed keen on reminding her these days. Else she would have already dueled Song for honor and moved on instead of feeling her stomach clench in a knot of feelings too tight to pick apart every time they sat at the same table.

“I won’t tell you to change your opinion of him,” Osian said, “but be wary of his patron. Krypteia are dangerous at the best of times, and that one more dangerous than most.”

“He seems to consider her a grandmother of sorts,” Angharad told him. “As much as he does a mentor, anyhow.”

“His ‘grandmother’ might well have been alive during the Second Empire,” Osian grunted back. “By rumor, she is also a habitual cannibal.”

Angharad winced.

“Rumor alone, surely,” she tried.

Osian did not answer, which to those of the Isles was an answer. He was not so certain as to state it outright but found it believable enough to mention the rumor. Perhaps it was a contract price, Angharad thought. The murder of men as a contract price was forbidden under the Iscariot Accords, but to consume human flesh after death might… not be? She was not conversant with the details there. Devils certainly wore corpses as shells without sanction, so it seemed plausible.

Horrifying to consider, mind you.

Her uncle cast a look around them, finding them alone in the hall, and lowered his voice. Angharad expected further gossip about the apparently infamous Abuela but was instead to be informed as to why she had found him unsmiling.

“I have the tools,” he said. “Do you have the map?”

“It was obtained for me,” Angharad replied.

Instead of borrowing it Maryam had memorized the lay and drawn it for Angharad on paper, relying on Gloam sorcery for precision. The signifier had used a similar trick on the Dominion, allegedly, so it was trustworthy – and discreet, which was almost as important. Maryam had not even asked why, to her surprise. She’d had reasons readied, precise wording to weave a net with, but the blue-eyed woman had simply shrugged and agreed.

It had been something of a shock to realize that Maryam Khaimov now considered them amiable enough acquaintances to do her a small favor without question. That and humbling, for from the way that Song had disappeared into a room with the Izvorica for a few hours after the… argument, Maryam was near certain to be aware of Angharad’s entanglements with the Lefthand House. She would have been well within her rights to interrogate Angharad’s intentions and she simply had not.

Uncle Osian nodded at her words, face grave, and she was wrenched away from her dim sense of guilt.

“Moving the object after it is taken will be the trouble,” he said. “We cannot use Watch resources for it, and there have been… inquiring eyes around the delegation of late.”

Angharad swallowed. Well worth a frown, that.

“Are you suspected?” she asked in a whisper.

“I believe my personal papers were looked through,” Osian grimly said. “There is nothing reprehensible in them, but that my affairs are being looked at in the first place is troubling.”

He paused.

“By the wary looks of some of my colleagues, I might not be the only one whose papers were inspected.”

It occurred to Angharad then that this might not be about the infernal forge at all but about the traitor watchman Tristan had righteously slain. Was the investigation turning its eyes on their fellows in the black for a culprit after having found nothing in the city? It does not matter, Angharad reminded herself. Even if it were so, Tristan’s bloodied hands were not her secret to share and thus her suspicion could not be discussed with her uncle.

“I still have a fourth of the funds you sent me on Tolomontera,” Angharad said. “If coin is the concern…”

“Coin is coin,” he dismissed. “I can still spend significant sums before having to turn to a Watch vault and its attendant paper trail. But neither of us will be able to ride a cart to the Lordsport without drawing attention and the cart will be inspected by lictors on its way south. I’ve secured room on a ship at port, but getting the artefact there…”

“Tristan spent time as a traveling man for one of the city’s trading houses,” she murmured. “He might be able to make introductions.”

“We cannot risk Krypteia involvement,” Osian flatly said. “No matter how innocuous their contribution might seem. They are veritable bloodhounds for this sort of thing.”

She considered bringing up the criminal gang calling themselves the Brazen Chariot, as they claimed to be smugglers of some skill, but Angharad was reluctant to involve them when they had ties to the Thirteenth that had been written down in official reports. It might put the others in the line of fire come the time of reckoning. That and they were criminals, thus just as likely to steal the infernal forge as to keep their word.

Unfortunately that left only a single name.

“I will have to speak with Imani,” Angharad said. “She ought to be capable of arranging for that part, at least.”

“She is the ufudu you’ve chosen to bargain with, then,” Osian murmured.

They had discussed approaching Jabulani over the matter instead and simply killing Imani Langa whenever convenient, but Lord Gule’s ‘attendant’ now struck her as too risky gamble.

“Jabulani is too tied up in the coup,” Angharad quietly replied. “When it is put down he could be caught by the Watch or the Lord Rector.”

“And thus it could all be squeezed out of him,” her uncle agreed. “The Lefthand House is not prone to telling tales even when their fingernails are pulled, but the Watch has methods that even spirits fear.”

“I will meet with her today,” Angharad decided. “There is no time to waste, the Thirteenth might be leaving Asphodel soon.”

Very soon, if Angharad’s success with the infernal forge proved enough for Lord Gule to judge her worth bringing into the cult. His written note when arranging the meeting this afternoon had been too bare bones to judge his mood, but she had hopes. If Angharad met other cultists and they went unmasked, they could be grabbed that very evening and interrogated.

If their identities were veiled it would take somewhat longer, but arrangements had been made to cover the eventuality. Song and Captain Wen would be keeping a watch on the ambassador’s residence to try and narrow down the list of possible cultists, drawing on who was coming in and out.

“Then I will finish the preparations on my end,” Osian replied, then paused. “I will require the map.”

“I will trace you a copy tonight,” Angharad promised.

They parted ways by the main flight of stairs, Osian taking long strides up it while Angharad turned a look of distaste on the carpeted heights. Best to take the east wing stairs instead, she decided. It would be a detour, considering the liar was likely in the Black House library, but the slope was significantly less ambitious despite the stairway being narrower.

While the library being open to any watchman in principle, in practice the Eleventh Brigade had been living in it since their return from the countryside. Only officers of the delegation had the bite to send them out, Angharad having heard Song complain to Maryam that on the occasions the Tianxi had gone inside to borrow a book she had been glared at like an intruder the entire time.

Naturally this meant Tupoc tried to visit at least thrice a day, which explained why the doors were closed and locked when Angharad finally reached them. The Fourth had finished its contract on Asphodel and been paid by the throne, but instead of chartering a merchant ship to a port where a Watch vessel might ferry them back to Tolomontera they had chosen to wait two weeks for the next Watch ship headed straight to Port Allazei.

Tupoc had been spending that time making a nuisance of himself to everyone, but with his cabal so visibly shaken by the loss of ‘Expandable Losses’ she could not begrudge them lingering. Grief deserved time. What she did begrudge the Fourth was how when she knocked twice on the locked doors there was no answer, even when she raised her voice. It did attract the attention of a servant carrying a mop, however, and Angharad hailed him.

“I need to have a message passed to Captain Imani Langa,” she told the young man.

The liveried servant coughed, looked either way as if to find anyone else she might be talking to, then blushed.

“Um,” he said. “Yes?”

“I require that she attend me on the roof garden at her earliest convenience,” Angharad said. “Very earliest convenience.”

“I’ll, um, tell her,” he said. “Master Voros has the keys. I just need to mop up the…”

“Take care of this first, or pass it on to someone who can,” she said, kindly but firmly. “Tell Master Voros it is brigade business of some urgency.”

The young servant swallowed and saluted, which set the mop to swinging, and he retreated most precipitously. Angharad spent a moment staring at his back in amusement, wondering whether she should remind him that Black House servants were not members of the Watch and thus there was no need to salute officers, but ultimately decided against it.

Well, she sighed, timed for another few sets of stairs. She was already regretting having chosen the roof again.

It took Imani Langa the better part of an hour to show up, by which time Angharad was thoroughly irritated.

She had already oiled her saber yesterday so it would have been of no benefit to the blade to do so again and she had no intention of risking the ufudu seeing the sewer map so she could not spend the time drawing her uncle a copy either. That left the mirror-dancer to stare at the view of the city for a quarter-hour until she got bored of it, then to pick petals off flowers for the rest while sitting on the bench to rest her leg. Ancestors, maybe she should have brought a book.

Captain Imani wore an irritated look to match hers when she stormed up the stairs, not that Angharad particularly cared. She pushed herself up at the sight of the other woman, hand on her walking stick.

“Do not send for me like that again,” Imani Langa flatly said. “Coming to meet you when summoned so boorishly forced me to-”

Angharad turned and walked away, freed from the implied obligation of courtesy by Imani’s lack of polite greeting. She limped to the edge of the roof, leaning an elbow on the bronze railing overlooking the long drop down to the street. There were a few people passing below, too far for her to be able to make out their faces. Imani stomped up to her angrily.

“- ildish of you, Tredegar,” the liar said. “Continue to behave in such a way and-”

“Are we being listened to?” Angharad interrupted.

Imani’s eyes narrowed.

“No,” she said.

There was no delay or hesitation. Her contract was always in use, as far as the Pereduri could tell.

“I have found an infernal forge,” Angharad said. “Measures are being taken to secure it.”

The ufudu stilled. Her face was unreadable, but her eyes searched the noblewoman for any hint of deceit.

“Where is it?” Imani finally asked.

Angharad snorted.

“I will not be telling you that, you honorless cur,” she amiably said. “I require of you that you secure means of safe transportation to the Lordsport. You will be given a time and place to pick up the artefact and told where in port to deliver it.”

“I can arrange transportation to Malan myself,” Imani replied without batting an eye.

“I would not trust you to carry an iron vase,” Angharad scorned, “much less the only thing you need of me. The Lefthand House will have the artefact when I have proof they will deliver on their end of the bargain.”

“You overestimate the strength of your bargaining position,” Imani warned.

“Do I?” she asked, honestly curious as she met the liar’s stare.

A long moment passed, then Imani Langa sighed and leaned her elbows against the railing.

“I will make arrangements,” she said. “I need at least six hours of forewarning for the pickup, but it should be possible from tomorrow onwards.”

“Good,” Angharad smiled. “Then our personal business is concluded.”

She paused and took in the angle, the way the liar’s limbs were arrayed. How Imani was putting her weight on her arms, head just past the railing, legs slightly angled. It would do.

Without word or warning, Angharad slammed her walking stick across the back of both Imani Langa’s knees.

The spy let out a yelp and the lowers limbs folded, for one heartbeat entirely helpless. It was long enough for Angharad to grab her by the back of the collar and drag her past the edge of the railing until half her body was leaning forward into the drop and Angharad’s grip was the only thing keep her from a tumble into the void.

“Tredegar,” Imani hissed, “what are you-”

Ignoring the kicking legs, Angharad snatched the liar’s pistol out of her holster and tossed it into the garden. When her gaze returned to Imani it was to find the other woman had a knife in hand, but when she clicked her tongue the ufudu hesitated.

“I wouldn’t do that,” Angharad said. “If you struggle too much I would be at risk of falling at well, which would make dropping you to preserve myself tolerably within the bounds of honor.”

“It would be murder,” Imani hissed. “Killing a guest under the same roof.”

“Oh, not at all,” Angharad mildly replied. “It would be ‘allowing you to die’, which most scholars agree falls under the more general category of circumstantial bloodshed.”

Whatever it was Imani saw on her face, it had her cease kicking her legs. Wise.

“This is pointless,” the liar said. “We both know you still need me.”

The noblewoman dropped her by half an inch, Imani swallowing a scream.

“I have found another ufudu on the island,” Angharad said. “They could provide the same service.”

Which was true, though the additional risks made Imani the better option. Not that Angharad intended to tell her that.

“What do you want, Tredegar?” Imani panted, looking queasy.

“The Ivory Library,” she said. “Tell me everything you know about them.”

The spy laughed in scared disbelief.

“Really, that’s what this is about? Abrascal’s little problem?”

To remind her of her situation, Angharad dipped her down slightly.

“My legs are starting to ache,” she informed Imani. “It would be wise of you to wrap up this conversation before the pain grows intolerable or my fingers begin to sweat.”

Imani paled.

“They’re some kind of scholarly society,” the liar said. “Trying to figure out the nature of divinity by studying contracts that seem to break known rules.”

“Then why the interest in Tristan?” Angharad frowned.

Song had mentioned his patron spirit was a frequent visitor, but surely that was not so unusual? Lesser spirits supposedly found such visitation easier than great ones, in some ways, given they were… lighter in a metaphysical way, for lack of better word.

“I don’t know,” Imani hissed. “But he’s hiding something, part of the report about him from the Dominion evaluators was sealed by the Krypteia.”

“Then how would its contents be known to anyone else?” Angharad frowned.

“He’s a Scholomance student now, the Obscure Committee gets everything on the students no matter what the covenants want,” Imani replied through gritted teeth.

Her face was flushed from the blood pooling there, Angharad noted. Her eyes were beginning to tear up as well.

“What else?” she pressed.

“You know the rest,” Imani hissed. “They put a bounty on his head but they can’t get involved in Tolomontera.”

Angharad hummed. Perhaps that truly was all she knew. Another matter, then.

“Tozi Poloko,” she said.

“The daughter of a Sunflower Lord,” Imani grunted. “From a consort, not a formal wife, but she was killing her way up the line of succession so they forced her into the Watch.”

Oh? That might explain why Tozi considered herself beholden to her family still. Did she hope to go back to Izcalli one day to take the title, or was it simply that escaping the kingdom had come at a price and renouncing the bargain would get her killed? It would not excuse her actions either way, but the noblewoman would admit to some curiosity.

“Izel Coyac,” Angharad ordered.

“All the Coyac sons serve in the army, but Izel broke a pact with a warrior society to flee abroad and enroll in the Watch,” Imani panted. “He was going to be given back, but instead Doghead Coyac made some kind of deal and he was suddenly recommended for Scholomance.”

Both endangered lives snatched away from the gallows at the last moment, Angharad thought. She could hazard a guess as to what sinister society had offered them salvation, and what price was now being asked of them for it. She felt a pang of sympathy, considering her own circumstances, but only a pang. Her next questions were anticipated.

“Kiran Agrawal did too well in courting tournaments, his parents stopped looking for a match and just sent him for the consolation money,” Imani blurted. “Barboza’s family were nobles in a sitiada but it fell to a plague god and they became destitute exiles. That’s all I know about the Eleventh, Tredegar, so let me up.”

Angharad hummed. Her legs were beginning to throb, and her arm to shake. Imani was not heavy but neither was she light.

She released her grip, just long enough for a scream of terror to bloom, then grabbed the ufudu with both hands and wrested her back behind the railing. She let Imani drop in a painful sprawl, taking back her walking stick and rolling her shoulder. Imani stayed on the ground for a long moment, eyes white and hands trembling.

Was she imagining the strange glint in that gaze? Something like satisfaction, or perhaps vindication. She must be.

“Contact me when you have obtained means of transportation,” Angharad ordered.

The noblewoman limped past the spy, feeling the weight of a hateful glare resting on her back, and stopped at the head of the stairs.

“And do remember to pick up your pistol,” Angharad called out. “Gunpowder is bad for the flowerbeds.”

Feeling somewhat refreshed, she made her way down the stairs. A bit of a meal and then meeting the ambassador, she thought. Yet more intrigue to wash up the intrigue she had just drunk down.

Her life really had too much cloak and too little dagger in it these days, Angharad mourned.

Dealing with Tupoc Xical was, Song had found, an uncomfortable balancing game.

Give the man too much credence and attention and he would, without batting an eye, use them to draw you into pointless timewasting for his own entertainment. Given him too little, though, and he would make certain that you had missed something of importance by ignoring his caterwauling. Song had devised a working method to mitigate the risks, but it was admittedly somewhat inelegant.

“I have not yet struck you in the head, so there is no explanation for your wandering tongue,” she informed the Izcalli. “Have you considered killing yourself and allowing your brigade to be led by a halfway competent officer instead?”

Tupoc’s eerily symmetrical face fell into a pout that, if displayed on a statue, Song would have called artless. Too even and therefore not quite passing as human.

“And to think I had come bearing gifts,” he said. “Song, you wound me.”

“I wish,” Song replied, “but there are simply too many witnesses in Black House.”

Captain Imani coughed into her fist, not quite hiding her smirk.

“As we were discussing before this distraction,” the Malani said, “I am amenable to Captain Song’s suggestion that we share our reports and pool information to finish our contracts as swiftly as possible.”

One, two. Answer Xical’s dancing around with an open and blunt verbal attack that he either had to answer or play off, then let the third person at the table drag the conversation back on track as a form of de-escalation. Tupoc didn’t truly want to brawl at the negotiating table, not when he had nothing to gain from it, so he would let the redirection happen.

Song just had to wildly escalate every time he tried to be a nuisance, which while rather uncouth was oddly satisfying. That he seemed somewhat at a loss at how to deal with not being the most unreasonable person at the table only added to the attraction. Of course, it would beneath Song to be so taken with what was nothing but a measured negotiation tactic.

Song Ren smiled in small, petty satisfaction at the pale-eyed Izcalli.

“My brigade has already finished their contract,” Tupoc said. “What is there to gain for us? Besides, we already had a little talk along these lines a few days back. What worth is trading reports?”

“We shared only broad lines,” Captain Imani pointed out. “We do not even know whose lands you fought the dragon in, while Captain Song has remained painfully vague on the nature of the cult and conspiracy her brigade unearthed.”

Song ignored the reproachful look from Imani at the latter part of the sentence. She had no obligation to entertain another captain’s requests and receive nothing in return. As for the earlier part, about the location of the Ladonite dragon’s death, Song had her suspicions. Xical had mentioned journeying through wheat fields for days, and there were only so many noble holdings in Asphodel where such a thing was possible outside of Tratheke Valley.

Tupoc smiled thinly at the Malani, as unmoved by the implied reproaches as Song was.

“Yes, it’s a shame that even in her grief Alejandra can tell when she’s being hit up for information, isn’t it?” the Izcalli said. “Between that and your secret meeting with Tredegar up on the roof, you might have avoided these talks entirely.”

Song hastily smothered any hint of surprise at the mention of Angharad meeting Imani, then silently cursed when she saw Tupoc’s lips twitch. She had not been quite quick enough.

“I would have preferred to simply obtain the information,” Captain Imani agreed without a hint of abashment, “but that does not appear to be feasible. I have come to the belief that all our contracts – and perhaps even the Nineteenth’s – are in some way connected. To share reports would allow us to put all the facts together.”

“And I repeat myself,” Tupoc said. “Given that the Fourth has finished its own contract, what’s in this for us?”

Best nip that in the bud, the Tianxi thought. He had found a thread and would not cease picking at it until the weave broke, she could see it in that little gleeful look he’d put on.

“Social obligation to pretend your presence is not physically repellent until the exchanges are finished,” Song told him. “I might even feel compelled to feign some degree of grief at your funeral after you inevitably get yourself killed.”

Tupoc narrowed his eyes at her, but Imani should be well schooled enough to…

“You are still on Asphodel for perhaps as long as two weeks,” Captain Imani told him. “Given the very real possibility the Watch will get caught up the coup Captain Song warned us about, learning the details of what is to come seems the kind of precaution a wise captain would take.”

Tupoc leaned back into his seat, tipping his chair backwards. Song resisted the urge to nudge it back and watch him topple onto the floor, no matter how satisfying it would be to watch.

“I’ll have to think about it,” the Izcalli mused. “Why, between your spying and Captain Song’s endless train of insults I am unsure as to the untrustworthiness of my fellow captains. Of course, should an apology be given…”

Given how pale eyes then turned to Song it was clear who he wanted that apology from. If there had been a good chance he’d cooperate after receiving said apology, Song liked to think she would have forced herself to give it. As the chances were slim to none, she was spared that dilemma.

“I am sorry,” she replied instead, “that I did not take the time to kill you on the Dominion and spare myself your continued presence on Vesper.”

A beat passed, then he snorted.

“That almost offended me,” he praised, smirking as he rose to his feet. “Not what I asked for, though. I will have to keep pondering whether the bargain’s worth it for my brigade.”

He stretched out his arms, cracking his shoulders to Song’s twitch of distaste and Imani’s appreciative look at the muscles on display.

“But a parting gift for you lovely ladies, as I did say I came bearing them,” Tupoc said. “I got curious about what the Nineteenth Brigade is up to, you see.”

Song cocked an eyebrow. She was as well, but trying to track down Hector Anaidon – and failing, the man had apparently disappeared – had taken up too much time for her to make a serious effort.

“And?”

“Tozi should have shaved her head fully,” he said, “if she wanted to visit half the shrines in the city without anyone noticing it.”

“Shrines,” Imani said, honing on the same detail Song was. “Not temples?”

“Only small gods,” Tupoc agreed. “I wonder how that ties into them avoiding Black House like the plague?”

Song was left to wonder whether the Nineteenth was pursuing shrines because the temples to the greater gods of Asphodel would be more closely watched, or because it was the lesser gods that were genuinely of interest. Hopefully when Tristan returned he would be able to shed some light on the matter since he was all but sure to have followed them.

The two women remained seated in silence until Tupoc had finished strutting out of the room, leaving the door open behind him out of what Song assumed to be base pettiness.

“His lunacy would be significantly less tragic if he were not so pretty,” Captain Imani opined.

Song turned a look of open disgust on her. You might as well ascribe good looks to a gunpowder barrel with some insults painted on. The Malani was only amused, and as the silence stretched out Song sighed and looked away.

“Why are you so intent in getting his reports?” Song asked. “Trade between our own brigades might be enough to unearth most of what we need.”

“Because I have spent days and nights tearing through the theology of Asphodel and found frustratingly little matching the rituals out in the valley,” Captain Imani darkly replied. “There are gods associated with the number six and gods associated with burying the dead, but none that are both. And you cannot have missed the timeline, either.”

Song sighed but nodded. The hidden temple that the Fourth had stumbled upon had been robbed of a sacred artefact around when the ‘Golden Ram’ cult began expanding aggressively – likely due to being taken over by another cult – but also before the killings investigated by the Nineteenth began. The latter facts, at least, could feasibly be linked. Someone was out there using a leashed entity to commit murders and the most sacred artefact of a dead god seemed a fine way to control its remnant.

“You think the artefact taken from the temple has something to do with your rituals,” Song stated.

“I even tried to match when we suspect rituals to have taken place to the deaths investigated by the Nineteenth, but there was no noticeable pattern,” Captain Imani said. “Not that my saying this means much when we have no idea how deaths went unnoticed. We know of at least three the lictors missed.”

“I have some interest in the nature of that sacred tool as well,” Song admitted. “Though not half as much as in the details of the rituals you uncovered.”

“If he does not bite by tomorrow, we can trade between ourselves,” Imani replied, refusing the implied offer. “I would rather have him in than out if that is possible.”

Song raised an eyebrow.

“And the Nineteenth?” she probed.

“Captain Tozi is in the wind,” Imani shrugged. “We can discuss cutting her in should she return, but until then…”

The Tianxi watched the other woman and moment, then nodded. It would have to do. There was a risk the Nineteenth might be able to figure out where Tristan was from the Thirteenth’s reports, broadly speaking, but Imani’s implication she would not bring in Tozi Poloko and her accomplices without first consulting Song seemed reliable enough.

Lying over the matter would thoroughly burn any bridge between their brigades, and Tupoc’s little jibe earlier seemed to indicate Imani Langa still had an eye on a member of the Thirteenth.

“Agreed,” Song said, rising to her feet. “A pleasant afternoon to you, Captain Imani.”

“And you, Captain Song,” the dark-skinned woman smoothly replied.

Song did not linger behind. Angharad would be leaving for Ambassador Gule’s mansion within the hour and when she did Song would be following at a distance to keep an eye on the comings and goings around said mansion – as would Captain Wen. With any luck, it would help them put together a list of potential cult members.

Song had already prepared her affairs for that, but returning to her room would involve surrendering her last excuse to avoid being in the presence of the two remaining letters so instead she kept walking down the hall and rapped her knuckles against Maryam’s door. The Izvorica had spent all her time in her rooms since returning from the palace yesterday, save for meals and a single trip to the Black House library.

A muffled shout bid her to enter and Song stepped into the room to find Maryam Khaimov bent over her writing desk, scribbling in the same journal she had used since her trip to the private archives. Her eyes were sunken from lack of sleep but she peered down at her journal with intense focus as the lamplight flickered. Her blue gaze rose but an instant, noticing Song and grunting at her to close the door.

The Tianxi did, eyeing the two books sharing the writing desk with the journal as she crossed the room. One was open and set before Maryam, who glanced at the neat writing inside periodically, while the other was closed and to the side. She hardly needed to look twice to know these must have been from the Black House stacks. Even though there were no rare forbidden books there, it hardly meant there would be nothing of use for a signifier.

The Akelarre Guild kept their precious secrets locked up tight, but while the Navigators were the only covenant to wield the Gloam they were hardly the only one to study it. The works Maryam could get her hands on here were no match for what she could borrow in a chapterhouse, but the scholarship of the Peiling Society would still be of use – and the signifier was using them.

“Ontological Dialectics, volume three,” Song read on the spine of the closed book as she grabbed a chair from across to the room to sit facing Maryam. “Were the first two not stirring enough a read?”

The pale-skinned woman snorted, setting aside her steel tip pen and blowing at the fresh ink on her journal page.

“The first two books busy themselves with generalities,” Maryam replied. “Practical experiments are only found in the annex, which is the last section of the third volume.”

“Experiments?” Song leadingly said.

“On retention rates,” Maryam replied.

She flipped the book she had open Song’s way, letting the Tianxi glimpse at pages. The contents were halfway between a mathematical equation and sheer gibberish, cleanly written lines with numbers and symbols intermixed with terms like ‘logotic saturation’ and ‘observational solipsism’. The measure in use was called an intero, a term she vaguely remembered being one of the few Second Empire base units that’d not continued to be used across the old imperial territories after the fall of Liergan.

“What does an intero measure, if I might ask?” Song asked.

“The intersection of a unit of Grasp and Command as wielded by an average practitioner,” Maryam recited. “Only the Second Empire was never able to figure out there is such a thing as inherent Gloam density – that some currents of Gloam are naturally heavier than others – so the unit is basically worthless for anything remotely precise.”

“But it is still useful to measure a general direction,” Song tried, more or less following.

Maryam nodded.

“So a generality is what you are seeking to clarify, then.”

The Izvorica passed a hand through her matted, almost oily hair. How long since she had washed it? Maybe since Tristan left, the captain though.

“My question is whether it’s possible to cheat my way past logotic saturation principles by relying on solipsistic metaphysics,” Maryam said.

Song silently raised an eyebrow.

“Gloam suspends the rules of the Material wherever it is dominant,” Maryam said. “Observational solipsism is the theory that Gloam can do this because its fundamental property is that it is ‘unobserved’, only leaving its original state of being everything-and-nothing when beheld. Like a liquid that becomes a solid whenever looked at.”

Song’s eyebrow rose even higher. Maryam sighed.

“My logos is a waterskin that can only hold so much water,” she said. “But if I put out the lights before filling it, since no one can see what happens in the dark will the world forget what the limits of the waterskin are?”

Song hummed.

Will it?” she asked, genuinely curious.

“Signs point to yes,” Maryam said. “But also that a portion of that cheat water will evaporate when the lights are lit again. I have been trying to calculate how large that portion would be, but with the sources I have at hand it’s like… trying to multiply a cat by the future price of scissors.”

Song paused.

“Where are the scissors being sold?” she asked, putting on a serious face.

“You think you’re so funny, don’t you?” Maryam complained.

“Of course not,” Song lied, lips twitching.

She then turned the book back Maryam’s way.

“So what is the water in that earlier metaphor?” she asked. “What do you intend to fill your logotic waterskin with?”

There was a beat of silence then Maryam’s face closed. She must be tired indeed, Song thought, to be so unsubtle.

“In getting rid of the parasite afflicting me, I might be able to make a few gains,” Maryam casually said.

Too casually. Song’s eyes narrowed.

“That is quite a bit of preparation work for a ‘might’,” she noted, gesturing at the writing desk.

“I should make the most of it when it comes,” Maryam dismissed. “Finite chances and all that.”

“You’ve yet to answer my question,” Song said. “What does ‘water’ stand for here?”

“The parasite absorbed memories of a few of my people’s rites,” she replied. “I would have them back.”

Song looked at her for a long time, stomach clenching. It had begun so lightly, this talk, but now…

“You are lying to me,” she said.

Maryam scowled.

“I am not-”

“Saturation,” Song cut through. “I am no theist, but I understand what that word means. You are trying to drink enough memories that it would strain the capacity of your logos and you want to rely on ritual to get around that limit. That does not sound like a few rites to me, Maryam.”

Or, for that matter, something that could be done without damaging your own mind. As Song had said she was no theist, but force-feeding your own logos like a goose did not strike her as the safest of decisions.

“It is my inheritance,” Maryam defensively said. “Mine to do with as I will.”

Rights are not my concern, Song thought. Last time you consumed part of the parasite, it nearly killed you and made your soul fragile as glass. But she could see it in the way Maryam’s chin was tucked, that the stubbornness had already set in. That she was tossing her worries at a mountainside.

“How much knowledge is there really?” Song quietly asked.

The Izvorica grit her teeth.

“A lot,” she said. “Leave it at that.”

Song worried her lip.

“Keeper of Hooks,” she finally said, halfway guessing. “It is one of the titles the parasite claimed, when it intervened to save my life.  You never told me what it means.”

“That is a private matter,” Maryam scowled.

“A private matter that has ties to what you are planning up in the palace,” Song pressed.

“Would that make it any less private?” Maryam retorted.

“Yes,” Song said. “If you are using the Thirteenth’s contract with the throne to enact this… ritual you are planning, then it has implications for all of us.”

Maryam slowly, measuredly, closed her journal.

“You are returning to the palace tonight,” Song continued. “Much later than usual. How much is the investigation and how much this ritual?”

When blue eyes met silver, Song almost shivered – it was as if she were looking into ice.

“I kept quiet as Tredegar dabbled in treason,” Maryam evenly said. “I kept my mouth shut as you let yourself leveraged, let yourself be physically beaten by a pack of crazed revolutionaries. Even when Tristan murdered an officer of the Watch and began scheming to knock off an entire cabal, I stayed silent. Because personal matters are exactly that.”

Song swallowed.

“And now,” Maryam quietly said, “now that I try to settle an old debt – without it costing anyone else anything, without making a mess and murdering, now you act as if some line has been crossed?”

She leaned forward.

“Is that what you are saying, Song?” Maryam asked.

Part of her already knew there was no good end to this conversation. That she’d already hit the reef and all that sailing forward would achieve was ramming it deeper into the hull. But she had to try.

“I am saying,” Song replied, “that I am concerned at your decision. That you are visibly exhausted and that the last time you tried something like this it nearly killed you.”

“It didn’t,” Maryam denied. “I did it again down there, in the shipyard, and suffered no worse than a migraine for it. I figured it out, Song. How I can use this place to help me.”

“Saturation,” Song echoed again. “Tell me you aren’t being reckless, Maryam, and I will believe you. Swear to me to you are not putting yourself at risk and-”

There is no safe way to wield the fucking Gloam, Song,” the pale-skinned woman shouted. “Or to do what I need to do. Just like there’s no safe way to cozy up to the Yellow Earth and a king at the same time.”

She let it sting, let it sink, let it pass. Hand on the chisel.

“So you will be risking your life,” Song said. “Why? Why now? You could wait until we return to Tolomontera, where Captain Yue can help you.”

“Because I won’t have another opportunity like this,” Maryam bit back. “You don’t get it, Song. It’s not just finally matching my Grasp and Command, although that’d be reason enough. I found a filter to put between me and the memories, one strong enough I could look for decades and not find a better one. I will not get a chance like this again.”

“Why do you need a filter, Maryam?” Song pressed. “What is so urgent?”

“Because it could be the difference between losing two thirds and losing half,” Maryam said. “Maybe even just a third, if I’m lucky. I could try this again in Tolomontera, maybe, but the results would be overwhelmingly worse. I will never be able to keep so much the Cauldron as I can here.”

“The Cauldron?” Song pressed.

“My people’s knowledge,” Maryam replied through gritted teeth. “Centuries of it.”

Song paused.

“And you would risk destroying half of it?” she asked, honestly taken aback.

“As opposed to the nothing I currently hold?” Maryam mocked. “Even if I got only a hundredth it would still be worth it. And it won’t come to that, anyway. The shade has a soul, it’s stable and I can make it even more stable. That will stem some of the bleeding.”

“So it does have a soul,” Song said.

As she had glimpsed that day, when it saved her life. Maryam curtly nodded.

“Thank you for informing me,” she visibly forced herself to say. “That knowledge made my ritual much more feasible.”

“It sounds,” Song slowly said, “as if you are planning to ritually murder a soul for knowledge.”

“I am killing a thief to take my stolen inheritance back,” Maryam coldly said. “What of it?”

“This does not sound like you,” Song tried. “You are no pacifist, but ritual murder?”

“Then you don’t know me at all,” Maryam Khaimov bit out.

Recognizing the dead end, Song bit her tongue.

“How dangerous will it be?” she asked instead.

“As much as it needs to be,” Maryam flatly replied.

“Reckless, then,” Song said, but there was not even a flicker of doubt in those blue eyes.

Maryam wasn’t hearing her. Maybe…

“Perhaps you can wait until Tristan re-”

“Tristan Abrascal,” Maryam hissed, “is not my father.”

Song flinched. That had been a mistake.

“Do you know how I can tell?” Maryam harshly said. “Because I watched my father wither to death in his sickbed, Song, then watched again as the Malani swept over my home like a tide of locusts – claiming they’d inheritedVolcesta from him.”

The signifier’s fists clenched, oily darkness billowing around them.

“Thieves,” she said. “Just like the parasite who stole Mother’s gift and sent her spiraling into the worst of her madness. And I am done letting thieves live large off the bones of my family, Song. I am fucking done.

Song pushed her chair, some primal instinct in the back of her head fearing the sight of the darkness dripping from Maryam’s grip and staining the table.

“Tonight I trap it,” she said. “The day after that I’ll kill it, and at last some of my ghosts will be laid to rest.”

“Are you really willing to kill yourself over this?” Song bit back.

“No,” Maryam Khaimov harshly smiled, “but I am entirely willing to murder. Now get out, Song – I am done humoring the moral authority of someone who can’t be bothered to decide what side they’re on.”

She swallowed. That… it would have been nothing, coming from someone else, but from Maryam? It cut deeper than she would have thought.

“Close the door behind you,” Maryam said, and flipped her journal back open.

She dipped her pen into the inkwell and Song swallowed again. The dismissal stung almost as much as the words. She ambled to the door, feeling lost, but what could she do save leave? Her feet took her to her room and she sat on the chair at her own writing desk. Staring down at the two letters remaining. Fingers trembling, she unfolded the first.

A date, a place, a time. The Yellow Earth demanded her presence tomorrow.

She set down the summons, breathed in, and cracked open the seal on the other. It was not long, and the hand that had written it was not yet practiced. More specifically it was not practiced in using Cathayan characters, careful but still rough calligraphy strokes addressing Song in her own native tongue.

We both have our duties, I knew that from the start. It stings, but not as much as you disappearing from my days. Meet me again just the two of us. And beneath that was a line from one of her favorite poems by Lady Zong’s, ‘Farewell of Lovers’. To part in joy, summer’s sorrow. He’d left the following line unwritten. To part strangers, on wintry roads.

Evander would rather mourn her departure in joy than remember as a distant stranger.

Song shakily breathed out, fingers twitching to crumple the message but immediately she regretted the impulse and almost obsessively smoothed it out. She put the paper down before she could make more of a fool of herself. Maryam had been right about one thing, at least.

This would be easier if Song still knew what side she was on.

Chapter 61

“Huh,” Maryam said when the tale was done, honestly a little impressed. “That’s not just a fumble, it’s a disastrous fumble.”

“I am not unaware,” Song replied through gritted teeth.

Oh, she hadn’t liked that.

“A calamitous fumble,” Maryam continued.

The teeth grit harder, but not hard enough. Another log must be tossed into the fire.

“Perhaps even a cataclysmic fumb-”

Maryam,” Song hissed angrily.

“Fine, fine, I’ll stop,” Maryam lied.

She would give her captain an hour of peace at most. Occasions to hold Song’s feet to the fire until the room smelled of pork were too rare not to thoroughly abuse when they popped up. It was like corn, you had to get your fill when it was the season for the crop.

In a sign of genuine distress, Song Ren had for once in her life refused an offer to sit down for tea when she came to Maryam looking like she did not know whether to scream or throw up. Instead the visibly troubled Tianxi – the visible part was yet another warning sign – had sat on her bed with her knees folded against her chest, holding one of the single dryest historical chronicles Maryam had ever disinterestedly paged through the same way a child would a blanket.

As a good friend, the signifier had refrained from eating the nuts in a bowl on the table since the crunching noise might distract some from the tale being told. Even though she was pretty hungry. Cashews, though. She would be getting back to those later.

“It does not sound unsalvageable, if that’s your worry,” Maryam shrugged. “Say what you will about Angharad Tredegar, but if she is finished with you there will be nothing uncertain about it.”

Neither frosty disdain nor public stabbings left a lot of room for speculation as to the Pereduri’s opinions.

“I may well have killed any friendship there was between us,” Song sharply said.

“Then you killed that back on the Dominion when you pulled that trigger,” Maryam said. “Everything that has been built since that moment was a manor on quicksand.”

She met Song’s gaze unflinching until the silver eyes turned away. Killing the infanzona had not been a moment of pride, whatever else might might be said of it.

“Ruesta was too dangerous to continue letting loose,” Song said. “Even within days of Angharad knowing about her contract she had her charmed and toeing the line of her promises again.”

“All that Malani ever do is toe the line of their given oaths,” Maryam snorted. “They tie themselves up in knots and call it an honor when they figure out how to live with what give there is in the rope.”

She cleared her throat when Song turned an unimpressed look on her. However true, her words had drifted some from the matter at hand.

“You made the decision that Isabel Ruesta should be killed,” Maryam said. “Fair enough. I am not certain I would have made the same – and I know Tristan would not have, if only in the hope that released back into Sacromonte that snake might yet bite other infanzones – but part of the trials was to make those decisions. It was your right to make that choice, and even to hide it.”

That was part of the trials as well, after all. To clip the wings of threats and get away with it, to make the right allies and the right enemies. The Watch was looking for killers and survivors, not would-be martyrs. Maryam did not begrudge Angharad how she had played the trials, trying to save as many as she could and holding to gallantry as law, but it would be childish to pretend hers had been the only valid path.

Tupoc Xical had spent his entire stay malingering, betraying and murdering but the Academy had still welcomed him with open arms at the end.

“That is not how she sees it, evidently,” Song muttered.

“That’s because when the trial ended, you didn’t tell her the truth,” Maryam said, and hesitated.

It did not escape the silver gaze.

“What?”

The Izvorica sighed. She was not eager to get into what lay between the two of them, but she supposed she owed Song as much.

“I’ve sat across a table from Angharad Tredegar quite a bit, over the last month,” she said. “And she’s not… inflexible, at least not in the way we sometimes assume of her. She would not be able to use her contract the way she does if that were the case. You keep missing it because you have the Tianxi blinders on.”

“Pardon me?” Song said, a tad coolly.

“Your people love an absolute, Song,” Maryam bluntly replied. “It’s in the bones of everything you make and do. All are free under Heaven, yes?”

“I don’t follow,” Song frowned.

“Your poetry is always about how that moonlit night is the most beautiful there ever was, that tragedy the most despairing. Your enemies are the most wretched, your affairs the most sensual. Everything Tianxia does is on a bedrock of universal truth.”

“I am unsure whether or not I should take offense to that description,” the other woman admitted.

Maryam rolled her eyes. Only gods and fools took offense to their reflection in the lake.

“My point is, the Malani do not have that,” she said. “All their truths are circumstantial. Limited.”

Song blinked.

“That is madness,” she slowly said. “Malani are famously obsessed with an unbending code of honor.”

“That’s reputation, Song,” Maryam chided. “Look at how they act, though. They qualify every sentence, word them to get around potential lies, say ‘I believed’ or ‘I think’ instead of ‘it is’.  The only way they can function is by putting every action they take or witness in a little box that separates if from every other action taken.”

Sometimes she thought that the way they were able to swallow something like slavery so easily was that their honor was not so much about espousing good deeds as containing fault.

“That’s…” Song trailed off. “Well, one of the most interesting interpretations I have heard of Malani customs, but also a different discussion.”

“No,” Maryam said. “Because my point is Tredegar thinks exactly like that. If you had told her at the end of the trials she would have understood you deceiving her as being ‘part of the trial’, a closed garden where that action remains reprehensible but is allowed by the rules. But then you kept lying by omission when the only circumstances between you two were purely personal, so that part she can only take personally.”

Men tolerated things from a practitioner or a king they would not from a brother, even though they loved the brother better. The role mattered as much the act, sometimes.

“I don’t see what difference what you said makes,” Song admitted. “In the end, however roundabout the path the conclusion is still that she is angry at me for withholding the truth from her and acting behind her back.”

Maryam smoothed away the flare of irritation. For someone so clever, so capable of reading a room and turning enemies on each other, Song could sometimes miss the forest for the trees. It was not her fault, though, it was Maryam who was odd. She had to think the way she did because she was far away and surrounded by strangers whose strange ways were opaque. Knowing why people took offense to the things they did was the difference between a cold look and drawn blade.

She did not have the luxury of ignorance, not when her mistakes were always paid for.

“Because you’re not just fighting with her,” she spelled out, “you are in a spat with how Angharad Tredegar sees the world. Tea and apologies and a grand gesture aren’t going to fix this, Song, because that would be two friends mending a bridge and that’s not the trouble you’re in. Not really.”

Song’s lips thinned. Bunched up like that on her bed, the Tianxi was unusually open in her expressions – the layer of calm and control thinned enough Maryam could easily make out the shapes moving beneath the silk. Song Ren was not convinced, but enough of what she had been told rang of the truth she was considering it seriously.

“Then what do I do?” she quietly asked.

Maryam leaned back in her chair and grabbed some of the cashews from the bowl. She’d done good work, wages were owed.

“Prove her wrong by her own rules,” she replied. “Demonstrate that, within personal circumstances, you do trust her.”

“That easy, is it?” Song sarcastically asked.

Maryam popped a few cashews, chewed merrily. Salted! She stole a second handful even though the first was not entirely finished, loudly swallowing.

“Figure it out,” she shrugged. “Look, on occasion I might like Angharad Tredegar but at the end of the day I don’t like Angharad. You understand?”

“We barely speak the same language,” Song snorted, “but I catch your drift. Her being personally agreeable does not change most of your grievances with her.”

Maryam nodded approvingly. She had once thought there was no way the two of them could share a brigade, but she had been wrong in that. Angharad was not… malicious, even at her worst. Childish or selfish, but not with a poisoned edge. That she could adjust, and made an effort to, made her tolerable and admittedly sometimes even enjoyable. In small doses.

 Maryam could not see herself ever considering the other woman a friend so long as she did not grasp the evil that lay at the heart of Malan, cloaked in talk of laws and honor, but a brigade was not a sworn sisterhood. They could share a roof and a side without braiding each other’s hair.

Song slowly exhaled, her knees pulling away from her chest as her legs spread on the bed. The book ended up on her lap, only loosely held.

“She said that Ruesta only wanted to live,” Song finally said. “That to kill her was unnecessary so close to Cantica.”

It was unfair to be irritated with her for that, Maryam told herself. For not getting it. Song had to think that deeds were the only that mattered, because it was the only way she could go to bed without weeping. If Song Ren did not believe that actions were what mattered most, that they defined everything and could change everything, then the certainty that had her get up in the morning and pursue the dream of overturning the legacy of the Dimming would crumble like wet paper.

It was just that sometimes that also meant Song thought of everything as things she did right or wrong, like the world was a puzzle box she had to solve correctly. Maryam felt a pang of sympathy for Angharad, who she suspected mostly wanted to know that Song did not think of her as being the Watch equivalent of an expensive warhorse.

“Days away with hollows nipping at your heels and everybody dead tired isn’t nothing. And Ruesta was constantly using her contract after having made a promise not to, the way you told me,” Maryam finally said. “Sure, a promise she was technically no longer bound to, but by that same logic you were no longer bound not to put a bullet in her skull.”

Hilarious that Ferranda had tried the same thing just a moment before, really. The infanzona reminded Maryam of some of her mother’s war captains, the ones with fine reputations and rivals who kept dying on raids.

“It is frustrating she would still defend someone using a charm contract on her even now,” Song admitted. “Enough to make me wonder at her judgement.”

“It was an influence contract, not control,” Maryam reminder her. “There’s a good argument there were insidious secondary effects to it, but I don’t think that the girl with the big eyes and the bigger tits had to do a lot of charming to talk Angharad Tredegar into walking the fine line of a promise so she’d be able to get her hands under that skirt.”

Maryam,” Song reproached, coughing into her fist.

“That’s a lot of coyness from a girl who went for seconds in the creepy brass house,” Maryam retorted without batting an eye.

Cheeks flushed red.

“I should never have told you that,” the Tianxi muttered.

The signifier grinned. Too late for regrets. Between that and the admission that Evander Palliades was not above getting on his knees to convey his negotiating position to the Republics – and successfully, too, good on him – she had material to work with.

“But as for Tredegar… she’s always going to be who she is, Song,” Maryam told her. “Eager to get pretty girls into bed and trying to protect as many people as she can whether they deserve it or not. I’d think hard on that before deciding how far you want to go to mend bridges.”

Song frowned.

“Whether it is the friendship I want to salvage or whether I still want her as part of the Thirteenth,” she said.

“You talk like you do,” Maryam said. “And I don’t hate the notion the way I did back at Scholomance, I’ll grant.”

The Tianxi studied her for a moment.

“And Tristan…”

“I do not, in fact, speak for Tristan Abrascal,” Maryam drily said. “We argue too, you know. But if I had to wager, I’d say that he will be comfortable with the idea in a Tristan sort of way.”

“Afraid of her, but the danger is predictable and thus makes him feel safer than if there was nothing visible to be afraid of,” Song said.

Essentially. Their captain was beginning to know the man decently. In truth Maryam suspected that her viper rather liked Angharad, simply in a way that involved no true loyalty or investment of emotion. That was the Murk in him, she thought, and this Nerei’s lessons too. He’d been taught it was fine to like others, so long as it was shallow and did not weigh more than a feather on the scales.

“The friendship, at least, I would save,” Song murmured. “It was… I do like her, you know.”

It’s just that everyone else liked her too, Maryam thought, and you liked that almost as much as you do her. She could not even be too angry about that, now when could understand Song’s craving better than most. She had not grasped how much she liked to be liked before being met with casual contempt and distrust everywhere she went. Song had liked to stand by the hearth and bathe in the warmth, even if it wasn’t really hers.

“It is refreshing, being with someone who wants to be good, and she is surprisingly funny,” Song continued. “Even as a captain, I think we are better off with her.”

The Tianxi set down the book on the sheets. Maryam discretely ate a mouthful of cashews in the interval, ceasing to chew when Song’s attention returned.

“Not even because of the blade, though that is no small thing, but she does not compromise as easily as the rest of us do,” Song murmured. “She wants us to do things right – I wouldn’t have thought twice about that deal with the Brazen Chariot, if she hadn’t said anything.”

She discreetly swallowed.

“But,” Maryam said.

“But we won’t always be able to do things right,” Song said. “That is not a luxury we have as members of the Watch. I’m not sure if she will understand that. And, to be frank, I do not always agree with what she feels is right in the first place.”

Maryam said nothing, for she had already spoken all the words she had it in her to speak. While she would consider being the voice of virtue to the Thirteenth a special kind of torment given who made it up, she thought that Song might be underestimating Angharad. The Pereduri was not afraid to twist words to get her way, when she thought something  was needed, and she’d not tried to usurp captainship of the cabal even when she had disagreed with Song’s decisions.

Within the circumstances of ‘Song being the commanding officer’, the laws of engagement would likely be quite different from the lines Angharad Tredegar would draw in the sand when it came to her personal life. And she’d proved she could put the job above her pride, in the countryside. It was no small influence on why Maryam had made her peace with the possibility of the Pereduri sticking around.

But all those things she had already said, and would not repeat them. If that bird was to take flight then it was Song that needed to take the steps by herself. To speak to Tredegar about her fear, to extend the trust. Anything else was just delaying the inevitable. And now that she had been a friend, she thought as she polished off the last of the seized cashews, she must be a cabalist.

“The Lefthand House,” Maryam said. “Leveraging her, you said. That’s a concern.”

And not something they could really do anything about in the immediate. Getting the Krypteia involved with the Malani spies would inevitably also mean getting them involved in the neighboring Yellow Earth situation, which Song desperately wanted to avoid.

“Something is off there,” Song frowned. “They are blackmailing her about her father, but for what? If the Lefthand House knew about her having joined the Watch, Lord Gule would not be recruiting her into the cult of the Golden Ram. If they do not know of her joining, then what is it they want from her?”

“The infernal forge,” Maryam suggested.

“Do they need to threaten her for this?” Song replied. “From Lord Gule’s perspective, she is already obtaining it for them.”

“Then it might be the Lefthand House and the ambassador want different things,” Maryam said, more to keep Song talking than because she genuinely believed it.

“The most likely answer, and yet senseless,” Song muttered. “Without the backing of the Lefthand House, and thus implicitly of the High Queen, how could a mere ambassador dare to support a coup overthrowing the Lord Rector of Asphodel?”

“And if they’re not on the same page, why is the man still alive?” Maryam mused. “Obviously they know of the coup to some extent. It’s an extension of Malani policies in the Trebian Sea, it would be absurd for Gule to be acting alone.”

“Perhaps the Lefthand House does not want the forge in the hands of the cult,” Song said.

“It’s not the cult asking Angharad to find it, it’s Lord Gule,” Maryam reminded her. “With the implication that with her having cleaned her slate with the Lefthand House and proved herself he will vouch for her and have her initiated into the ranks.”

The Tianxi grimaced.

“I cannot make sense of it,” she said. “We are missing something.”

“Whatever they want, so long as the coup is being handled by the Lord Rector the Lefthand House can’t do much,” Maryam said. “They are spies, not an invading army. I don’t mind letting that simmer until you’ve either made amends or we can put Tristan on sniffing something out.”

“I don’t like how many of our solutions can be summed up by the word ‘waiting’,” Song grimaced, “but then it would not be a good idea to press her on this.”

“And you need to take care of your Yellow Earth situation,” Maryam bluntly said. “On top of our lingering Ivory Library problem. I tell you now, if we don’t have a solid lead by the time Tristan returns bodies are going to start dropping.”

“I am well aware, thank you,” Song sighed, passing a hand through her hair. “For the latter, I have a final suspect and a notion in how they interrogated.”

“Captain Santos,” Maryam guessed.

“He is meant to investigate the Ivory Library’s influence on the delegation,” Song said. “I might not have the power to order the arrest of a suspect, but he does.”

“If you can convince him,” Maryam said.

“If I can convince him,” Song echoed tiredly. “As for the Yellow Earth, well, not even Chilaca would dare put me out in public again after that Landing Day skirmish. I can pass them general information about the Watch and palace under my discretion as captain of the Thirteenth without it being outright treason.”

It would be a decision Song would have to justify to Wen afterwards, in the reports, but the Watch did not forbid involvement with even the worst of sorts. You never knew when you might need their help to deal with something entirely worse. Song grimaced.

“Then I will tell them that I am no longer the Lord Rector’s escort and can thus am no longer told of any measures being taken by he or the Watch,” she added.

They’re not going to let you off that easily, Maryam thought. Which, by the look of that grimace, Song suspected as well.

“Take someone with you,” she said.

Song blinked.

“That seems unw-”

“Take someone with you, Captain Ren,” Maryam said, and this time her voice brooked no argument. “They have you by the throat, bring someone who won’t just be thinking about their grip tightening the entire time.”

Song studied her a long moment.

“You won’t let me refuse that, will you?”

Maryam smiled sharply.

“Try me,” she challenged.

A long moment passed, then finally Song nodded.

“So I will,” she promised.

It took three days for Maryam to figure it out, all in all.

The first day was, admittedly, mostly waiting around.  Her report needed to make it to the Lord Rector, who would in turn decide whether or not her request to investigate the palace looking for the ‘cork’ of the Hated One’s prison was to be accepted, along with the implicit access to the regular and private archives that puzzling out the location would require.

Normally Evander Palliades could be counted on to promptly reply whenever a matter involved the Thirteenth, usually by tossing an audience their way in the hopes that Song might thus be delivered to his palace for lusting after, but this time would be different. Maryam had been back from the shipyard for a day now, and gone through all the mandatory debriefs. Which meant Brigadier Chilaca would be headed up to the palace to have a little talk with the Lord Rector.

The one that’d been getting put off, about that coup aiming to knife him and put his old regent on his throne while the cult of the probably-not-Golden-Ram pulled at her strings to rule Asphodel from behind the curtains. Not only was that talk likely to take some time – as would the ensuing panicked preparations to make it harder to seize the palace – but there would be diplomatic talks about the shipyard, sundry negotiations and other matters to occupy the Lord Rector’s day.

There would also be the slight complication that Evander Palliades was going to be made aware that the Thirteenth Brigade had been sitting on information about that coup for some time and even at some point been contractually obligated to mention it to him only for Song to keep quiet about. At Chilaca’s order, admittedly, but that the woman he was so taken with would hide such a thing from him would finally provide weight on the other side of the balance from ‘saved my life twice and saw her naked’.

Maryam was honestly a little surprised when on the morning of her thirty-first day on Asphodel summons to the palace came to Black House. She’d been expecting to be put off for a few days more at least as a show of displeasure. Regardless, with that whole affair with Angharad and its aftermath she was only able to head out to the Collegium after noon.

The first difference was that, instead of being sent to the Lord Rector’s office, this time she was greeted by Majordomo Timon. A bit of cooling in the relations then, though not so much they were being given the runaround with a minor official. Though it might simply be that beyond the majordomo there were few in the palace that could actually voice the permission to access the private archives without it being treason, she then wondered.

Either way, she had permission to sniff around the palace – under escort – and to the general palace archives. To access the private ones again would be only on request. Unfortunate but not unfair. She did have hidden intentions, as a matter of fact, so their precautions were entirely warranted. Maryam had claimed it necessary to inspect the rector’s palace to find where the ‘cork’ of the Hated One’s prison was located, and she did intend to find that.

But allowing the Lord Rector to guard it was not the most important reason why she was after the location.

She had a theory, Maryam did. As a general rule, while aether did tend to mirror the material world laymen tended to misunderstand what that actually meant. The realm of aether was not a single great mirror facing Vesper and reflecting it darkly, it was an endless number of connected mirrors of changing sizes mirroring specific parts of Vesper.

What was a layer, then? It was easy to say that a layer was ‘a lasting impression on aether caused by strong emanations’, the textbook definition, but observed as a phenomenon how could it be described? Language tended to be one of the great obstacles in the study of metaphysics, as the concepts involved frequently had no easy description, but sticking by the mirror metaphor a layer would be as if a particular reflection was frozen in time and made into a place.

That description held up for the likes of the Witching Hour and Lucifer’s Landing, but the strange empty layer that Maryam and Tristan had tread through while chasing the assassin was a different thing. No natural phenomenon could create such an empty layer, it must be caused by an entirely artificial process. Metaphorically speaking? Someone had smashed the mirror with a hammer and frozen a reflection of that.

Given that by nature what resulted would be fragile, unstable and dangerous those pieces were bound to get swept up by the local aether currents if some strong boundaries were not set around them. That was no doubt why Lord Rector Hector Lissenos had been comfortable having the entrance to the Hated One’s prison be somewhere in the palace where he slept. The ‘cork’ to the prison, wherever it was in the palace, would be one of the strongest boundaries on it.

Which meant that somewhere in the rector’s palace Maryam would find a location with a boundary strong enough to let her finish eating the shade. It was just a matter of finding it, and she would keep looking as long as it took.

Majordomo Timon politely accompanied her for a whole minute, then just as politely saddled her with a pair of escorts: a palace servant and a lictor. The latter was a tall, taciturn woman who avoided looking at any exposed skin of Maryam’s while refusing to meet her eyes, the former a smiling young man by the name of Iasos. In his early twenties, fit, curly hair and blue eyes. Charming.

Too polished and pretty, as far as she was concerned. Maryam had no use for anything that would not well weather being splashed with mud.

They began the search with the gardens, which at this hour of the day were well lit. It was not difficult to again find the place she had first slipped through into the layer, past the field of Asphodelian crowns, but groping around with her nav she found only smooth, sterile nothingness. She and the shade had relied on some temporary ripple to enter, then. That made sense, she conceded. While her revelation down in the shipyard had cast in doubt that the shade was a parasite, it was still clearly a creature of the aether in some way.

It would be able to feel unevenness in the aether in ways that not even the most skillful of Akelarre could. No matter how skillful a swimmer a man might become, that did not turn him into a fish.

“Shall we visit the other location designated by the Watch, my lady?” Iasos smiled.

“There’s no point,” she absent-mindedly replied.

The location Tristan had given the Lord Rector would be of no use to her, since the assassin had likely been using some sort of tool to enter from there. It could not be the cork. Which, she now considered, might well mean that wherever the cork was – and thus where the killer had first emerged from – the assassin had believed it too difficult a place to return to the layer through. Inside the palace proper, then, she mused. One of the better guarded sections.

“To the archives,” she told her escorts. “I need to have a look at plans of the palace grounds.”

Captain Wen had done so himself once, so they should not be restricted. It turned out they were not – they weren’t even in the private archives, merely the palace ones – because the plans as available were really more of an outline. While the parts of the buildings used to entertain guests and the likes were highly detailed, private wings of the rector’s palace were essentially outlines with no further detailing. Still, it would do.

Aether engineering on the scale of building a half-layer wasn’t something that could be stashed in a broom cupboard, it was large in scale and relied heavily on the use of conceptual shapes.

The rector’s palace, seen from above, was essentially two rectangles sprouting out from the flanks of a large square. Gardens spun out in every direction, since the palace did not need to have roads leading to it – it was supplied by lift, from below. The natural place for a cork would be the center of the square, with hidden anchors at the four corners of the square to stabilize it. That could not be, however, because she already knew exactly what was there: the lifts leading up from the Collegium.

Constant movement and emanations from the people passing through was the opposite of what you wanted on a boundary pressed into the aether. You might as well build a palisade on a bed of termites. Besides Wen had once told her that the lift to the private archives, which was right above the Collegium lifts, had been built in the days of King Oduromai. The square section of the palace was the first and oldest, built centuries before Hector Lissenos was even born. Considering said Hector was the one to have the Hated One’s prison built, that rather disqualified the section of the palace.

It must be one of the other internal shapes, like the rectangles. As the right wing was mostly for guests and formal receptions it was very detailed on the map, enough that Maryam ended up worrying her lip: the opposite corners of that rectangle were claimed by rooms of sizes that did not match. That probably could still work, if you had the right knowhow, but it had long odds. The left wing it was, then.

She glanced back at Iasos, who had been waiting in silence with an increasingly strained smiled, while the lictor stood there staring at the ceiling in profound boredom.

“Are you familiar with the left wing of the palace?” she asked.

“I am, my lady,” the servant replied.

“Good,” she said. “I need to see the rooms in each corner of the wing.”

Maryam did remember to look up the sewer map that Angharad had requested, though gods only knew why, and traced a Sign to commit it to memory. She would trace it out for her at Black House.

They proceeded to the left wing, and by the second room she knew it wasn’t the correct part of the palace either. The top right corner room was circular, the bottom left room a long gallery hall. Maryam was not Deuteronomicon tinker, or even a Savant learned deep in the lore of aether, but she knew bare bones: contrasting round shapes and corner shapes in aether structures did not work on the scale of a building. They incited the aether differently.

“You seem dissatisfied, my lady,” Iasos observed.

“I am missing something,” Maryam replied in half a mutter, glaring at the wall. “Is there something below either room we visited? An older foundation, perhaps.”

“This level is the older foundation, my lady,” Iasos replied. “This was built under the Archeleans, only renovated during the rule of House Lissenos.”

Maryam squinted at him.

“Which Lissenos?” she asked.

He looked taken aback.

“I do not know,” Iasos admitted.

“Find out,” she ordered.

And there was the thread to pull: it was their old friend Hector who’d done those reconstructions and also he who built the level above them. It was the same for the right wing, and thus Maryam realized her mistake; she had not considered the multiple levels while looking for shapes. This time she had to send for maps from the private archives, and once she finished scribbling what should be the shape if one could see into the palace from outside the results were puzzling.

Oh, there was a pattern. Mirroring rooms in the exact same shape and size, built or renovated under Hector Lissenos. The problem was that the mirroring was not internal to the left and right wings: it was between the different wings, the top left room of one rectangle reflecting the bottom right of the other.

“It can’t be internal to either wing, then,” she muttered to herself, rubbing the bridge of her nose. “It has to be in the central square.”

Only Hector Lissenos had not, apparently, built anything there. Or even changed much beyond sprucing up the throne room some. Hitting the books, it was clear that many of the rulers who’d followed him had their own notions of how to improve the oldest part of their palace – which Maryam had to conceded made sense, since the palace she’d walked through did not look like had been built centuries ago. How could the cork of the prison be in there, if the layout kept changing?

She looked back at a still-waiting Iasos.

“The original structure that palace was built out of  is Antediluvian, correct?” she asked.

“The foundation of the central palace and the lifts themselves,” the servant confirmed. “Though, of course, the materials left behind by the Ancient were used for the foundations of the palace expansions as well.”

She paused.

“You only said the foundation of the central palace,” she slowly said. “Who built the upper levels?”

“It is hard to say, my lady,” the servant said. “Presumably King Oduromai and his descendants, who in time were succeeded by the Archeleans.”

Oh, but Maryam was a fool. Hector Lissenos, who seemed to delight in cleverness, had decided to cut a corner: instead of building the cork from scratch, he’d attached his prison layer to something already there. The wings had been built that way to strengthen something that already existed, not serve as the foundation of a new cork.

The private archives were an old gaol in the shape of six rooms surrounding a single hole. And it was said that King Oduromai had locked up his six wives in there to make them into aether spirits that would serve him when he became a god. And assuming he really had used that place in some kind of ritual to press some impression of his mind into a nascent god?

Then by Necalli’s principle of occupancy, that the same discrete quantity of aether cannot hold two affects simultaneously, then the aether in the private archives was probably the single most unbreakable seal on all of Asphodel. So long as Oduromai kept being worshipped then nothing would ever get through that cork. No wonder Hector Lissenos had been willing to sleep so close to a path into the Hated One’s prison, she thought.

“My lady?”

Maryam cleared her throat.

“I need to talk to Majordomo Timon,” she said. “Please arrange this.”

Already she was preparing her wording. It was going to be tricky, convincing the man that she needed to be given time alone in the private archives with no lights and preferably no one close enough to make noise, but it was necessary for what she had in mind.

She’d been eating bites of the Cauldron taken blindly, whatever she could rip out of the shade in the moment, but that was halfhearted work. It was time for her to get her bearings and prevent the bleed destroying the rightful knowledge of the Izvoric, get everything that she could.

Thankfully, no one liked to argue with a Navigator when they started using words like ‘solipsistic contamination’ and ‘inflicted null states’, which sounded very dangerous but were just fancy ways to say it was easier to Sign when nobody else was around to distract you and muck up the aether. Majordomo Timon went pale as a sheet – or her reflection in a mirror – and promised to urgently approach the Lord Rector on the matter.

The letter bearing agreement and the Lord Rector’s seal arrived at Black House before her rented carriage did. Tomorrow evening she would be granted the run of the private archives, as asked.

Now she just needed to prepare for a ritual.